Areas of Focus - Full Sail University

2011 Catalog 

Volume XXII, Edition 2, 11/2011

Table of Contents 

INTRODUCTION 04 

MISSION 04 

EDUCATIONAL PHILOSOPHY 05 

HISTORY 06 

CAMPUS & FACILITIES 08 

FULL SAIL STUDIOS 09 

COMPUTER LABS 10 

FILM/VIDEO EDITING SUITES & LABS 13 

THE BACKLOT 14 

FILM CENTER 16 

FILM/VIDEO SOUNDSTAGES & EQUIPMENT 17 

RECORDING LABS & STUDIOS 18 

VIRTUAL SET 20 

DUBBING STAGE 21 

LIVE PERFORMANCE VENUES & LABS 22 

ENTERTAINMENT/MUSIC 

BUSINESS CENTER 24 

FULL SAIL STUDIOS: RECORDING STUDIO 25 

COMPUTER ANIMATION CENTER 26 

FULL SAIL STUDIOS: 

GAME PRODUCTION STUDIO 27 

{table of contents} 

1

2 

Table of Contents (Cont.) 

DEGREE PROGRAMS 29 DEGREE PROGRAMS (Cont.) 

COMPUTER ANIMATION 

Bachelor of Science Degree Program 

Introduction & Areas of Focus 30 

Overview & Objective 39 

Course Descriptions & Credit Hours 40 

CREATIVE WRITING FOR ENTERTAINMENT 

Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree Program 




DIGITAL ARTS & DESIGN 





ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS 






Master of Science Degree Program 




FILM 





GAME ART 





GAME DESIGN 





GAME DEVELOPMENT 




Course Descriptions & Credit Hours 

GRAPHIC DESIGN 

Associate of Science Degree Program 

168 




MUSIC BUSINESS 





RECORDING ARTS 





RECORDING ENGINEERING 





SHOW PRODUCTION 





SPORTS MARKETING & MEDIA 





WEB DESIGN & DEVELOPMENT 





EXTENDED STUDIES IN THE MEDIA ARTS 

Internship 


DEGREE PROGRAMS ONLINE 286 

GENERAL INFORMATION 289 

ADMISSIONS 290 

FINANCIAL AID 292 

CAREER DEVELOPMENT 295 

TUITION BREAKDOWN 296 

GENERAL INFORMATION 298 

2011 CLASS SCHEDULE 300 

2011 HOLIDAY SCHEDULE 302 

ONLINE EDUCATION 302 

STUDENT SERVICES 303 

POLICIES & PROCEDURES 304 

CLOCK HOUR-TO-CREDIT 

HOUR CONVERSION 311 

LICENSES & ACCREDITATION 312 

ADMINISTRATION 313 

{table of contents} 

3

Introduction 

MISSION 

People from around the world come to Full Sail to 

pursue their educational goals, and they share one 

thing in common – a passion for creative careers in 

the entertainment and media industry. 

Full Sail’s mission is to provide students with an 

innovative style of education, delivered by a staff 

of dedicated individuals, that addresses the career 

opportunities available in an ever-growing, constantly 

evolving industry. We do this by developing unique 

curricula that combine elements of creativity, art, 

business and life skills, technical prowess, and 

academic achievement. Our education is delivered 

via immersive teaching methods, both in Full Sail’s 

real world production studios and classrooms, 

as well as through our online learning environment. 

Every one of our degree programs is designed to 

provide students with knowledge and real world 

experience that will help them realize their career 

goals in the entertainment and media industry. 

Empower our students through 

an active relationship with the 

entertainment and media industry 

Full Sail is dedicated to serving the needs and careers 

of our students and graduates by actively engaging the 

companies that make up the entertainment and media 

industry, both in the United States and around the world. 

At Full Sail, every degree program goes through ongoing 

assessment and evolution, ensuring that students 

receive an education that is current and relevant. This 

is accomplished through industry feedback and insight, 

and the specifi c guidance of groups of entertainment and 

media professionals who make up Program Advisory 

Committees for each of our degrees. In addition, our 

commitment to a close relationship with the industry 

allows employers to easily recruit qualifi ed talent, and also 

allows our Career Development Department to promote 

our graduates to the widest possible audience. 

Connect students with educators 

and industry guests who inspire 

and challenge 

The core of Full Sail is our staff, many of whom bring years 

of industry credentials and educational experience to our 

campus. Because many of our educators and guests are 

active in the professional community through conventions, 

industry affi liations, and professional projects, they are 

able to inspire students with current knowledge that 

speaks to how entertainment and media companies 

create exceptional professional product. 

Introduction 

EDUCATIONAL PHILOSOPHY 

Provide learning environments 

that are real world 

Full Sail’s campus is designed to provide students with 

educational environments that are on par with some of the 

best production facilities in the world. In these studios, labs, 

and classrooms, students gain real world experience with 

the creative and technical tools employed at all levels of the 

industry. At the same time, they learn the same production 

workfl ow used in fi lm productions, recording sessions, 

live events, animation and design projects, and in the 

development of video games, websites, and entertainment 

business strategies. 

Full Sail’s online courses and degrees are driven by a real 

world approach that uses current technology to educate 

and inspire. Through the capabilities of today’s Internet, 

traditional assignments are complemented by videos, 

animations, and interactive exercises. Our online learning 

environment is also built around the concept of connecting 

you with people – from accessible instructors, to exclusive 

guest lecturers, to collaboration tools that enable you to 

meet, share, and receive feedback from your peers. 

Whether on-campus or online, Full Sail’s goal is to deliver 

a real world educational experience that is engaging 

and exceptional. 

Promote professionalism throughout 

the educational experience 

We believe that students should approach their education 

like professionals because it will increase their chance 

for success throughout their careers. There are initiatives 

woven throughout a student’s educational journey designed 

to instill professional protocol, attitude, and a mindset 

for creativity and success. These elements are integral to 

our real world educational formula, alongside up-to-date 

curricula, professional settings, immersive projects, and 

experienced educators. 

4 FULL SAIL UNIVERSITY INTRODUCTION 5

EST. 

You can get there from here 

1979 

Our 

History 

SOME HIGHLIGHTS 

Since Full Sail’s inception in 1979, over 34,000 graduates have 

prepared for careers in the entertainment and media industry. The 

following features some of the highlights of Full Sail’s history as well 

as that of our graduates. 

In 1980, Full Sail moved from its original home in Dayton, Ohio 

to Orlando, Florida. During the six years that followed, new audio 

courses were added to the original recording arts offering until, in 

1986, the Recording Arts Comprehensive Program was introduced. 

In 1988, a new curriculum with a focus on the visual arts was 

born — the Video and Film Production Comprehensive Program. 

In July 1989, Full Sail moved into its current home in Winter Park, 

Florida (a suburb of Orlando) which has since expanded into a 110+ 

studio multimedia campus. 

August 1990 marked a milestone in history when Full Sail received 

accreditation allowing students to earn Specialized Associate Degrees 

upon successful completion of the curricula in the Recording Arts and/ 

or Film and Video Production Programs. A third Specialized Associate 

Degree in Digital Media was launched in March 1995 – this addition 

marked Full Sail’s entrance into training for the vast, emerging fi eld 

of interactive media. 

1979 

Founded in Dayton, 

Ohio 

1980 

Moved to Orlando, 

Florida 

1989 

Full Sail moves into 

its current home in 

Winter Park, Florida 

March 1998 witnessed the introduction of the Game Design 

Specialized Associate Degree as well as the Show Production & 

Touring Specialized Associate Degree. In January of that same year, 

Full Sail achieved additional accreditation and licensing enabling 

students to earn Associate of Science Degrees in Recording Arts, 

Film and Video Production, and Digital Media. In February of 1999, 

a new accredited program was introduced — the Computer Animation 

Associate of Science Degree. Additionally, the Game Design and Show 

Production & Touring Programs were modifi ed and approved to be 

offered as Associate of Science Degrees. 

In November 2003, Full Sail offered its fi rst Bachelor’s Degree - 

the Entertainment Business Bachelor of Science Degree Program. 

In addition, the Game Development Degree Program was revised 

and expanded to become a Bachelor of Science Degree Program. 

Another milestone was achieved in August 2005 when three of 

Full Sail’s Associate of Science Degrees were revised and expanded 

to become Bachelor of Science Degrees – Computer Animation, Digital 

Arts & Design (formerly Digital Media), and Film. In April of 2006, the 

Entertainment Business Bachelor’s Degree Program changed focus 

slightly and was renamed Music Business. 

1987 

Graduate credit on 

Michael Jackson’s Bad 

8 million copies sold 

1991 


Nirvana’s Nevermind 

#1 Album (Billboard 200) 

1990 


LL Cool J 

Mama Said Knock You Out 

#1 Billboard Rap Single 

1994 

3 Graduate credits on 

The Rolling Stones 

Voodoo Lounge Tour 

Top Grossing World Tour 1994 

1989-1991 

For three years in 

succession, Full Sail 

wins the prestigious 

TEC Award (Technical 

Excellence and 

Creativity) for Best 

Recording School/ 

Program, presented 

annually by 

Mix Magazine 

1996 

Graduate credits on 

Kiss 

Reunion Tour 

Top Grossing World Tour ‘96 

1995 


Braveheart 

OSCAR ® OSCAR Winner for “Best Picture” 

® Winner for “Best Picture” 

GRAMMY ® 

1996 

First 

WINNING 

Graduate 

In June 2007, Full Sail launched its fi rst Master of Science Degree in 

Entertainment Business, and in July 2007, Full Sail launched a new 

Associate of Science Degree in Graphic Design. 

October 2007 was a historic month, with the introduction of Full Sail’s 

fi rst online degree program — an online version of the school’s 

existing Entertainment Business Master of Science Degree 

Program. The launch of this fi rst online degree was years in the 

making and saw the school build a proprietary online learning 

platform from the ground up. 

In December 2007, Full Sail launched a new on-campus degree 

program — the Game Art Bachelor of Science Degree — designed 

to meet the growing demand for game-specifi c artists. In January 

2008, Full Sail launched two additional online degree programs — 

the Education Media Design & Technology Master of Science Degree 

and the Entertainment Business Bachelor of Science Degree, and a 

new on-campus degree program — the Web Design & Development 

Bachelor of Science Degree. 

In March 2008, Full Sail was granted University status and 

became known as Full Sail University. Since then, the school has 

continued to expand its online and campus degree offerings into 

new fi elds, including Game Design, Internet Marketing, Graphic 

Design, and more, while also revising and expanding its fl agship 

Recording Arts and Show Production programs to be offered as 

Bachelor of Science Degrees. 


PIXAR’S Toy Story 

#1 Box Offi ce Film - OSCAR ® 1995 

Nominated 

1996 

Full Sail earns the 

Florida-based 

Educational Award 

for Most Innovative 

Program as well as 

Educator of the Year 

2005 

“One of the Top 5 Film Schools in the Country” 

– UNleashed Magazine (2005) 

2005 

“One of the 5 Best Music Programs in the Country” 

– Rolling Stone Magazine 

8 Graduate credits 

Titanic 

Top Grossing Film of All Time - 

OSCAR ® 1997 

Winner for “Best Picture” 

1997 

Lycos presents 

Full Sail with their 

Top Five Percent 

Award for the 

school’s website 

2005 

“One of the 3 Best Music Business Departments” 

– Schools That Rock 

The Rolling Stone College Guide 

2007 

“Full Sail is the Harvard 

of Game Schools” 

– Tips & Tricks Magazine 

Throughout the world, Full Sail graduates are employed 

in music recording, fi lm production, video production, 

animation, sound design, web development, concert 

sound, concert lighting, postproduction, game design, music, 

interactive title development, graphic design, virtual reality 

and simulation, entertainment companies, and worldwide 

corporations. Hundreds of media businesses have been 

built and GRAMMY ® , Emmy ® , Addy ® , and Recording Industry 

Association of America (Gold and Platinum Records) awards 

have been earned by numerous alumni. In addition, 2005 

marked the fi rst graduate to ever be nominated for an OSCAR ® . 

2002 

“One of the Top 5 Game Degree 

Programs in the World” 

– Electronic Gaming Monthly 

EMMY ® 

1998 

WINNING 

Graduate 

XVIII Olympic Games 

“Most Outstanding Technical Team” 


PIXAR’S The Incredibles 

OSCAR ® 2003 

Winner for “Best Animated 

Feature Film” 


Lord of the Rings: 

Return of the King 

OSCAR ® Winner for “Best Picture” 

2003 

2003 

GRAMMY ® “Album of the Year” 

Outkast Speakerboxxx/ 

The Love Below 

3 Graduates Win 

2005 

First Graduate 

OSCAR ® 

Nomination 

2004 

Full Sail’s website is 

awarded a National 

Gold ADDY ® in 

the Flash Website 

category 

2007 

Full Sail’s redesigned 

website receives 

multiple nominations 

in the Webby Awards 

for Best Home/ 

Welcome Page and 

Best Website - School 

111 

Graduates 

involved with 

GRAMMY ® 

2006 

nominated projects 

2008 

Full Sail University 

named School/College 

of the Year by the 

Florida Association of 

Postsecondary Schools 

& Colleges (FAPSC) 

2009 


celebrates its 

30th Anniversary 

& inaugural 

Hall of Fame 

Inductees 

2005-2007 

Graduate Directs 

Saw 2,3,4 

#1 Box Offi ce Film on Halloween 

3 Years in a Row 

6 FULL SAIL UNIVERSITY HISTORY 7 

TODAY 

2011

Campus & Facilities 

The Campus, The Facilities, The Equipment 

The Full Sail Campus is located in Winter Park, Florida (a suburb of 

Orlando). A number of multimedia complexes specifi cally designed 

to house 110+ studios/production suites as well as classrooms, 

administrative offi ces, conference rooms, a media center, and 

other support facilities are located on a 191-acre campus. 

1 

Campus Landmarks 

1. Full Sail Live 

2. Full Sail Live 2 

3. Education Administration 

4. The HangR - Campus Store 

5. Admissions & Financial Aid 

6. Dubbing Stage 

7. Studios A & B 

8. The Virtual Set 

9. Digital Arts & Graphic Design Facilities 

10. Soundstages 1A, 1B, & 1C 

11. Park/Walkway 

12. FSNET Message Center 

13. Full Sail Studios Gateway 

14. Live Venue 

15. Game Studios & Recording Studios 

2 

5 

3 

4 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

16. Entertainment/Music Business Center 

17. The Backlot 

18. Game Development Building 

19. Mix Palace 

20. Water Tower 

21. Media Center 

22. Soundstages & Labs 

23. Web Design & Development Building 

24. Film Center 

25. Computer Animation/Game Art Center 

26. Distribution Center 

27. Career Development 

28. Full Sail Live 3 

29. Business Offi ce 

12 

14 

17 

16 

15 

18 

13 

19 

20 

21 

25 

27 

24 

28 

22 

26 

23 

29 

Full Sail Studios 

The custom-built, 2.2-acre Full Sail Studios 

encompass the multipurpose Full Sail 

Live venue, a fl agship recording studio, a 

complete game production studio, and an 

outdoor plaza courtyard. 

8 FULL SAIL UNIVERSITY CAMPUS & FACILITIES 9


Computer Labs 

The Mac Pro Lab 

This lab features a total of 25 quad-core Apple Mac Pro 

workstations equipped with 12GB RAM and running 

professional software, including Adobe Creative Suite 

5 Design Premium, After Effects, Final Cut Pro, Motion, 

and DVD Studio Pro. Students in this lab focus on a 

wide range of digital content creation, including 

digital video production, 2D motion graphics, photo 

manipulation, 3D graphic creation, and CD-ROM/DVD 

authoring. Peripherals include digital video decks and 

professional video cameras for the capture, creation, 

and output of digital video imagery. 

HP z600 Labs 

These labs features 24 powerful Hewlett-Packard 

workstations running professional software packages 

such as Adobe Creative Suite 5 Design Premium 

(including Photoshop and After Effects), 3D Studio 

Max, Unreal, Sound Forge, and Acid Pro. Students in 

this lab create a wide variety of digital art projects, 

including 2D and 3D graphics, digital audio and video, 

web design, digital publishing, motion graphics, and 

interactive application development. 

Mac Pro HD Editing Lab 

This room is home to 26 powerful Apple Mac Pro 

workstations running Final Cut HD. Students in this 

lab edit projects that were shot in HDV and on Full 

Sail’s Virtual Set. All computers are connected to an 

Apple XSAN server that streams the necessary HD 

footage to each student’s workstation. 

Cintiq Lab 

This lab features 24 Cintiq monitors for the use of 

students in a number of courses in the Digital Arts 

& Design program. By using the Cintiq monitors in 

conjunction with their laptops, students are able to 

perform a variety of tasks, including digital painting 

and photo retouching. 

Game Development Labs/Final Project Labs 

These labs are specifi cally designed to provide 

a focused and fl exible environment for Game 

Development students as they plan, program, and 

produce their custom-designed video game projects. 

The Gaming Lab 

This room houses 44 workstations, each equipped 

with QTY 44 HP Z210 workstations w/ 22” LCDs. 

Students use these machines to further their 

knowledge of workstation architecture, system 

performance, and confi gurations, as they develop, test, 

and refi ne their fi nal video game projects. 

The Mac Animation Labs 

These fi ve dedicated animation labs feature a total of 

72 Apple Mac Pro quad-core workstations, connected 

to network storage and paired with high-defi nition 

displays. The key software packages utilized are 

Autodesk Maya and The Foundry Nuke, as instructors 

introduce students to 3D modeling, animation concepts, 

compositing, and demo reel assembly. 

The Hewlett-Packard xw6400 Lab 

This lab features 24 Hewlett-Packard xw6400 

dual-Xeon processor workstations optimal for 

high-level visual effects animation and rendering. 

Each workstation is equipped with DVD burning 

capabilities, a Wacom tablet, 20” LCD display, and 

is connected to a 50-node Boxx rendering system. 

Each station is also outfi tted with industry-standard 

software including Autodesk Maya, and Adobe 

Photoshop CS5. 

The Final Project Lab 

In this lab, students execute their fi nal animation 

projects on some of the school’s most powerful 

graphic workstations – quad-core Apple Mac Pros 

connected to network storage and equipped with 

DVD burners, Wacom tablets, and dual Samsung 

24” LED backlit LCD screens, as well as software 

including Autodesk Maya, Quicktime Pro, Adobe 

Photoshop CS5, and Adobe After Effects. 

Motion Capture Studio 

This impressive lab features 24 Motion Analysis 

Eagle RealTime motion capture cameras, linked to 

two high-end Hewlett-Packard workstations used 

to capture and render actor movement in real time, 

with the output projected onto a 28’ curved screen. 

Students in this lab create real-time motion capture 

movements by using a bodysuit with sensors, then 

view a rendering of those motions applied to a 

character designed in a 3D application. 

The Mac Audio Lab 

The Mac Audio Lab is a multi-station environment 

where students take part in 100-level Avid Pro Tools 

Operator Certifi cation training, software synthesis, 

and other digital audio techniques. Each Apple Mac 

Pro workstation features Avid Pro Tools 002, Korg and 

EMU sound module systems, a M-Audio Radium 49 

MIDI controller, a Lexicon sound processor, and an 

array of industry-standard plug-ins. 



Suites & Labs 

The Avid Media Composer Lab 

This lab houses eighteen Hewlett-Packard Z400 

digital editing workstations equipped with Avid Media 

Composer 5. They are capable of compression choices 

from 20:1 to 1:1 using high-quality Avid codecs, known 

in the industry for stunning image quality even at high 

compression settings. Each Avid system has a powerful 

set of titling, graphics, compositing, and audio features, 

and is equipped with dual 22” HP LCD screens. 

The Avid Media Composer Nitris DX Labs 

Each of these two labs features six digital editing 

systems that allow students to edit 35mm fi lm footage 

with a full array of unsurpassed professional editing 

tools. Media Composer 5 features high performance 

real-time capabilities including 3D effects, titles, and 

graphics. Each Hewlett-Packard Z800 workstation 

is equipped with a Blu-Ray burner, dual 22” HP LCD 

screens, and a 24” JVC reference monitor. Students 

also utilize graphic software like Adobe After Effects 

and Photoshop to fi nish their projects. 

The Avid DS Nitris Labs 

Avid DS Nitris is the ultra high-performance standard 

defi nition and high-defi nition fi nishing and mastering 

system. Each of these six-station labs offers students 

the chance to experience the highest standard of nonlinear 

editing, special effects, and image treatment. 

The Pro Tools Post-production Lab 

This Pro Tools lab supports workstations and 

mastering labs for the Recording Arts Department, 

and trains students in professional post-production 

techniques and tools, using Pro Tools LE with the 

Avid 003 interface. The systems are driven by 2.66 

Ghz Dual-Core Mac Pro workstations with 4GB RAM, 

and the lab features extensive sound effects libraries 

for students to build their projects. 



The Backlot 

Full Sail’s professional Hollywood-style Backlot is 

comprised of multiple outdoor locations designed to 

expand students’ storytelling capabilities, giving them 

fl exibility and creative range for student projects. The 

Backlot features such iconic locations as the Seattle 

Fish Market, New Orleans’ French Quarter, and New 

York City’s brownstones, as well as general locations 

like a gas station, multiple urban and suburban 

storefronts, and even a studio water tower. 



The Film Center 

Full Sail’s Film Center is designed to be a complete 

motion picture production facility, giving students 

the tools and space to turn scripts and storyboards 

into feature fi lms. The building houses workshops 

for constructing sets as well as a complete array of 

lighting and grip equipment, and thousands of feet 

of open soundstages for building sets of varying size 

and complexity. 

The Film Center also features amenities like a green 

room and casting areas for talent as well as student 

areas for relaxing and networking during downtime. 

Film/Video Soundstages & Equipment 

HD Studio 

The High-defi nition (HD) Studio features a complete 

HD environment for Full Sail Film students. This lab 

features Sony HDC-1000 TV Studio cameras, Sony 

HDW-F730 HD fi eld cameras, a Sony MFS-2000 HD 

switcher, and Sony HDW-M2000 HD decks. Students 

in this lab learn television lighting and sound, 

teleprompter operation, jib control, and more. 

The Soundstages 

Full Sail’s 10 soundstages are professionally 

equipped for fi lm and digital production and are 

complemented by working scenic/carpentry shops, 

prop areas, and lighting and grip departments. 

Film & Digital Cameras 

The cameras used for production in the soundstages 

and on location include an Arricam Studio 35mm 

camera, two Arricam 235 35mm cameras, Arricam 

Lite 35mm fi lm camera, four Arrifl ex SR3 16mm fi lm 

cameras, Arri 416 16mm cameras, Arri Alexa digital 

camera, the Sony NXFS100, 20 Panasonic AG-HVX200 

HD camcorders, and 10 Sony PMWEX1 HD camcorders. 

Lighting/Grip Equipment 

The lighting and grip department features a full 

complement of equipment for soundstage and 

location shoots, including Matthews and American 

Grip lighting/grip equipment, HMI Daylight instruments, 

and Mole-Richardson, Arri, and LTM quartz lighting 

packages. Additional grip equipment includes 14’ 

extendable Chapman Nike cranes, and Super 

Pee-Wee dollys and dolly track systems. 



Recording Labs & Studios 

The Analog Mix Lab 

This unique 12-station learning environment allows 

students to work one on one with a 32-input Audient 

ASP8024 analog recording console, using a Mac 

computer running Logic Pro as the record and playback 

device for the lab. Each station includes a patchbay, 

CD recorder, and a full complement of outboard signal 

processors from Lexicon, TC Electronic, dbx, and other 

respected manufacturers. 

The Avid Pro Tools Labs 

These two multi-workstation environments each feature 

12 Pro Tools|HD-2 Accel3 digital audio workstations 

paired with Avid Control 24 digital work surfaces. 

Each workstation is built around quad-core Mac Pro 

computers and a PreSonus processor, and includes 

peripheral equipment from manufacturers such as 

Korg. In these labs, students explore digital hard-disk 

recording, editing, mixing, and MIDI integration. 

The Digital Mix Labs 

These advanced learning environments allow 

students to work one-on-one with the SSL Matrix 

analog/digital audio console using 24 tracks of 

audio from Apple Logic Pro with Apogee DA16x 

converters. Each station includes a CD burner and a 

full complement of outboard signal processors from 

Sony, TC Electronic, PreSonus, Eventide, and other 

respected manufacturers. 

The Mastering Suites 

Three Mastering Suites support the Recording Arts 

Department and feature an SPL console, B&W and 

Dynaudio speakers, Tube Tech, Manley, Massalec 

and GML outboard processors plus Magix Sequoia, 

Waves Mastering Software, and Pro Tools. 

The MIDI Lab 

The MIDI Lab is home to quad-core Mac Pro 

workstations which are equipped with M-Audio 

Profi re 2626 interfaces. The facility also features 

Korg Triton modules, Roland Fantom X6 keyboards, 

Proteus 2000 modules, and AKAI MPC 2500 beat 

production stations – plus Logic Pro, Korg Legacy 

software, Steinberg Halion software, and more. 

The Mix Palace 

This unique recording environment, equipped with 

quad-core Mac Pro workstations, provides students 

with 24 individual one-on-one audio production suites 

consisting of: 

12 Post-production Suites 

This multi-room lab allows students to work with the 

same gear found in Full Sail’s Posting Suites. In this 

lab, each student commands their own 5.1 Surround 

Pro Tools ICON System, with a host of industry 

standard plug-ins. Each suite is networked to an Avid 

Unity media server, allowing for streamlined media 

management during post-production sessions. 

12 Music Suites 

This section of the Mix Palace features 12 mini-mix 

suites, allowing students to get one-on-one in a 

professional studio environment. Each suite features 

a SSL AWS900+ console and X-Rack Dynamics Rack 

with Pro Tools HD, a 22” LCD screen, a Dynaudio 

speaker system, Apogee converters, and a full 

patchbay connected to outboard audio processors 

from companies like dbx, UA, Manley, Aphex, 

Drawmer, Summit Audio, TC Electronic, Lexicon, 

Yamaha, and Eventide. 

The PC Audio lab 

This room supports the Music Theory, Songwriting 

and Producing and Arrangement classes. It runs Avid 

Sibelius plus other apps for teaching students about 

theory, composition and arrangement. 

Posting Suites 3, 4, 5, & 6 

Suites 3, 4, 5, and 6 are identical quadruplets, with 

each room featuring new Hewlett Packard Z800 

workstations, a 32-fader Avid ICON digital work 

surface with AV Option installed. The ICONs are 

interfaced to networked Pro Tools HD digital audio 

workstations and paired with JBL LSR Series 5.1 

speaker systems, isolation booths, and HP 24” LCD 

screens – making these suites ideal for audio postproduction 

work. 

Studio A 

A network of several professionally designed 

recording areas, Studio A is a world-class recording 

facility built around a 72-channel, 144+ input Amek 

9098i console with Supertrue 4 automation and 

Recall. This studio is equipped with a networked Avid 

Pro Tools|HD digital audio workstation, and a Studer 

A827 analog multitrack machine. Studio A is also 

home to an extensive collection of signal processing 

equipment from TC Electronic, Lexicon, Tube-Tech, 

dbx, and others. 

Studio B 

Studio B is another of Full Sail’s exceptional recording 

facilities, featuring an 80-channel, 160-input Solid 

State Logic (SSL) SL9000J console with Total Recall 

and the Ultimation moving fader automation system. 

Boasting a Studer A827 analog multi-track recorder 

and a networked 48-input Avid Pro Tools HD digital 

audio workstation, Studio B is capable of more than 

100 tracks of recording. 

Studio C 

Another 72-Channel, 144-input Amek 908i console 

resides in this room. Designed by the legendary 

Rupert Neve, this console is a technical marvel. 

Outfi tted like Studios A and B, with multiple 

recording and processing options, this room allows 

students to learn signal fl ow and automation in an 

environment that is the equal of many professional 

recording studios. Record to and playback from 

Apple Logic Pro or Pro Tools on Mac Pro workstations 

with Apogee DA16x and AD16x converters. 

Studio D 

Studio D is home to another SSL SL9000J recording 

console, a longtime industry standard for large 

format console technology. Outfi tted like Studios 

A and B with multiple recording and processing 

options, this room allows students to learn the 

operation of the console and its automation 

system. Record to and play back from Apple Logic 

Pro or Pro Tools on Mac Pro workstations with 

Apogee DA16x and AD16x converters. 

Suites 1 and 2 

Suites 1 and 2 provide students with a professional 

production environment built around fully featured 

36-channel, 80-input Audient ASP8024 analog 

consoles. The consoles will also feature 24-track 

routing and 14 auxiliary buses, making these 

suites idea for overdubbing, mixing, recall, and 

computer automations. 



Virtual Set 

This unique lab allows students to combine live 

footage with virtual sets previously created in a 3D 

application, all while working in real-time with Sony 

HD video cameras, a Telemetrics camera control 

system, Ultimatte digital keying/compositing system, 

and Final Cut Pro HD. 

The Dubbing Stage 

Full Sail’s Dubbing Stage is Dolby® certifi ed, and 

is a fully functional, professionally designed postproduction 

facility where student interns work 

with instructors to learn the intricacies of the postproduction 

process. It’s in this environment that all 

of a fi lm’s audio – from dialogue and sound effects to 

music – meets the fi nal cut of the fi lm. 

With high-defi nition video and 35mm projectors, a 

Harrison MPC3-D mixing desk, multiple Pro Tools HD 

systems, theater seats for private screenings, and an 

Oscar-winning JBL theater surround sound system, 

this room is fully capable of handling the re-recording 

mixing for a major motion picture. 



Live Performance Venues & Labs 

Full Sail Live Venues 

These four performance venues are optimized for 

teaching virtually every aspect of modern-day 

live production, including sound reinforcement, 

computerized and conventional lighting systems, 

acoustical measurement, equipment maintenance, 

installation for home theater and corporate 

boardrooms, and video production. Students working 

in these rooms utilize audio consoles from Digico, 

Midas, Yamaha, Soundcraft, and Avid; sound systems 

from JBL, EV, Dynacord, EAW, and Meyer Sound; 

computerized lighting systems from Martin, Vari*Lite, 

High End Systems, and MA Lighting; acoustical 

measurement systems from Meyer Sound, TEF, 

SMAART, and EASE; and video equipment from 

Sony, Ross, Christie, JVC, and Pioneer. 

The Show Production CAD Classrooms 

Full Sail Live 1 and 2 each feature an independent 

CAD classroom designed for maximum fl exibility. 

Full Sail Live’s CAD classroom is outfi tted with 30 

computer workstations, each featuring software 

including SMAART Live V6, WinSpeakers, EZ edit, 

EASE, and Vectorworks – as well as Microsoft Offi ce, 

Adobe Photoshop, and Adobe Illustrator for students’ 

general layout demands. Full Sail Live 2 features 

a CAD classroom featuring another 18 computer 

workstations with much of the same software – this 

classroom is often open to students for independent 

study and research. 

The Simulcast Suite 

The Simulcast Suite functions as the digital multitrack 

record room for capturing live performances and 

event presentations from the main hall of Full Sail 

Live. The suite is outfi tted with a Avid VENUE 

D-Show digital mixing console and a host of 

outboard processors. Digital audio recording and fi le 

management is accomplished by utilizing Avid Pro 

Tools and a 7TB Apple XServe RAID system. 

Video Switching & Broadcast Audio Suites 

The Video Switching & Broadcast Audio Suites function 

as the main control center for all in-house productions 

at Full Sail Live, such as live labs and special events. 

The Video Switching Suite employs a 16-input ROSS 

switcher, SONY DXC D50 broadcast camera package, 

Leitch NEO Suite View LCD display system, and 

multiple-format Sony and Pioneer record and playback 

machines, with a Grass Valley iDDR digital video 

recorder that enables video fi le storage and transfer. 

The Broadcast Audio Suite includes a Midas Legend 

3000 audio console, outboard processors including 

Lexicon, DBX and TC Electronic, as well as a JBL 

LSR audio monitor system. Guest lectures and 

events are supported by Christie DW6K and JVC 

D-ILA GA20 projectors and JVC plasma displays, 

giving each production a professional approach. 

In addition, this suite provides for RTS broadcast-style 

communications training. 

The Digital Audio Lab 

This lab allows students to learn digital audio console 

engineering using the Digico SD7 and SD8, as well as 

Avid VENUE digital consoles. The lab is networked to 

the main performance stage at Full Sail Live and can 

be used for live tracking and mixdown. 

The Audio Workstation Lab 

This lab features six individually networked mobile 

digital audio workstations along with the instructor 

master control station, with each station employing 

a Yamaha M7CL digital console. The stations are 

capable of performing multiple functions – students 

can access audio from the main performance stage 

via a CobraNet network or mix down previously 

recorded tracks via a Pro Tools digital audio 

system locked to a Grass Valley iDDR containing 

performance video. The lab can also be used to 

emulate an on-location sporting event mixdown 

experience, including video playback, audio from 

color commentator, and producer tracks. 

The Virtual Programming Lighting Lab 

In this lab, students bring virtual lighting design and 

programming to life using six workstations. Students 

learn automated light programming while working 

toward their fi nal solo demo project. ESP Vision 

software provides photo-realistic, render-quality 

lighting simulation in real time viewed on large 

screen displays, while six MA Lighting ultra-light 

consoles with fl at panel LCD monitors provide 

virtual control. 

The Home Theater Lab 

This lab is designed to train students in home theater 

and corporate style installation training, using a 

variety of related equipment including gear from 

AMX, BSS, Krell, Sharp, Crown, and JBL. 



Entertainment/Music Business Center 

As the central hub for Full Sail’s business degree 

programs, the Entertainment/Music Business 

Center is a unique and creative atmosphere for 

future professionals and entrepreneurs. The 

building was designed to meet the needs of our 

business students with multiple classrooms, 

boardrooms for group meetings, and an auditorium 

for professional presentations. 

The Entertainment/Music Business Center also 

features wireless Internet access, several common 

areas for impromptu business meetings, and a café. 

Full Sail Studios: Recording Studio 

With its carefully crafted acoustical environment, 

this fl agship recording studio serves as a fullfeatured 

audio recording environment for students 

and professionals alike. Guests are able to view the 

recording process through the oversized, acoustically 

treated windows that line the hallways 

of the building. 



The Computer Animation Center 

The Computer Animation Center provides a creative 

environment for Full Sail’s visual artists and animators. 

With traditional art studios and labs that feature 

powerful computer workstations, this building allows 

students to develop their animation projects in an 

inspirational and welcoming environment. 

The collaborative atmosphere is ideal for artists 

to work together on projects, trade animation tips, 

or simply build relationships with like-minded people. 

In addition, the walls of the Computer Animation 

Center are covered with student-created artwork 

and sculptures, as well as framed examples of 

professional projects created by Full Sail graduates. 

Full Sail Studios: Game Production Studio 

The Game Production Studio is a primary 

environment for game development teams at 

Full Sail. This dedicated facility features areas 

specifi cally designed for audio, graphics, and 

technical development, a game console timeline 

(complete with vintage hardware), and a VIP graffi ti 

wall. The building also features student amenities 

like common areas and game testing rooms for 

unwinding between classes. 


Degree 

Programs 

28 FULL SAIL UNIVERSITY 

DEGREE PROGRAMS 

PROGRAMS 29

Computer 

Animation 


It hasn’t been that long since “animation” meant 

teams of artists working long hours to make individual 

2D cels. For most of the 20th century, that was the way 

animated shows and features were made. But the 

21st century has seen computers become essential 

tools for animators, with increased processing power 

and more sophisticated software combining to move 

the bulk of animation from the cel to the CPU. Whether 

for animated shows and feature fi lms, video games, 

or as special effects in live-action fi lms, computer 

animation is an integral part of the way artists get 

their vision onto screens. 

To become one of those artists, you’ll need to 

understand the art, the techniques, and the technology 

that professional animators use to bring their creations 

to life. You’ll start that process in the creative and 

collaborative environment of our Computer Animation 

Center. In this atmosphere, you’ll learn the tools of 

the trade that you’ll need to become a 21st century 

3D Artist. 

Graduates of this degree may apply to continue 

their education with the: 

Game Design 


Media Design 

Master of Fine Arts Degree Program 

CAMPUS 

PROGRAM 

ONLINE 

PROGRAM 

Areas of Focus 

Fine Arts 

Modeling 

Animation 

Effects 

Final Project/ 

Demo Reel Creation 


* IF YOU’RE INTERESTED IN ANOTHER EDUCATIONAL TRACK, PLEASE CONTACT OUR ADMISSIONS 

DEPARTMENT TO EXPLORE YOUR OPTIONS. 

COMPUTER ANIMATION | Bachelor Bachelor of Science Science Degree Program 31


art 

TRADITIONAL 

PROFESSIONAL 

concepts 

2D 3D 

TECHNIQUES 

CAMERA 

lighting 

effects 

TECHNIQUE 

3D 

craft life 

DRAWING 

SCULPTING 

TECHNIQUE 

LIGHTING 

craft texturing life 

anatomical 

modeling 

BASICS 

3D 

MODELING 

character 

character 

RIGGING MOTION 

demo 

dynamics 

modeling 

BASICS 

character 

MOTION 

dynamics 

PARTICLE 

storyBOARDING 

craft life 

FINE ARTS 

COMPUTER realistic 

MOVEMENT DRAWING 

character ANIMATION realistic 

TECHNIQUE 

EFFECTS ACTIONS 

REEL 

PARTICLE 

EFFECTS 

MODELING 

modeling 3D BASICS 

FINE ARTS 

MOVEMENT 

ACTIONS 

MODELING 

texturing 

character 

DRAWING 

curves 

curves 

SURFACES 

SURFACES 

COMPUTER 

ANIMATION 

body body 

LANGUAGE 

LANGUAGE 

SCULPTING 

art 

TRADITIONAL 

PROFESSIONAL 

character 

MODELING 

REEL concepts MODELING 

demo 

PROFESSIONAL 

anatomical REEL 

art 

MODELING texturing 

ANIMATION 

TRADITIONAL 

SPECIAL 

effects 

concepts character 

RIGGING 

CAMERA 

lighting 

TECHNIQUEANIMATION 

BASICS 

TECHNIQUES 

craft life 

MOTION 

SURFACES 

TECHNIQUES 

DRAWING 

CAMERA 

PARTICLE body 

LANGUAGE curves effects 

PARTICLE 

body 

MOVEMENT 


MOTION SPECIAL 

LANGUAGE 

dynamics 

SCULPTING 

anatomical 

realistic 

MOVEMENT character 

dynamics RIGGING 

PARTICLE 

anatomical 

MODELING 

character 

RIGGING LIGHTING 

texturing 

MODELING 

storyBOARDIN 

PROFESSIONAL 

EFFECTS & 


COMPUTER ANIMATION | Bachelor Bachelor of Science Science Degree Program 33 

DEMO REEL CRATION 

curves 

SURFACES 

body 

SCULPTING 

anatomical 

MODELING 

character 

RIGGING 

demo 

SCULPTING 

MODELING 

LIGHTING 

ANIMATION texturing 

anatomical 

MODELING 

COMPUTER 

ANIMATION 

EFFECTS & 


character 

FINE ARTS 

RIGGING 

storyBOARDING 

LIGHTING TECHNIQUE 

texturing 

3D 

SPECIAL 

effects 

storyBOARDING CAMERA 

MOTION 

LANGUAGE 

EFFECTS & 

ANIMATION 


EFFECTS lighting & 

2D 3D character 

3D 

Fine Arts 

modeling DEMO REEL effects CRATION 

MODELING 

TECHNIQUES 

MOTION 

PROFESSIONAL 

dynamics 

realistic 

BASICS 

The journey of becoming PARTICLE successful in the computer MOVEMENT Using traditional mediums such demo character 

as graphite, color 

animation industry EFFECTS starts with building a foundation ACTIONS 

REEL 

MODELING 

pencil, and clay you will learn how to manipulate the 

CAMERA 

in traditional art. Our curriculum is built on the skills, 

elements of art to create designs that work in the three- 

EFFECTS & 

dynamics 

concepts, and techniques that will enable students to dimensional world. Hands-on exercises in illustration, 

understand and appreciate the holistic approach DEMO artists REEL CRATION color theory, 

2D 

character development, lighting 

3D 

life drawing, and 

ANIMATION 

must use in the animation process. 

sculpting will help you produce effects believable characters character 

texturing 

and compositionally TECHNIQUES 

sound environments. 

effects 

PARTICLE 

concepts DRAWING 

LIGHTING 

texturing 

2D 3D 

TECHNIQUES 

COMPUTER 

ANIMATION 

CAMERA 

lighting 

effects 

art 

TRADITIONAL 

FINE ARTS 

storyBOARDING 

concepts 

MODELING 

character 

MODELING 

2D 3D 

texturing 

SPECIAL 

effects 

modeling 3D BASICS 

character 

MOTION 

dynamics 

PARTICLE 

art 

TRADITIONAL 

TECHNIQUE 

3D 

realistic 

MOVEMENT 


craft life 

modeling 

DRAWING BASICS 

dynamics 

curves 

SURFACES 

body 

LANGUAGE 

realistic 

MOVEMENT 


concepts 

craft life 

modeling 

curves character 

2D 3D 

lighting 

TECHNIQUE 

DRAWING 

curves 

3D 

SURFACES BASICS 

body 

LANGUAGE 

MOTION 

Creating believable models is an essential element 

of computer animation. With three courses devoted 

solely to modeling, you’ll PROFESSIONAL gradually develop the 

strategies and skills needed to use computer modeling 

tools effi ciently. character demo 

After getting a REEL foundation in surface 

creation, 3D modeling RIGGING 

basics, trimming and blending, 

and curves and surfaces, you’ll move on to advanced 

modeling techniques – production modeling, surface 

fl ow, anatomical modeling – utilizing the same real 

world workfl ow as professional animators. 

demo 

REEL 

anatomical 

MODELING 

character 

RIGGING 

PROFESSIONAL 

demo 

REEL 

SCULPTING 

craft life 

SCULPTING 

modeling 

character 

MODELING 

DRAWING 

LIGHTING 

anatomical 

curves 

MODELING 

SURFACES 

body 

LANGUAGE 

PROFESSIONAL 

demo 

texturing 

realistic 


storyBOARDIN 

REEL 

MOVEMENT 

Modeling EFFECTS ACTIONS 

SURFACES 

realistic 

character 

texturing 

character effects 

SPECIA 

MODELING

t 

NAL 

epts 

3D 

IQUES 

A 

ing 

ects 


MODELING 

body 

TECHNIQUE 

craft life 

ANIMATION 

3D 

modeling 

dynamics 

PARTICLE 

LANGUAGE 

Animation 

DRAWING 

Bringing computer models to life is the goal of the 

animation process, and the curriculum FINE ARTS at Full Sail 

teaches you the tools and techniques you’ll need to 

do just that. First, you’ll learn basic animation skills 

and the fundamentals of powerful software packages 

like Autodesk Maya and Adobe Photoshop. Then 

you’ll build on those dynamics 

basics with 2D and 3D techniques 

like character motion, body language, and character 

PARTICLE 

rigging as you use all your artistic skills together with 

technology to make your creations move. 

2D 3D 

curves 

BASICS 

realistic 

TECHNIQUES 

SURFACES 

TECHNIQUE 

craft life 

MOVEMENT 

CAMERA 

EFFECTS & 

DRAWING 

ACTIONS 

character lighting body 


MOTION 

LANGUAGE effects 

3D modeling curves 

BASICS 

SURFACES 

realistic 

MOVEMENT 


character 

COMPUTER 

ANIMATION 

MOTION 

body TRADITIONAL 

LANGUAGE 

art 


MODELING 

ANIMATION 

realistic 

character 

3D 

modeling 

SCULPTING 

BASICS 

RIGGING 

MOVEMENT 

character 

anatomical 

MOTION 

MODELING 

demo 

PROFESSIONAL 

concepts 

2D 3D 

TECHNIQUES 

dynamics REEL 

character 

PARTICLE RIGGING 

curves 

LIGHTING 

SURFACES 

texturing 

body 

LANGUAGE 

realistic 

MOVEMENT 

storyBOARDING 


demo 

PROFESSIONAL 

REEL 

SCULPTING 

anatomical 

MODELING 

character 

MODELING 

character 

RIGGING 

TECHNIQUE texturing 

demo 

PROFESSIONAL 

3D 

REEL 

BASICS 

anatomical 

MODELING 

character 

RIGGING 

demo 

PROFESSIONAL 

storyBOARDING 



SPECIAL 

effects 

LIGHTING 

texturing 

storyBOARDING 

craft life 

modeling 

character 

MOTION 

storyBOARDING 

character 

MODELING 

texturing 

SPECIAL 

effects 

DRAWING 

character 

MODELING 

curves 

SURFACES 

texturing 

body SPECIAL 

LANGUAGE effects 

REEL 

SCULPTING 

anatomical 

MODELING 

character 

RIGGING 

character 

MODELING 

texturing 

SPECIAL 

effects 

st

N 

D 

UES 

ts 

ANIMATION 

FINE ARTS 

g 

3D 

TECHNIQUES MOTION LANGUAGE 


CAMERA 

lighting 

effects 

Effects 

DRAWING 

BASICS 

character 

life 

SCULPTING 

art 

PARTICLE 

TRADITIONAL 

MOTION 

It’s one thing to build a model and make it move; 

it’s something else to make it look real (or unreal, concepts 

if that’s what you’re shooting for). The next phase is 

to add natural phenomena to make the scene realistic, 

curves 

TECHNIQUE including elements of snow, sleet, smoke, or dust using 

dynamics anatomical 

particles and dynamic simulation to give your creation 

added realism. Then PARTICLE MODELING 

SURFACES 

you’ll polish it into a fi nished 

DRAWING 

product by integrating computer-generated elements 

into live-action fi lm footage, seamlessly creating the 

illusion of reality. 

body 

character 

3D modeling 

RIGGING curves 

MODELING 

Final 

BASICS 

Project/ 

LANGUAGE Demo Reel Creation 

ANIMATION 

dynamics 

All of the skills you’ve developed and polished during 

the Computer Animation program come together 

in the fi nal project course. You’ll start by coming 

PROFESSIONAL 

up with a concept to show your artistic strengths 

as a 3D artist. Then you’ll enter the planning demo body 

stage, 

where MOTION you’ll need to develop concept art and LANGUAGE 

create REEL 

storyboards. After setting out your goals and timeline 

during preproduction, you’ll go through the process 

of generating content that fi ts your chosen area 

of focus – whether that’s developing models and CAMERA 

adding textures and lighting, implementing realistic 

visual 

effects, PARTICLE animating developed characters, creating MOVEMENT 

natural EFFECTS phenomena using particles, compositing ACTIONS 

CG elements into fi lm plates, or developing models 

adding textures and lights. 

realistic character 

MOVEMENT 

ACTIONS 

EFFECTS & 


craft life 

dynamics 

curves 

SURFACES 

body 

realistic 

MOVEMENT 

EFFECTS & 

EFFECTS 

LIGHTING 

ACTIONS TECHNIQUE 

REEL 

MODELING 

RIGGING storyBOARDING 


LANGUAGEtexturing 

craft life 

realistic 

MOVEMENT 


SURFACES 

storyBOARDING 

In a dedicated Demo Reel Creation course, your 

teachers will re-evaluate the art and animation you’ve 

created throughout your classes, and help you gear 

your portfolio to the area of the industry you’re 

MODELING 

character 

demo 

PROFESSIONAL 

2D 3D character 

most interested in pursuing. The character 

reel will show off 

your technical profi ciency in such areas as character 

TECHNIQUES character RIGGING MOTION 

modeling, animation, texturing, MODELING 

and special effects, 

offering a well-rounded demonstration of your talents 

to help launch your career. 

lighting 

effects 

SCULPTING 

anatomical 

texturing 

SPECIAL REEL 

effects 

3D 

MODELING 

PROFESSIONAL 

demo 

modeling 

BASICS 

dynamics 

PARTICLE 

PROFESSIONAL 

demo 

LIGHTING 

texturing 

character 

texturing 



REEL 

storyBOARDING 

character 

MODELING 

ANIMATION 

DRAWING 

character 

curves 

SURFACES 

SPECIAL 

effects 

MODELING 

texturing 

SPECIAL 

effects 

body 

LANGUAGE 

realistic 

MOVEMENT 


texturing 

SPECIAL 

effects 

2D 3D 

TECHNIQUES 

CAMERA 

lighting 

effects 

character 

MOTION 

dynamics 

SCULPTING 

PARTICLE 

EFFECTS 

anatomical 

MODELING 

character 

RIGGING 

demo 

PROFESSIONAL 

REEL 

b 

LA 

r

38 

Overview 

The Computer Animation Bachelor of Science 

Degree Program at Full Sail is centered on real 

world production processes. From storyboarding, 

sketching, and modeling to character animation, 

special effects, and fi nal compositing, the Computer 

Animation degree program at Full Sail takes you 

through the entire production pipeline. 

Our program starts by getting you familiar with the 

art concepts behind animation; drawing, sculpting, 

and other traditional forms of expression are 

essential parts of getting your art onto the computer. 

You’ll also learn the basic principles behind 

computer-generated models, characters, animation, 

and visual effects. Then you’ll put those principles to 

use just like animation pros do when developing fi lms, 

TV shows, commercials, and games. By using the same 

hardware and software as professional animation 

studios, you’ll gain the skills you’ll need to hit the 

ground running when you embark on your career. To 

highlight these skills, you’ll fi nish your education by 

creating a demo reel that showcases your best work. 

Learning the essential art and technology elements of 

this fi eld is just one part of the Computer Animation 

program. You’ll also have courses focusing on 

computer business applications, personal fi nance 

management, communication skills, and how to 

prepare yourself for that fi rst step into the animation 

industry. To help you make that transition, we’ve also 

got a team of Career Development professionals that 

can help you polish your interviewing skills and 

résumé and get you ready to enter the industry. In 

addition, our Career Development services and advisors 

will be available for support and assistance throughout 

your career – not just during your education. 

Objective 

Our goal is to provide you with the focused 

knowledge and understanding of 3D computer 

character animation and visual effects needed to 

qualify for entry-level, industry positions as scene 

builders, character designers, technical directors, 

motion animators, visual effects animators, lighters, 

and renderers. Besides the program’s strong 3D 

computer graphics focus, you will build other skills 

in peripheral media and digital courses that will 

enhance your opportunities in related fi elds. 

In addition to technical profi ciency and creative 

development, your education will help you develop 

critical thinking, problem solving, and analytical skills 

that contribute to life learning, providing you with tools 

to help sustain a long and productive professional 

career in the entertainment and media industry. 


OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE 

FULL SAIL UNIVERSITY 

COMPUTER ANIMATION | Bachelor Bachelor of Science Science Degree Program 

FULL SAIL UNIVERSITY 39

Computer Animation 


PROGRAM CORE 

Code Course Credit Hours 

CGA 221 2D Animation 4.00 

CGA 121 3D Foundations 4.00 

CGA 351 Animation Preproduction 7.00 

CGA 461 Animation Production 4.00 

CGA 251 Art Creation for Games 4.00 

CGA 233 Character Animation 7.00 

CGA 342 Character Design and Creation 4.00 

CGA 441 Character Rigging 7.00 

CGA 241 Compositing Fundamentals 4.00 

CGA 353 Compositing and Scene Finishing 7.00 

CGA 482 Demo Reel Creation 4.00 

CGA 131 Fundamentals of Animation 3.00 

CGA 101 Fundamentals of Art I 3.00 

CGA 102 Fundamentals of Art II 3.00 

CGA 112 Methods of Design 4.00 

DIG 1301 Model Creation † 4.00 

CGA 371 Motion Capture 3.00 

CGA 471 Portfolio Content Creation I 4.00 

CGA 472 Portfolio Content Creation II 3.00 

CGA 473 Portfolio Content Creation III 3.00 

Chronological Schedule by Months 

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 

ENGLISH 

COMPOSITION I 

ETHICS & 

PSYCHOLOGY 

3D FOUNDATIONS MODEL CREATION 

FUNDAMENTALS 

OF ART I 

FUNDAMENTALS 

OF ART II 

SHADING 

& LIGHTING 

COLLEGE 

MATHEMATICS 

METHODS OF DESIGN 

HISTORICAL ARCHETYPES 

& MYTHOLOGY 

CHARACTER DESIGN 

& CREATION 

GEOMETRY & 

MEASUREMENT 

2D ANIMATION 

FUNDAMENTALS 

OF PHYSICS 

8 9 10 11 12 13 14 

COMPOSITING 

FUNDAMENTALS 

FUNDAMENTALS 

OF ANIMATION 

PRODUCTION 

MODELING 

RIGGING 

BASICS 

CHARACTER 

RIGGING 

CHARACTER 

ANIMATION 

ART CREATION 

FOR GAMES 

MOTION CAPTURE 

SOFTWARE 

TECHNOLOGY 

INTERPERSONAL 

COMMUNICATIONS 

COMPOSITING & 

SCENE FINISHING 

15 16 17 18 19 20 21 

VISUAL EFFECTS 

ANIMATION 

PRODUCTION 

PUBLIC SPEAKING 

ANIMATION 

PREPRODUCTION 

PORTFOLIO CONTENT 

CREATION I 

CGA 352 Production Modeling 4.00 

CGA 271 Rigging Basics 3.00 

GRA 1161 Shading and Lighting † 4.00 

DIG 2031 Software Technology † 4.00 

CGA 442 Visual Effects 7.00 

Totals: 108.00 

GENERAL EDUCATION 


MGF 1213 College Mathematics † 4.00 

ENC 1101 English Composition I* † 4.00 

PPE 2110 Ethics and Psychology † 4.00 

PHY 1000 Fundamentals of Physics † 4.00 

MTG 1205 Geometry and Measurement † 4.00 

GEN 251 Historical Archetypes and Mythology 4.00 

SPC 2140 Interpersonal Communications 4.00 

SPC 1606 Public Speaking* † 4.00 

Totals: 32.00 


CREATION II 

TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: 140 

TOTAL WEEKS: 84 

* This specific course is offered online. Please see course description for details. 

† This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). 


CREATION III 

DEMO REEL 

CREATION 

Course Descriptions 

Program Core 

CGA 221 

2D Animation 

The 2D Animation Course develops 

students’ appreciation of the technique and 

craft involved in hand-drawn 2D animation, and 

promotes the understanding and successful 

application of the fundamental principles of 

traditional animation. Using pencil and paper 

to explore this art form, students are physically 

responsible for controlling and manipulating a 

subject’s volume, weight, proportion, acting, 

and movement, thus gaining a more thorough 

understanding of the animation process. This 

foundation of traditional animation broadens 

students’ skills as computer animators and 

enhances their creative ability. 



Course Outline 

Animation Fundamentals 

Principles of Animation 

Timing Charts 

Character Animation 

Advanced Character Principles 

Clean Up 

Character Personality 

Total credit hours 4.00 

Course length 4 weeks 

CGA 121 

3D Foundations 

The 3D Foundations Course familiarizes 

students with the fundamentals of creating 

2D and 3D computer graphics using Autodesk 

Maya and Adobe Photoshop. Students learn 

the interface and controls of both programs as 

they learn basic animation skills that prepare 

them for the more advanced courses later in 

the Computer Animation Bachelor of Science 

Degree Program. 


Introduction to Operating Systems 

Introduction to Digital Imagery 

Photoshop Interface and Tools 

Digital Concept Art 

Introduction to the Maya Interface 

Working in the 3D World 

Geometry and Surface Types 

Working with Objects and Components 



CGA 351 

Animation Preproduction 

The Animation Preproduction Course 

develops students’ ability to plan, coordinate, 

and study assets, using traditional methods 

to demonstrate their learned strengths as a 

3D artist. Working from photograph and video 

reference, students explore and develop 

characters, environments, vehicles, rigs, and 

animation ideas. Successful completion of this 

course arms students with the knowledge of 

how to use good reference and artistic studies 

to create production blueprints. 


Art Direction 

Set Design 

Character Design 

Storyboards 

Animatics 



CGA 461 

Animation Production 

The Animation Production Course 

provides students with their first opportunity 

to produce an animated sequence. Students 

develop an overall understanding of animation 

as it applies to the production industry, 

as they produce a portfolio animation piece 

to showcase their proficiency. 


Preproduction 

Applications of Animation 

Motion Analysis 

Timing Development 



CGA 251 

Art Creation For Games 

The Art Creation for Games Course 

provides students with a strong knowledge of 

the way real time 3D content is modeled and 

textured. Students develop gaming models of 

simple and complex props, foliage, and various 

game environments. Special attention will 

be paid to the creation of clean and optimized 

models for use in games. 


Preproduction and Concept 

Modeling Techniques 

Reduction Techniques 

Effective UV Mapping 

Normal Map Generation 

Texture Painting in Photoshop 

Practical and Presentation 



CGA 233 


The Character Animation Course 

continues to strengthen students’ animation 

skills by exploring methods for creating 

movement that is not only entertaining and 

appealing, but also depicts actions that 

are driven by the character’s emotions 

and personality. In this course, students 

analyze methods for creating acting choices 

that are unique and interesting. Through 

group discussion and analysis, students are 

introduced to the importance of evaluating their 

own work as well as the work of their peers. 

This enables each student to critique animated 

work with the intent of implementing what has 

been learned into future animations. 



to Complex Movement 

Scene Composition and Staging 

Entertainment Analysis 

Acting Theory, Development, and 

Techniques 

Group Participation and Critique 



CGA 342 


and Creation 

The Character Design and Creation 

Course builds upon the skills learned in 

the Model Creation and Shading & Lighting 

courses by applying knowledge to 3D 

characters. Students begin with preproduction 

of a character, developing concept art and 

character sheets. Students complete a fully 

textured organic 3D model for possible use in 

film or high-resolution game technology. 



NURBS Modeling 

Sub Division Surface Modeling 

Surface Flow and Anatomy 

Painting Character Textures 

Generating Textures for Characters 

Character Rendering 



CGA 441 

Character Rigging 

The Character Rigging Course complements 

the Character Design and Creation course by 

training students to add skeletal structures to 

character models. Students learn the techniques 

involved with the creation of a character setup, 

developing character rigs and skeletal structures 

used in the character animation pipeline. The 

ultimate goal of character rigging is to prepare 

a modeled character for motion without the 

animator needing to know the details of the 

character’s setup. 


Biped Skeleton Rig Design 

Inverse Kinematics Control 

Muscle and Skin Deformation 

Mathematical Expressions 

Set Driven Key Controls 

Scripted Controls 

Alternative Skeleton Set Up Techniques 


Course length 4 weeks


Program Core 

CGA 241 

Compositing 

Fundamentals 

The Compositing Fundamentals Course 

focuses on the seamless integration of computergenerated 

elements with real world live-action 

video footage. Students are introduced to 

compositing and integration techniques 

commonly utilized by film and video professionals 

in current production pipelines. Students learn 

how to accurately reconstruct and composite 

computer-generated elements to properly match 

a high definition film or video source, while 

presenting them the opportunity of working in 

a node-based compositing environment. 


Matte Creation Techniques 

Photoshop Fundamentals 

3D Card Systems and Camera Mapping 

Lighting and Rendering 

Node-based Compositing 



CGA 353 

Compositing and 

Scene Finishing 

The Compositing and Scene Finishing 

Course will broaden the base of students’ 

knowledge by offering insight into the process 

of combining computer-generated imagery 

(CGI) with video and film elements. By learning 

what happens when rendered imagery is 

integrated into the post-production process, 

students better understand the core principles 

of proper compositing and finishing practices. 

Students will be introduced to the fundamentals 

of Node-based compositing systems, 3D 

camera tracking tools accompanied with 

common rendering methods utilized in current 

post-production pipelines. 



Color Theory and Practice 

3D Camera Tracking (Matchmoving) 

Rendering Methods and Practices 

Proper Integration Techniques 



CGA 482 


The Demo Reel Creation Course provides 

students with the time to develop a demo reel 

commonly expected during interviews. During 

this time, students take the content developed 

throughout their degree program and assemble 

it into a presentable package. Prior to the 

creation of the demo reel, a student’s content 

is reviewed in an effort to help the student 

determine the best material for showcasing 

their talents as a computer animation artist. 


Content Review and Assembly 

Audio Assembly 

Demo Reel Output 

Demo Reel Review 

Package Presentation Development 



CGA 131 

Fundamentals 

of Animation 

The Fundamentals of Animation Course 

provides students with the animation tools 

required to create, manipulate, and refine 

any computer-animated sequence. Building 

on the traditional animation fundamentals 

of motion and timing, the course teaches 

students computer animation techniques 

and applies them to the process of animating 

modeled projects. The course focuses on 

positional animation and control with the use 

of keyframing, timing curves, dope sheets, 

and dependency graphs, as well as the tools 

to manipulate them. 


Keyframe Animation 

Motion Timing and Analysis 

Dope Sheet and Action Graphs 

Hierarchical Animation 

Camera and Light Positional Animation 

Animation Rendering 



CGA 101 

Fundamentals of Art I 

The Fundamentals of Art I Course prepares 

students for the virtual world by having them 

step away from the computer and observe, 

touch, and create in the real world. These 

courses suggest that real-world observation 

and touch is invaluable in the planning of 3D 

computer graphics. 


Object Observation 

Textures and Lighting 

Color Theory 

Composition and Space 



CGA 102 

Fundamentals of Art II 

The Fundamentals of Art II Course further 

prepares students for the virtual world by 

having them observe, touch, and create in the 

real world. This course continues instruction in 

beginning life drawing, plant and animal study, 

character development, and sculpture. This 

course suggests that real-world observation 


computer generated people, places, and things. 


Life Drawing 

Animal and Environment Observation 

Character Development 

Sculpting 



CGA 112 

Methods of Design 

The Methods of Design Course focuses 

on the extensive and complex ideas and 

implications of basic design. Students in this 

course are trained to intellectually connect 

artistic intention and compositional conclusion. 

Students also plan, organize, and control 

hands-on projects using various media, 

while they use gained knowledge to design 

environments and simple characters. 


Critical Thinking 

Elements and Principles of 3D 

Aspects and Elements of Time 

Narrative and Non-narrative 

Architecture and Scenery 

Character Design and Development 



DIG 1301 

Model Creation † 

The Model Creation Course explores the 

beginning of the computer animation process 

by creating hard surface models from concept 

art to final computer-generated imagery. During 

an in-depth exploration of the NURBS modeling 

tool set, comparisons of the relative differences 

between polygon, NURBS, and subdivision 

surface definitions are made. Students will 

develop techniques and strategies for creation 

of efficient virtual surfaces. 


Surface Creation Methods 

Building Strategies 

3D Modeling Basics 

Curves and Surfaces 

Surface Continuity 

Trimming and Blending 

Modeling Optimization 



CGA 371 

Motion Capture 

The Motion Capture Course teaches 

students techniques to digitize motion, edit 

sequences, and develop an understanding 

of simulated motion. Students gain an 

understanding of motion capture setup 

and shooting, data tracking, and skeleton 

retargeting, as well as animation correction 

and enhancement. This course gives 

students a deeper understanding of film and 

game motion capture pipelines. 





Motion Data Shoot 

Data Tracking 

Skeleton Retargeting 

Application and Simulation 



CGA 471 

Portfolio 

Content Creation I 

The Portfolio Content Creation I Course 

is designed to allow students to review and 

continue advancing their overall knowledge 

of computer animation workflow, timeline, 

professional behavior, and mind set. This 

course prepares students to experience a 

four-week production deadline, and introduces 

working under production constraints. 

Students use their artistic skills and technical 

knowledge to create a professional quality 

asset based on reference compiled during 

Animation Preproduction. All assets are 

managed and critiqued by an in-lab art director, 

to help guide projects towards photorealistic 

expectations under defined deadlines. 


Production Techniques 

Time Management and Professional 

Behavior 

Managing Assets through Art Direction 

Reference Based Asset Creation 

Advanced Lighting and Rendering 



CGA 472 

Portfolio 

Content Creation II 

In the Portfolio Content Creation II Course, 

students continue developing their professional 

quality asset while working against deadline. 

Students incorporate knowledge developed 

in Portfolio Content Creation I to improve 

their artistic sensibilities, workflow, technical 

knowledge, and personal time management. 

Students continue working through a critique 

and review process with the in-lab art directors 

to develop photorealistic content. 



Time Management and 

Professional Behavior 






CGA 473 

Portfolio 

Content Creation III 

In the Portfolio Content Creation III 

Course, students develop the third and most 

advanced photoreal asset for their portfolio. 

With the knowledge obtained during previous 

months, students embark on their final fourweek 

production deadline. Students in this 

course work with precision at optimal speed, 

having a strong understanding of artistic 

appeal, time management, asset creation, and 

professional behavior. What they experience in 

this course helps prepare them for the methods, 

environments, and conditions experienced in 

the production arena. 



Time Management and Professional 

Behavior 






CGA 352 

Production Modeling 

The Production Modeling Course develops 

students’ understanding of model development 

as it applies to the animation production 

industry. The course builds on all the computer 

animation foundation courses that precede it, 

and parallels industry production workflow 

to develop portfolio models for presentation. 

Students explore a variety of topics including 

developing surface flow, anatomical models, 

and production modeling techniques. 


Advanced Modeling Techniques 


Geometry Parameterization 

Anatomical Modeling 

Surface Flow 



CGA 271 

Rigging Basics 

The Rigging Basics Course develops the 

student’s ability to write scripts to improve 

the interaction between the animator and 

the software user interface. In this course, 

students learn how to create custom UI 

elements, understand programming structures, 

create functional script files, and have a 

stronger ability to troubleshoot. 


Syntax Basics 

Customizing the Interface 

Custom Script Files 

Troubleshooting Techniques 



GRA 1161 

Shading and Lighting † 

The Shading and Lighting Course 

investigates the mood and lighting, look and 

feel, shadows and shading, reflections and 

atmospheres that bring scenes and models to 

life. During this second of three 3D fundamental 

courses, students develop an eye for texturing 

and lighting modeled objects and scenes that 

parallel the real world. This course builds 

on the concepts established in previous 

courses, including surface lighting and shadow 

observations and techniques. 


Textures and Shaders 

Image Manipulation 

Reflection and Refraction 

Lighting Strategies 

Highlights and Shadows 

Rendering and Raytracing 

Optimization 



DIG 2031 

Software Technology † 

The Software Technology Course 

advances students’ understanding of industryrelated 

tools available in the market. Students 

will be exposed to 2D and 3D software tools 

from various software manufacturers. The 

areas of interest include a look at different 

workflow ideas, as well as proper tool use 

and function in the industry. 


2D Software 


Work Flow 

Industry Use 




Program Core General Education 

CGA 442 

Visual Effects 

The Visual Effects Course trains students 

to model, animate, render, and assemble 

computer-generated effects. Through research, 

observation, and evaluation, students develop 

techniques for simulating environmental and 

dynamic forces of nature. In this course, 

students use art and technology to recreate 

natural phenomenon and other elements found 

in nature to generate additional realism to a 

scene. In addition, a study of dynamic interaction 

of geometry, secondary motion effects, and 

rendering techniques assists students in the 

creation of photorealistic effect elements. 


Rigid Bodies 

Particles 

Softbody 

Cloth/Hair 

Fur/Fluids 



MGF 1213 

College Mathematics † 

The College Mathematics Course is 

designed to enable students to build skills 

and confidence in algebra that are required to 

succeed in future math and core courses. Firsttime 

algebra students or those needing a review 

will begin with basic concepts and build upon 

these ideas by completing work that uses algebra 

in practical situations. 


Review of Basic Arithmetic 

Operations with the Real Number System 

Measurement and Number Systems 

Exponents & Radical Expressions 

Linear Equations & Inequalities 

Graphing 

Proportions, Formulas, and Word Problems 

Introductory Statistics and Probability 

Business Applications and 

Mathematical Models 



ENC 1101 

English Composition I* † 

The English Composition I Course is 

designed to introduce students to the writing 

process. Special attention is given to selecting 

and refining topics, identifying the audience, 

developing a purpose, and formulating thesis 

statements. Grammatical conventions and their 

applications are heavily stressed. Students in 

this course learn to compose mature, logical 

sentences, and paragraphs in order to create 

rhetorical cohesion. 


Invention and Drafting 

Revising and Editing 

Grammar 

Essay Structure 

Audience Awareness 



PPE 2110 

Ethics and Psychology † 

The Ethics and Psychology Course 

blends the study of ethics with the study of 

the psychology of personality to examine 

the nature of personal character, gender 

differences, behavioral styles, and cognitive 

theories. Students will study the unique 

organization of the characteristics that set 

individuals apart from each other and also how 

individuals and groups of individuals respond to 

the differences of others. 


Archetypes and Behavioral Styles 

Values, Morals, Ethics 

Learning Theories and Behaviorism 

Psychoanalytic Theory 

Existential-Humanistic Theory 

Cognitive Psychology 

Neuro-Linguistic Programming: 

Personality Disorders 

Gender Issues: Proxemic, 

Kinesics Chromatics 



PHY 1000 

Fundamentals 

of Physics † 

The Fundamentals of Physics Course 

teaches students how to understand the world 

through physics. Real-world phenomena such 

as light, mechanics, motion, collisions, and 

magnetism are introduced. Emphasis is placed 

on how problems, in describing nature, are 

approached in terms of physical theories and 

mathematical formulae. 


Kinematics 

Motion 

Energy and Mechanics 

Electricity and Magnetism 

Electromagnetic Spectrum 

Survey of Light 

Physical Theories and Formulae 



MTG 1205 

Geometry and 

Measurement † 

The Geometry and Measurement Course 

teaches students a wide spectrum of geometric 

concepts that are designed to build upon 

the math learned in earlier coursework. The 

curriculum will emphasize Euclidean geometry 

and its relationship to logic, analytic geometry, 

and trigonometry. The proofs, measurements, 

constructions, graphs, and problems involve 

lines, planes, angles, triangles, circles, 

polygons, polyhedrons, prisms, cylinders, 

spheres, areas and volumes. Students will 

develop their knowledge of geometry, analytic 

geometry, and trigonometry through problemsolving, 

calculation, and exploration of logic. 


A Brief History of Geometry 

Inductive and Deductive Reasoning 

Foundations of Geometry 

Triangles 

Parallel Lines and Polygons 

Quadrilaterals 

Similar Triangles and the 

Pythagorean Theorem 

Circles 

Areas of Polygons and Circles 

Solid Geometry 

Analytic Geometry 

Trigonometry 

Polar Coordinate System 



GEN 251 

Historical Archetypes 

and Mythology 

The Historical Archetypes and 

Mythology Course introduces students to 

the connections between history, mythology, 

and iconic archetypes, and the influence 

these relationships have had on classical and 

contemporary cultures of the world. Color 

symbolism is also explored in order to better 

appreciate folklores, heroes, and monsters 

of various cultures. In addition to composing 

original myths and stories, students complete 

a personal assessment that identifies 

characteristics of their individual archetypes 

and use this knowledge to identify, understand, 

and relate to mythological characters and 

characters of their own creation. The course 

also enhances students’ ability to analyze and 

evaluate information. 





Introduction to Archetypes, Culture 

and Myths 

Archetypes Influence on Culture 

Contemporary Western Myths 

and Archetypes 

Cultural Archetypes of Asia, Europe, 

and Latin America 

Cross Cultural Comparisons of World 

Archetypes and Myths to Western Culture 



SPC 2140 

Interpersonal 

Communications 

The Interpersonal Communication 

Course examines the nature of the 

communication process, variables affecting 

the process, and the individuals involved. 

Additionally, this course includes individual 

analysis of behavior processes that may impede 

and/or enhance communication processes. 

Topics include perception, nonverbal 

behavior, persuasive communication, identity 

management, intercultural communication 

and computer mediated communication. This 

course also enhances students’ ability to 

analyze and evaluate information. 


Assessment and Evaluation 

Research and Planning 

Writing Résumés and Other Documents 

Networking and Interviewing 



* This course is only offered online. It is conducted over the Full Sail Online Learning Environment – a web-based platform 

which employs modern multimedia technologies, requires a logon for entry, and is accessible 24 hours a day via the 

Internet. Completion of the course is based on participation and successful completion of assignments. 

SPC 1606 

Public Speaking* † 

The Public Speaking Course is designed 

to train students in understanding and 

implementing oral communication skills. 

Learning is centered on student participation 

in a variety of speaking/listening situations, 

which are designed to increase the 

understanding of the interpersonal nature of 

all speech communication. Students study and 

participate in the creation and delivery of at 

least three types of speeches. Target audience 

identification, surveys, body language, effective 

speaking techniques, and pre-speech planning 

are investigated and used to create speeches. 


Impromptu Speeches 

Researching for Speech Manuscripts 

Creation and Delivery of 

Persuasive Speeches 

Creation and Delivery of Expository 

and Demonstrative Speeches 

Speech Outlines 

Audience Surveys 

Evaluation of Speaking Effectiveness 



Creative 

Writingfor 

Entertainment 


Whether it’s a fi lm with a plot that keeps you on the 

edge of your seat, a television show with a cast of 

characters that have a special place in our hearts, or 

a video game with such a compelling concept that it’s 

almost impossible to put the controller down, the best 

entertainment always has a great story at its core. 

As we continue to experience entertainment 

in an ever-growing number of ways, those 

professionals who can marry words and visuals to 

tell a compelling story across multiple platforms 

have become increasingly sought after within the 

entertainment industry. 

Full Sail’s Creative Writing for Entertainment 

Bachelor of Fine Arts degree program immerses 

students in the skills they’ll need to become 

those professionals. Following the evolution of 

a story from the brainstorming process to its 

implementation across a variety of media platforms, 

students will not only learn how to write compelling 

content for fi lm, television, websites, video 

games, and social media, but also how to market 

themselves and their work within the industry. 



Game Design 


Media Design 


CAMPUS 

PROGRAM 

ONLINE 

PROGRAM 


Storytelling 

Research 

Marketing/Pitching 




CREATIVE WRITING | Bachelor Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree Program 47


CREATIVE 

WRITING 

STORYTELLING 

EATIVE 

RITING 

RESEARCH 

CREATIVE 

WRITING 

STORYTELLING 

RESEARCH 

BRAINSTORMING storyboards 

MARKETING/PITCHING 

ORYTELLING BRAINSTORMING storyboards 

Storytelling 

While there are many different ways to tell a story, 

the fundamental concepts behind good storytelling 

are consistent. Through a series of writing workshops 

and exercises, you’ll refi ne the way in which you 

brainstorm ideas and translate your thoughts into 

effective stories. You’ll learn how to communicate 

moods, emotions, ideas, sounds, and scenery 

through visual props, as well as through the use of 

storyboarding software, as you examine different 

authorial choices and literary techniques and devices. 

You’ll also learn about the characteristics of a good 

story and explore how these elements play across 

formats such as television, fi lm, video games, 

and more. 


CREATIVE WRITING | Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree Program 49

S MS 

CREATIVE 

WRITING 

STORYTELLING 

RESEARCH 


CREATIVE 

WRITING 

STORYTELLING 

Research 

STORYTELLING 

RESEARCH 

RESEARCH 


There’s no better way to develop the tools you need 

to craft a story or written concept than by learning 

from the work of the great storytellers of the past. 


As a student in the Creative Writing degree 

program, you’ll research the techniques and 

conventions of writing for a variety of genres 

and channels, including children’s entertainment, 

comedy, tragedy, horror, mystery, suspense, 

science fi ction, and fantasy. 

BUSINESS 

You’ll also learn techniques to develop your 

THEORY 

observational skills and work toward becoming an 

effective interviewer, and then apply these abilities 

to your own creative works. 

guest 

SPEAKERS 

SKILL 

development 

entertainment 

INDUSTRYcareers 

NETWORKING 

artist 

EXECUTIVE 

PERSPECTIVE 

LEADERSHIP 

NEGOTIATING 

skills 


CREATIVE WRITING | Bachelor Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree Program 51


CREATIVE 

WRITING 

Marketing/Pitching 

STORYTELLING 

RESEARCH 

Successful writers don’t fi nd work solely based 

on the merits of their work; being able to market 

yourself as a creative entity can be a huge factor 

in helping you share your talents with the world. 

In this program, you’ll study the various channels 

of publishing and distribution that exist in the 

industry today, such as e-books, audio books, 

digital readers, and other platforms that deliver 

content to audiences on a global scale. You’ll also 

learn about the process of joining unions, fi nding a 

good agent, and obtaining sound legal advice. 


Throughout the program, you’ll also be working 

to assemble your own creative writing digital 

portfolio, comprised of your writing, artwork, 

and media including spec scripts, screenplays, 

animation concepts, game prospectuses, 

storyboards, blog links, and more. As you prepare 

to enter into the industry, you’ll be equipped with 

a self-promotional tool that can help assist you in 

fi nding work as a writer. 

CREATIVE 

WRITING 

STORYTELLING 

RESEARCH 


CREATIVE WRITING | Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree Program 

FULL SAIL UNIVERSITY CREATIVE WRITING FULL SAIL UNIVERSITY 

| Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree Program 

CREATIVE 

WRITING 

STORYTELLING 

RESEARCH 


52 53

54 

Overview 

As new distribution channels for media emerge in the 

entertainment industry, there is increasing demand 

for creative writers who can extend a compelling story 

across multiple platforms. Full Sail University’s Creative 

Writing for Entertainment Bachelor of Fine Arts degree 

program provides students the opportunity to not only 

perfect their story-writing abilities, but also allows them 

to understand and implement the transmedia approach 

that is necessary in today’s entertainment industry. 

Whether the fi nal delivery channel is a movie theater, 

television screen, computer monitor, game console, 

website, or mobile device, you’ll learn to develop 

compelling and well-crafted stories that will captivate 

consumers on multiple platforms. 

A growing collection of digital tools is available to 

today’s writers, and the Creative Writing bachelor’s 

degree program teaches the most effective way 

to utilize those tools. You’ll explore a multitude of 

publishing and distribution methods along with the 

relevant legal and ethical issues. In addition, you’ll 

further develop leadership, project management, 

and research skills, sharpen your technical prowess, 

conduct and utilize industry research, and explore the 

marketing processes related to your creative works. 

Most importantly, you’ll write and workshop your 

writing in a variety of formats and genres, building a 

strong portfolio of original pieces. 

The degree program helps equip you with the 

knowledge and tools necessary to be a successful 

creative writing professional in the fast-paced world of 

the entertainment industry. 

To help you move toward your desired career, we’ve got 

a team of Career Development professionals that will 

help you polish your interviewing skills and résumé. 

In addition, our Career Development services and 

advisors will be available for support and assistance 

throughout your career – not just during your education. 

Objective 

The objective of the Creative Writing for Entertainment 

Bachelor of Fine Arts online degree program is to 

provide students with a focused knowledge and 

clear understanding of visual storytelling, narrative 

structures, multimedia terms and genres, character 

creation and development, screenwriting and 

storyboarding, script analysis, criticism, and editing 

for a variety of niches and distribution methods in 

the entertainment media industry. The program 

is designed to equip students with editorial skills, 

enhance their ability to create compelling stories and 

writing elements, and enable them to pursue careers 

in creative writing. 

The Creative Writing for Entertainment Bachelor of 

Fine Arts online degree program will also further 

strengthen students’ leadership, project management, 

and research skills necessary for the development and 

execution of creative writing projects. Completion of the 

program will enable graduates to take full advantage of 

today’s high demand for creative writers and prepare 

them for professional creative writing career in the fi eld 

of entertainment. 

CREATIVE WRITING 



CREATIVE WRITING | Bachelor Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree Program 


Creative Writing for Entertainment 


PROGRAM CORE 


ECW 3721 Children’s Entertainment 4.00 

ECW 1223 Creative Skills Development 4.00 

ECW 3111 Creative Writing Genre I: Comedy and Tragedy 4.00 

ECW 3211 Creative Writing Genre II: Horror, Mystery and Suspense 4.00 

ECW 3311 Creative Writing Genre III: Science Fiction and Fantasy 4.00 

ECW 4653 Creative Writing Portfolio Assembly I 4.00 

ECW 4953 Creative Writing Portfolio Assembly II 4.00 

ECW 1715 Creative Writing Research 4.00 

ECW 2841 Developing New Worlds: Environment and Historical Research 4.00 

DGL 101 Digital Literacy 4.00 

ECW 3520 Introduction to Game Writing 4.00 

ECW 2123 Literary Techniques and Story Development 4.00 

ECW 2743 Literature Criticism and Analytical Thinking 4.00 

ECW 3953 Publishing and Distribution 4.00 

ECW 4711 Revisions and Editing 4.00 

ECW 2955 Scriptwriting Techniques 4.00 

ECW 2351 Symbolic Communications and Cartography 4.00 

ECW 3831 The Creative Writing Industry 4.00 

ECW 3651 Transmedia Writing 4.00 

ECW 1410 Visual Thinking and Writing 4.00 

ECW 4101 Writing Workshop I: Film 4.00 

ECW 4220 Writing Workshop II: Television 4.00 

ECW 4320 Writing Workshop III: Storyboarding, Animation & Comics 4.00 

ECW 4420 Writing Workshop IV: Video Game & Interactive Formats 4.00 

Totals: 96.00 


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 

DIGITAL 

LITERACY 

ENGLISH 

COMPOSITION I 

CREATIVE SKILLS 

DEVELOPMENT 

BEHAVIORAL 

SCIENCE 

VISUAL 

THINKING 

& WRITING 

ENGLISH 

COMPOSITION II 


RESEARCH 

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 

LITERARY 

TECHNIQUES & 

STORY DEVELOPMENT 

17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 

SCRIPTWRITING 

TECHNIQUES 

ART 

HISTORY 


GENRE I: COMEDY & 

TRAGEDY 

COLLEGE 

MATHEMATICS 

CREATIVE 

WRITING GENRE II: 

HORROR, MYSTERY 

& SUSPENSE 

SYMBOLIC 


& CARTOGRAPHY 

CREATIVE 

WRITING GENRE III: 

SCIENCE FICTION 

& FANTASY 

HISTORICAL 

ARCHETYPES & 

MYTHOLOGY 

INTRODUCTION TO 

GAME WRITING 

FUNDAMENTALS OF 

PHYSICAL SCIENCE 

TRANSMEDIA 

WRITING 

LITERATURE 

CRITICISM & 

ANALYTICAL THINKING 

CHILDREN’S 

ENTERTAINMENT 

COMPUTER 

SCIENCE 

& INTERNET 

DEVELOPING 

NEW WORLDS: 

ENVIRONMENT & 

HISTORICAL RESEARCH 

THE CREATIVE 

WRITING INDUSTRY 

25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 

PUBLISHING & 

DISTRIBUTION 

WRITING 

WORKSHOP I: 

FILM 

WRITING 

WORKSHOP II: 

TELEVISION 

WRITING 

WORKSHOP III: 

STORYBOARDING, 

ANIMATION & COMICS 



ART 2007 Art History* † 4.00 

CLP 1006 Behavioral Science † 4.00 


CGS 1000 Computer Science and Internet* † 4.00 


ENC 1102 English Composition II* 4.00 

PSC 1030 Fundamentals of Physical Science 4.00 

GEN 251 Historical Archetypes & Mythology 4.00 

Totals: 32.00 

WRITING 

WORKSHOP IV: 

VIDEO GAME & 

INTERACTIVE FORMATS 

CREATIVE 

WRITING PORTFOLIO 

ASSEMBLY I 





REVISIONS 

& EDITING 

CREATIVE 

WRITING PORTFOLIO 

ASSEMBLY II 


Program Core 

ECW 3721 

Children’s Entertainment 

The Children’s Entertainment Course 

introduces students to writing for children’s 

content. The course provides an overview of 

classic children literature and film and places 

it within the context of writing for television, 

film, web, games, and animation. Students 

also explore different avenues of children’s 

transmedia entertainment. 


Classic Children’s Literature 

Children’s Television & Film 

Children’s Interactive Media 

Children’s Transmedia Entertainment 



ECW 1223 

Creative Skills 

Development 

The Creative Skills Development Course 

introduces students to the tools for developing a 

creative method. Through building brainstorming 

techniques, discovering methods for overcoming 

writer’s block, and drawing inspiration from the 

world around them, students learn how to spark 

and maintain their creative flow. In this course, 

students journal, learn organization techniques, 

and create a library of books and websites to use 

as a lifetime inspiration source. 


Brainstorming 

Self-Motivation 

Journaling 

Organization Skills 



ECW 3111 

Creative Writing Genre I: 

Comedy and Tragedy 

Creative Writing Genre I: Comedy and 

Tragedy introduces students to two fundamental 

traditions in media and literature. Through the 

study of a variety of works from film, television, 

texts, and other media, students learn what 

moves an audience to laughter or tears and how 

character psychology and narrative structure 

lead to humorous or tragic stories. In this course, 

students conduct research, collaborate with 

other students, and work with instructors to write 

projects for comedy, drama, and romance. 


History of Comedy and Tragedy 

Character Psychology in Comedy and 

Tragedy 

Modern Genres 

Narrative Structure of Comedy and Drama 

Writing Comedy, Drama, and Romance 



ECW 3211 

Creative Writing 

Genre II: Horror, Mystery, 

and Suspense 

The Creative Writing Genre II: Horror, 

Mystery, and Suspense Course introduces 

students to the conventions and techniques 

of horror, mystery, and suspense writing and 

to the relevance of these styles to all forms of 

writing. Understanding what drives mysteries; 

the tension that defines suspense; and the fear of 

death, failure, and the unknown that makes horror 

piquant is useful knowledge to every genre. This 

course presents the works of key creators of 

these stories in media from the short story to the 

monster movie to survival-themed games. 


Clues, Red Herrings, and Reveals 

Building Dramatic Tension 

Monster and Creative Character 

Development 

Classic Short Fiction 

Suspense On-Screen 



ECW 3311 


Genre III: Science Fiction 

and Fantasy 

The Creative Writing Genre III: Science 

Fiction and Fantasy Course introduces 

students to the specific appeal and techniques 

of science fiction and fantasy, including hard 

science fiction, space opera, epic fantasy, 

speculative fiction, alternative history, and 

more. Students in this course learn about 

the appeal of escapist fiction and how these 

speculative genres draw attention to human 

nature and the human condition, often in ways 

that are difficult to do in more realistic genres. 

The special affinity of games and comics for scifi 

and fantasy is also considered. 


The Golden Age of Science Fiction 

and Fantasy 

From Myth to Tolkien 

New Worlds and Peoples, Old Problems 

Speculative Fiction On-Screen 

Sci-Fi Stories in “Sci-Fi” Media 



ECW 4653 


Portfolio Assembly I 

In the Creative Writing Portfolio Assembly 

I Course, students use various elements of 

Adobe Acrobat Professional software to create 

a digital portfolio that consists of culminating 

components created throughout the degree 

program. Digital portfolios are a professional, 

convenient, portable way to display and organize 

samples of students’ writing, artwork, and media 

and are utilized to monitor students’ professional 

growth. The Portfolio Assembly I course also 

examines the value of web-based, self-marketing 

tools and places emphasis on establishing and 

maintaining a professional social networking 

persona. Students become familiar with aesthetic 

design aspects as well as functionality in the 

digital domain. 


Design 

Layout 

File Sharing Limitations 

Professional Writing for the Internet 

Social Network Persona 

Multimedia Files 

ECW 4953 


Portfolio Assembly II 

The Creative Writing Portfolio Assembly II 

Course requires students to create a capstone 

digital portfolio project that showcases their 

individual journey through the Creative Writing 

for Entertainment Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree 

Program. This digital portfolio includes finished 

treatments, outlines, spec scripts, screenplays, 

animation concepts, game prospectuses, 

storyboards, supporting assignments, journal 

entries, blog links, and other materials created 

throughout their coursework. Students will be 

able to utilize their digital portfolio as a selfpromotion 

tool when they graduate and launch 

their creative writing careers, later replacing 

their student work with professional samples as 

they gain experience in their field. 


Culmination of Work 

Workshop I, II, III, IV Projects 

Self-Promotion Tool 

Living Digital Document 

Final Digital Portfolio Project 



ECW 1715 

Creative Writing Research 

The Creative Writing Research Course 

introduces students to the fundamentals of 

research in order to equip them with the skills 

necessary for creating professional, believable 

creative writing projects. In this course, students 

learn techniques for executing comprehensive 

information searches, developing their 

observational skills, and conducting effective 

interviews. Students then begin applying these 

skills to their own creative works. 


Research Methods and Techniques 

Observational Skills 

Effective Interviewing 

Application to Creative Works 







CREATIVE WRITING FOR ENTERTAINMENT | Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree Program 57


Program Core 

ECW 2841 

Developing New Worlds: 

Environment and 

Historical Research 

The Developing New Worlds: Environment 

and Historical Research Course builds upon 

the skills students learned in their Creative Writing 

Research course by exploring research specifically 

tailored for building the worlds of their stories. 

Students further hone their critical thinking skills 

as they apply this research to create the time 

period and environment of their writing, whether 

set in the past, present, or future, and whether 

historically accurate or anachronistic. 


Historical Accuracy 

Historical Fictionalization 

Environmental Immersion 

World Creation 



DGL 101 

Digital Literacy 

The Digital Literacy Course utilizes a 

collaborative learning environment to introduce 

software programs and web tools that will prepare 

students with digital skills for online learning. In 

addition, students will also learn the professional 

demands of their chosen fields and create plans 

that will help guide them to successful completion 

of their Program. Students will use various tools to 

complete their roadmap projects, conduct Internet 

research, collaborate with other students, and 

communicate with instructors. 


Mac OS and the FSO Learning Platform 

Connecting Your Passion to Your 

Chosen Industry 

Planning for Your Goals and Collaborating 

with Peers 

Internet Tools for Research and Learning 



ECW 3520 

Introduction to 

Game Writing 

The Introduction to Game Writing Course 

introduces students to special demands and 

concerns involved in writing for games and the 

techniques used to address these needs. Game 

writing is the foundation for and paragon of 

interactive writing and usually takes place in a 

highly collaborative environment. Students in this 

course practice the techniques of game writing 

and the collaborative skills needed to succeed in 

this environment. 


Game Outline/“Bibling” 

Scripted “Cut” Scenes 

Descriptive “Flavor” Text 

Branching Dialogue 

Collaborative Composition 



ECW 2123 

Literary Techniques 

and Story Development 

The Literary Techniques and Story 

Development Course provides a broad 

spectrum and intensive study of authorial 

choices and literary techniques that bring 

meaning and direction to stories. By employing 

literary devices, authors play upon their readers’ 

conscious and unconscious experiences 

and archetypes, which in turn shapes the 

interpretation by and impact on the audience. 


Mobile Media Storytelling 

Game Storylines 

Film Scripts 

Web Series 



ECW 2743 

Literature Criticism and 

Analytical Thinking 

The Literature Criticism and Analytical 

Thinking Course is designed to deepen 

students’ understanding and appreciation of 

classical and contemporary literature. Through 

interpretation and discussion of a variety of 

writings, students sharpen their analytical 

skills, which enables them to craft their own 

literary masterpieces. 


Canonical Literature 

Contemporary Literature 

Literary Theory and Practice 

Transmedia Writing 



ECW 3953 

Publishing and 

Distribution 

The Publishing and Distribution Course 

provides an overview of the publishing industry 

from its inception on stone tablets to mobile 

media storytelling platforms. E-books, audio 

books, digital readers, and wireless access to 

content have changed the publishing landscape 

forever. In this course, students explore the 

processes used to distribute entertainment 

narratives on a global scale. 


History of Publishing 

Digital Publishing 

Future of Publishing 

Distribution Methods 



ECW 4711 

Revisions and Editing 

The Revisions and Editing Course explores 

the process of rewriting and correcting 

selected works to assure that they are error 

free and ready for submission to the final digital 

portfolio presentation project. Students learn 

to troubleshoot and develop personal strategies 

for identifying and correcting problems in their 

writing. The ability to critique work objectively 

enables writers to correct structural, thematic, 

and formatting issues before submitting their 

final drafts. 


Overcoming Writer’s Block 

Objectivity and Analysis 

Editing and Formatting Practices 

Spotting Dialogue and Character 

Development Issues 



ECW 2955 

Scriptwriting Techniques 

The Scriptwriting Techniques Course 

introduces students to basic scriptwriting 

formatting for television and film. Students in 

this course become proficient in Final Draft, the 

industry-standard software for screen and film 

writing, while also exploring the basic elements 

of plot, character, dialogue, and structure. 


Final Draft Software 

Outlining 

Structure 

Character Building 



ECW 2351 

Symbolic 


and Cartography 

Students in the Symbolic Communications 

and Cartography Course explore covert 

societies and the sets of tools through which 

they communicate. Whereas everyday language 

and symbols are meant to be clear and precise, 

communication in some societies is designed 

to be misleading and/or nearly impossible to 

understand by the masses in order to keep their 

rites and practices concealed. In this course, 

students explore maps and their effective uses 

in literature and puzzles, and codes in relation to 

their effective use in storytelling. 






CREATIVE WRITING FOR ENTERTAINMENT | Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree Program 59 

Ancient Civilizations 

Puzzles and Codes 

Religious Symbols 

Secret Societies 



ECW 3831 

The Creative 

Writing Industry 

The Creative Writing Industry Course 

provides insight into the business of creative 

writing. Producing high-quality writing is only the 

first step in becoming a literary success. In order 

to capitalize on their artistic efforts, students 

must become savvy in the process of joining 

unions, discerning good agents, and obtaining 

sound legal advice with regard to the myriad of 

legal aspects involved in selling their work and 

the rights to it. 


Legal Issues in Publication 

Copyrights 

Unions 

Networking 

Marketing 



ECW 3651 

Transmedia Writing 

The Transmedia Writing Course examines 

the full range of media landscape and charts the 

progress of a story across multiple platforms. 

Television shows are often no longer an isolated 

experience, and the storyline frequently 

continues after the credits roll each week. Driven 

by the audience’s appetite for more, this crossplatform 

approach provides a strategic marketing 

plan and solid entertainment. 


Online Tie-Ins 

Social Networking 

Streaming Scenes 

Mobile Devices & Emerging Platforms 



ECW 1410 

Visual Thinking 

and Writing 

The Visual Thinking and Writing Course 

introduces students to the creative structure of the 

visual medium. Students learn the building blocks 

of visual storytelling, such as how to communicate 

moods, emotions, ideas, sounds, and scenery 

through props. In this course, students learn how 

to translate the four-dimensional world into clear 

and evocative writing. 


Visual Building Blocks 

Storytelling Techniques 

Visual Translation 

Communicating Emotions 



ECW 4101 

Writing Workshop I: Film 

The Writing Workshop I: Film Course is 

a workshop opportunity for students to apply 

principles from previous courses to demonstrate 

proficiency with the creative process used by 

screenwriters. Students are required to develop 

a premise, page breakdown, and outline, and 

to think visually to create a film script that 

incorporates plot, narrative structure, and 

character development. Projects are written 

and revised in a collaborative workshop 

atmosphere working with feedback from peers 

and instructors. 


Format 

Structure 

Dialogue 

Story 

Collaboration 



ECW 4220 

Writing 

Workshop II: Television 

The Writing Workshop II: Television 

Course is a workshop opportunity for students 

to apply principles from previous courses to 

demonstrate proficiency with the creative 

process used by television writers. Students 

are required to think visually and develop a 

television series. Students develop a premise, 

write a spec script, and master teasers, tags, 

and act outs. Thinking visually, they create a film 

script that incorporates plot, narrative structure, 

and character development particular to the 

various television genre needs. Projects are 

written and revised in a collaborative workshop 

atmosphere working with feedback from peers 

and instructors. 


Comedy 

Drama 

Documentary-Style TV 

Reality 



ECW 4320 

Writing Workshop III: 

Storyboarding, Animation 

& Comics 

In the Writing Workshop III: Storyboarding, 

Animation, and Comics Course, students 

are introduced to powerful storyboarding and 

scriptwriting software that will prepare them 

to think visually and help them understand the 

creative writing process of animation and comics. 

Students learn the history of these genres, as well 

as the history of narrative structure and character 

development. By completing scripting projects for 

animation and comics, students gain practice in 

the premise creation, page breakdown, outlining, 

and storyboarding steps of the creative writing 

process. Projects are written and revised in a 

collaborative workshop atmosphere working with 

feedback from peers and instructors. 


History of Animation and Comics 


Narrative Structure & Planning 

Storyboarding 

Scriptwriting 



ECW 4420 

Writing Workshop IV: 

Video Game & 

Interactive Formats 

The Writing Workshop IV: Video Game & 

Interactive Formats Course explores the 

storytelling process as it relates to games and 

other interactive media. The unique challenges 

associated with development of interactive 

content are explored in the context of students’ 

work. Students engage in the creative writing 

process and create a prospectus for an original 

interactive product based on their writing. 

Projects are written and revised in a collaborative 

workshop atmosphere working with feedback 

from peers and instructors. 


Games & Interactive Play 

Plot / Narrative Outline 

Descriptive / Flavor Text 

Demographics 

Marketing 




General Education 

ART 2006 

Art History* † 

The Art History Course introduces students 

to selected, impactful monuments of art and 

architecture in the Western tradition from the 

prehistoric to post-modernism era studied in 

relation to the intellectual background of the ages 

and civilizations that produced them. Lectures 

accompanied by various visual mediums inspire 

discussions of assigned readings in philosophical, 

religious, scientific, political, literary, artistic, and 

cultural contexts. 


Ancient Art 

Medieval and Renaissance Art 

Modern Art 

Post-modern Art 




CLP 1006 

Behavioral Science † 

The Behavioral Science Course introduces 

students to the psychology of self-evaluation, 

self-motivation, self-awareness, and selffocus. 

This course provides an overview on 

current and historical theory as it pertains to 

the above-mentioned areas. Students are also 

introduced to techniques of time management, 

organizational skills, active listening, and 

producing effective presentations. 


Self-Awareness 

Self-Regulation 

Motivation 

Empathy 

Social Skills 



MGF 1213 
















Graphing 







CGS 1000 

Computer Science 

and Internet* † 

The Computer Science and Internet Course 

introduces students to the basics of computer 

operating systems and software, web 2.0 tools, 

and multimedia applications as they relate to 

everyday experiences of the computer user. 

Students initiate online collaboration as well as 

utilize the tools to successfully navigate common 

issues associated with online collaboration. 

Additionally, students evaluate and demonstrate 

knowledge of specific software applications and 

technologies used in today’s society. 


Multimedia Presentations 

Operating Systems and Technologies 

Web 2.0 Tools 

Student Audio/Video Projects 



ENC 1101 















Grammar 





ENC 1102 

English Composition II* 

The English Composition II Course is 

designed to build upon the competencies 

acquired in English Composition I and to further 

refine students’ writing process. Students 

develop proficiency in academic writing, 

information literacy, and critical thinking abilities. 

Through the study of argument, persuasive 

appeals, and learning to identify and avoid logical 

fallacies, students learn to produce sophisticated 

arguments of their own. 


Critical Analysis 

Argument Information 

Literacy Research 

Methods of Documentation of Sources 



PSC 1030 

Fundamentals of 

Physical Science 

The Fundamentals of Physical Science 

Course teaches students how to understand the 

world through fundamental physical concepts 

such as: force and motion, energy and mechanics, 

electricity and magnetism, properties of solids 

and fluids, transmission of sound, and behavior 

of light. Emphasis is placed on how problems 

describing nature are approached in terms of 

physical theories and mathematical formula. 


Force and Motion 



Solids and Fluids 

Transmission of Sound 

Behavior of Light 

Physical Theories and Mathematical 

Formulas 



GEN 251 


& Mythology 




















and Myths 















CREATIVE WRITING FOR ENTERTAINMENT | Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree Program 61

Digital 

Arts 

& 

Design 


With the advance of technology, creative possibilities 

have become limitless; art is no longer bound by 

medium or space. Digital art and design has leapt 

off the printed page and developments in technology 

are constantly changing the way people communicate 

and relate to art, presenting designers with new 

skills to master. 

Though the tools of art and design have evolved with 

technology, one thing remains intact – a designer’s 

passion to create. So whether it’s motion graphics 

for a TV show or commercial, a storyboard for 

a magazine, a corporate re-branding, a website, 

a marketing campaign, or any of hundreds of other 

design projects, the design process requires the 

ability to merge technical and aesthetic elements and 

create something new and exciting. By emphasizing 

both of these areas, the Digital Arts & Design program 

at Full Sail will prepare you to be at the forefront 

of this evolving industry. 



Game Design 


Media Design 


CAMPUS 

PROGRAM 

ONLINE 

PROGRAM 


Print & 2D 

Motion Graphics 

Interactive Design 

Portfolio Development 




DIGITAL ARTS & DESIGN | Bachelor Bachelor of Science Science Degree Program 63

TAL 

s 

ING 

LIO 

N 

TS DESIGN 

HICS 

DESIGN 

ECT 


multimedia 

DIGITAL ARTS DESIGN 

PRINT & 2-D 

product 

DESIGN 

Print & 2D 

MOTION GRAPHICS 

PRINT & 2-D 

Printed images and design are a fundamental part 

of the world around us. Walk into any restaurant, 

clothing store, trade show, music event, theater, 

airport, or even a subway station, and you’ll see that 

design fi lls almost any space in the world. At Full Sail, 

you’ll take an in-depth look at this major component 

of the design industry, made up of marketing collateral, 

publishing, environmental design, product design, 

and much more. 

ARTIST 


INTERACTIVE DESIGN 

ENVIRONMENTAL 

PUBLISHING marketing p 

COLLATERAL 

DESIGN 

THATmoves 

art 

films 

music 

VIDEOS 


PRINT & 2-D 


& FINAL PROJECT 

websites 

ADVERTISING marketing 

digital 

ENVIRONMENTAL INNOVATIVE 

& FINAL PROJECT PUBLISHING marketing communication MOTION product GRAPHICS 

COLLATERAL 

DESIGN 

PORTFOLIO 

FUNCTION 

CREATION 

ENVIRONMENTAL 

PUBLISHING marketing product 

DESIGN 

THATmoves 

art 

INTERACTIVE DESIGN FUNCTION 


IMAGERY 

color 

As you explore the world of print and 2D design, 

you’ll gain a stronger appreciation for the products 

people use every day, because they all come from 

the creative spark of a designer. And throughout 

the Digital Arts & Design program, you’ll build 

a dynamic and varied portfolio that represents 

your accomplishments in the world of design. 

COLLATERAL 

DESIGN 

THATmoves 

films 

music 

VIDEOS 

INNOVATIVE 

communication 

art FUNCTION 

films 

music 

VIDEOS 

INNOVATIVE 

websites 

ADVERTISING 

digital 

communication 

PORTFOLIO 

CREATION 

websites 

ADVERTISING 

digital 

PORTFOLIO 

CREATION 

multimedia 

ARTIST 

COLLATERAL 

DESIGN 

THATmoves 

art 

FUNCTION 

COMPUTER ANIMATION | Bachelor’s Program 

DIGITAL ARTS & DESIGN FULL SAIL UNIVERSITY 

COMPUTER | ANIMATION Bachelor of Science | Bachelor’s Degree Program 

DIGITAL ARTS & DESIGN 64 FULL SAIL UNIVERSITY 

| Bachelor of Science Degree Program 65 

DESIGN 

multimedia 

ARTIST 

IMAGERY 

color 

IM 

A


PRINT & 2-D 


Today, the printed page has come alive, and motion 

graphics are fast becoming the way digital artists 


and designers communicate with an audience. Films, 

music videos, websites, advertising, corporate 

meetings, and live events all utilize the capabilities 

of motion graphics. 

During the program, you’ll learn how to render these 

same digital elements and pair them with sound 

to create design that moves. Our curriculum tasks you 


with creating complex motion graphics, helping you 

learn to create projects on par with industry standards. 


ENVIRONMENTAL 

PUBLISHING marketing product 

COLLATERAL 

DESIGN 

THATmoves 

art 

FUNCTION 

films 

music 

VIDEOS 

INNOVATIVE 

communication 

DESIGN 

websites 

ADVERTISING 

digital 

ENVIRONMENTAL 

PUBLISHING product 

films 

music 

VIDEOS 


PRINT & 2-D 




websites 

ADVERTISING 

COLLATERAL 

DESIGN 

PORTFOLIO 

CREATION 

digital 

multimedia 

66 FULL INNOVATIVE SAIL UNIVERSITY 

DIGITAL ARTS & DESIGN | Bachelor Bachelor of Science Science Degree Program 67 

DESIGN 

ENVIRONMENTAL 

PUBLISHING marketing p 

THATmoves 

art 

FUNCTION 

films 

music 

INNOVATIVE 

VIDEOS 

communication 

multimedia 

ARTIST 

websites 

ADVERTISING 

IMAGERY 

color 

digital 

PORTFOLIO 

CREATION 

A



DESIGN 

THATmoves 

art 



FUNCTION 

films 

music 

VIDEOS 


PRINT & 2-D 

INNOVATIVE 

communication 




Interactive Design 

DESIGN 

THATmoves 

art 

FUNCTIONCREATION 

Interactive media, a relatively new area of design, 

has evolved into one of the most innovative and 

thought-provoking vehicles for communication. 

The Internet has changed the way people 

art 

gather 

and disperse information, advertise, and entertain; 

Full Sail’s Digital Arts & Design program teaches 

the technical skills required to benefi t from this 

important advancement in design. 

In our state-of-the-art computer labs and virtual set, 

you’ll wrap your mind around this marriage of art and 

function as you learn to create websites, interactive 

presentations, and other design projects that 

challenge the capabilities of today’s technology. 

websites 

ADVERTISING 

digital 

PORTFOLIO 

films 

INTERACTIVE music DESIGN 


INNOVATIVE 



VIDEOS 

multimedia 

communication ARTIST 

websites 

ADVERTISING INNOVATIVE 

communication 

Portfolio Development 

digital 

The key to starting your career lies in your portfolio. 

Employers want to see what you can do, and your 

portfolio is a chance PORTFOLIO 

to showcase your best work. 

By the time you’ve reached the end of the Digital Arts 

& Design program, CREATION 

you’ll have assembled a wide 

range of art and design projects from which you can 

gather your best work. 

marketing 

COLLATERAL 

PUBLISHING 

Your instructors will ENVIRONMENTAL 

work with you to pull that work 

together into a comprehensive digital portfolio that 

will give you the best chance to enter the design 

fi eld of your choice. Whether you want to work as 

a graphic artist at an elite ad agency or a package 

designer at a smaller studio, a broadcast designer 

at a local television station or a freelance multimedia 

artist, it’s your talent, your work, and the quality of 

its presentation that will help get you in the door. 

DESIGN 

THATmoves 

FUNCTION 

films 

music 

VIDEOS 

INNOVATIVE 

communication 

art 

FUNCTION 

websites 

ADVERTISING 

digital PORTFOLIO 

CREATION 

VIDEOS

70 

Overview 

Full Sail’s Digital Arts & Design Bachelor of Science 

Degree Program is specifi cally designed to pair 

art and technology, inspiring both sides of your 

brain, to help bring your ideas to life. Throughout 

the curriculum, you’ll explore the entire design 

process from concept to creation, presentation to 

implementation. In our studios and labs, you’ll learn 

the ins and outs of the current hardware and software 

used by professionals in the design world. 

As you master these concepts, you’ll be challenged 

to think about design in a new way – fi rst understanding 

the intended audience for a project, then using that 

knowledge to direct the design of your message. 

You’ll do that across a wide spectrum of design 

projects including 2D and 3D art, motion graphics, 

video game content, digital publishing, typography 

and page layout, digital video, web design, and more. 

Learning the essential art and technology elements 

of this fi eld is just one part of the Digital Arts & 

Design program. You’ll also have courses focusing 

on computer business applications, personal fi nance 


prepare yourself for that fi rst step into the design 

industry. To help you make that transition, we’ve also 

got a team of Career Development professionals that 

can help you polish your interviewing skills and résumé 

and get you ready to enter the industry. In addition, 

our Career Development services and advisors will be 

available for support and assistance throughout your 

career – not just during your education. 

Objective 


knowledge and understanding of digital production 

needed to qualify for entry-level, industry positions 

as graphic designers, interactive media designers, 

web designers, digital image processors, digital 

media authors, digital video effects operators, 

game artists, and various other positions in digital 

media production. Additional skills you acquire 

in digital video production and sound design will 

broaden your opportunities for a variety of positions 

in the industry. 










DIGITAL ARTS & DESIGN | Bachelor Bachelor of Science Science Degree Program 


Digital Arts & Design 


PROGRAM CORE 


DGT 331 3D Animation 3.00 

DGT 311 3D Arts 3.00 

DGT 431 3D Project 3.00 

DGT 241 Advanced Computer Graphics 4.00 

DGT 441 Advanced Motion Graphics 4.00 

GRD 273 Client Relations 3.00 

GRD 124 Color Theory 3.00 

GRD 254 Corporate Branding 3.00 

GRD 167 Critique Structures 4.00 

ART 1201 Design and Art Theory † 4.00 

DGT 112 Designing Computer Graphics 4.00 

DGT 345 Digital Audio Design 4.00 

GRD 162 Digital Photography 4.00 

GRD 244 Digital Publishing 4.00 

DGT 117 Digital Storytelling 3.00 

DGT 361 Digital Studio 4.00 

DGT 252 Digital Video 4.00 

DGT 463 Digital Video Project 4.00 

DGT 262 Editing Digital Video 4.00 

DGT 275 Flash Media 4.00 

DGT 273 Graphic Web Design 4.00 

PLA 2412 Intellectual Property and Law † 3.00 

DGT 272 Interactive Media Design and Usability 3.00 

DGT 341 Motion Graphics 4.00 


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 

ART HISTORY DESIGN & ART THEORY 

DESIGNING COMPUTER 

GRAPHICS 

ENGLISH COMPOSITION I DIGITAL STORYTELLING COLLEGE MATHEMATICS 

ADVANCED COMPUTER 

GRAPHICS 

GEOMETRY & 

MEASUREMENT 

DIGITAL AUDIO DESIGN DIGITAL PUBLISHING CRITIQUE STRUCTURES 

TYPOGRAPHY & 

PAGE LAYOUT 

COLOR THEORY 

INTELLECTUAL 

PROPERTY & LAW 

8 9 10 11 12 13 14 

MOTION GRAPHICS DIGITAL VIDEO EDITING DIGITAL VIDEO 

ADVANCED MOTION 

GRAPHICS 


PROJECT 

3D ARTS 3D ANIMATION 3D PROJECT STUDIO MAINTENANCE CLIENT RELATIONS 

DIGITAL VIDEO PROJECT DIGITAL PHOTOGRAPHY 

HISTORY OF VISUAL 


CORPORATE BRANDING 

15 16 17 18 19 20 21 

DIGITAL STUDIO 

INTERACTIVE MEDIA 

DESIGN & USABILITY 

GRAPHIC WEB DESIGN 

FLASH MEDIA 

DEVELOPMENTAL 

PSYCHOLOGY 

PORTFOLIO 

CREATION 

MEDIA & SOCIETY 

DGT 461 Motion Graphics Project 4.00 

DGT 493 Personal Identity Project I 4.00 

DGT 494 Personal Identity Project II 4.00 

DGT 482 Portfolio Creation 4.00 

DGT 351 Production Management 4.00 

DGT 321 Studio Maintenance 3.00 

DGT 232 Typography and Page Layout 3.00 




ART 2006 Art History 4.00 


DEP 2004 Developmental Psychology 4.00 



VIC 2003 History of Visual Communications † 4.00 

MMC 2000 Media and Society* † 4.00 

COM 2041 Psychology of Human Interaction † 4.00 

Totals: 32.00 

PRODUCTION 

MANAGEMENT PERSONAL 

PSYCHOLOGY OF HUMAN 

INTERACTION 



* These specific courses are offered online. Please see course description for details. 

† These specific courses use the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). 

IDENTITY 

PROJECT I 

PERSONAL 

IDENTITY 

PROJECT II 


Program Core 

DGT 331 

3D Animation 

The 3D Animation Course leads students 

through the methods and techniques of animating 

virtual objects and environments using industryleading 

software and hardware. In this course, 

students are introduced to the principles of 

animating three-dimensional computer graphics. 

The rendered 3D animation sequences can be 

further used to enhance students’ web, CD-ROM, 

and DVD design projects. 




Rendering and Special Effects 

Animation Principles 

Particle Systems, Space Warps, 

and Simulation 

3D Character Setup and Animation 



DGT 311 

3D Arts 

The 3D Arts Course introduces students to 

the principles of three-dimensional computer 

graphics and design. Students in this course 

explore the methods and techniques of modeling 

and texturing using industry-leading software 

and hardware. The rendered 3D models can 

be further used to enhance the student’s web, 

CD-ROM, and DVD design projects. 


Introduction and Overview of 


Object Creation and Modification 

Material Creation and Modification 

3D Lighting Concepts and Application 

Rendering and Special Effects 



DGT 431 

3D Project 

In this course, students are introduced to the 

principles of producing a three-dimensional 

computer graphics project. Students explore 

the methods and techniques of preproduction 

and production using industry-leading software 

and hardware. The rendered 3D project can 

be further used to enhance students’ design 

projects, including their final project. 


Introduction and Overview of 

Preproduction Techniques 

Use of Motion Graphics with 3D 

Material Creation and Modification 

Production of 3D Project 

Integrating 3D Project with 

Video Technology 



DGT 241 

Advanced 

Computer Graphics 

The Advanced Computer Graphics 

Course trains students in advanced levels of 

graphics creation through the use of software 

programs utilized by design and animation 

companies worldwide. This course emphasizes 

design from a problem-solving point of view, 

and introduces the production timeline and 

graphical requirements for the manipulation 

of digital images in a studio environment. 


Advanced Graphics Tools 

Advanced Design and Color 

Layout and Composition 

Digital Imaging and Manipulation 

Special Effects 



DGT 441 

Advanced Motion Graphics 

The Advanced Motion Graphics Course 

teaches students advanced techniques of motion 

graphics creation by building on concepts 

learned in the Motion Graphics course. This 

course emphasizes design from a problemsolving 

point of view, and continues the 

production timeline and graphical requirements 

of a multimedia project by demonstrating 

the manipulation of digital images in a studio 

environment. Students receive a thorough 

understanding of advanced techniques in 

continuing exploration of special effects, 

image compositing, and motion graphics. 


Advanced Motion Graphics Tools 

Design and Critique 

Advanced Movement and Composition 

Advanced Special Effects 



GRD 273 

Client Relations 

The Client Relations Course introduces 

students to normal business practices and how 

to navigate them, providing an understanding 

of how the complex client/designer relationship 

is critical for success. Students are exposed 

to many techniques for gaining and keeping 

the trust of the client. Concepts of negotiation 

and how to use it effectively in business are 

explored. Students participate in groups 

simulating real world client/designer 

business scenarios. 


The Business Process 

The Client Relationship 

Gaining the Client’s Trust 

Client Relationship Workshop 



GRD 124 

Color Theory 

The Color Theory Course exposes the 

student to the theories and application of 

color, as it relates to both print and screen. 

Historical and geographical perspectives will 

be discussed. Methods and techniques of the 

use of color to create impact, combined with 

the necessary color correction for the many 

delivery options will be reviewed. In this course, 

students will also explore color calibration, both 

with software and hardware tools. 


Color Theory in Principle 

Applied Color Theory 

Psychology of Color 

Color Calibration 



GRD 254 

Corporate Branding 

The Corporate Branding Course builds 

upon the concepts learned in the prior courses, 

and focuses on what makes an effective 

brand. Students will be exposed to many of 

the best-known brands and their impact on 

our world. Concepts of branding and how to 

use it effectively in the corporate market will 

be explored. Students will create their own 

Corporate Brand portfolio. 


Understanding Corporate Branding 

Great Branding Campaigns 

The Branding Process 

Corporate Branding Project 




Program Core 

GRD 167 

Critique Structures 

The Critique Structures Course examines 

the process of evaluating and describing digital 

and traditional pieces. Students participate 

in an in-depth discussion of looking and 

experiencing art and design content done by 

artists, graphics professionals, and students 

of many genres. The examination of how well 

the pieces accomplish their design, value, 

complexity, and aesthetics are discussed. The 

students will critique a number of works in this 

course, both individually and in groups. 


Principles of Aesthetics 

Applied Aesthetics 

Student Critiques 

Guided Discussion 

Critique Portfolio 



ART 1201 

Design and Art Theory † 

Design and Art Theory provides an 

understanding of composition, design, art, 

basic color, and graphics through a study of 

varied artistic styles and their sociological and 

psychological effects throughout history. This 

course is essential in the multimedia world 

where traditional art forms are often blended 

with current imagery to create a new and 

significant artistic genre. 


Introduction to Visual Thinking 

Drawing Workshop, Color and 

Value, Perspective 

Elements and Composition of 

Art and Graphics 

Cartooning, Animation, 

and Storyboarding 



DGT 112 

Designing 


The Designing Computer Graphics 

Course trains students in basic levels of 




design from a problem-solving point of view, as 

students receive instruction in color theory and 

correction, input/output techniques, and tools 

for graphic design and image compositing. 


Computer Graphics Tools 

Design and Color 





DGT 345 

Digital Audio Design 

In the Digital Audio Design Course, students 

explore the creation of audio elements for 

multimedia, with an emphasis on the design and 

production of a quality audio product. Students 

go through the process of producing audio that 

is compatible with various forms of delivery, 

from DVD to the Internet. Students gain the skills 

required to produce quality audio elements and 

also learn to master those elements to CD-ROM 

or another comparable format. 


Audio Basics 

Audio Design and Structure 

Assembly and Testing with 

Authoring Programs 

Mastering to CD/DVD Format 



GRD 162 

Digital Photography 

The Digital Photography Course builds 


especially composition and aesthetics. 

Students will be exposed to many of the best 

photographers’ work and will learn advanced 

techniques for taking digital photographs, 

editing and presenting them, and managing 

meta-data/files with industry leading software. 

In this course, students are asked to shoot and 

present their work in various delivery platforms. 

The design concepts reinforced in this course 

can be used across all types of media. 


Taking Great Digital Photos 

Editing for Impact 

Photo Manipulation 

Digital Photography Project 



GRD 244 


The Digital Publishing Course mirrors the 

professional graphic art industry workflow 

model. Students work in teams with a lead 

designer, designers, production artists, an 

illustrator, and a digital pre-press artist, cycling 

through the responsibilities for each project. 

For the duration of the course, each student 

gains team-publishing experience using Adobe 

Acrobat in a document review cycle with 

a client. Students have the opportunity to 

produce a CD/DVD cover and sleeve, a poster, 

a magazine cover and 16-page signature, a 

brochure, and an e-book. 


Digital Publishing Cycle 

Digital Pre-press Concepts 

and Techniques 

Design and Production of 

Online Documents 

Interactive Online Documents 



DGT 117 

Digital Storytelling 

The Digital Storytelling Course leads 

students through the methods and techniques 

of creating personal digital content using the 

Apple iLife Suite. In this course, students are 

asked to explore this powerful suite of tools 

to create many pieces of personal expression, 

including Podcasts, movies, and websites. 


show that they could be used across all types 

of media. 


iPhoto and iWeb 

iMovie and Garage Band 

iDVD and iTunes 

iLife Project 



DGT 361 

Digital Studio 

As they have been creating digital content 

throughout the program, this course offers 

students an opportunity for a one-on-one 

portfolio review. The Digital Studio Course 

introduces students to the process of being 

art directed as they receive feedback and 

suggestions for improvement of their work. 

Students work on their pieces after their 

critique and have a final review in preparation 

for the creation of their final portfolio. 


Individual Content Review 

Studio Time I 

Studio Time II 

Final Content Review 



DGT 252 

Digital Video 

The Digital Video Course is a preliminary 

production course for the Digital Arts & Design 

program. In this course, students are introduced 

to the primary concepts of storytelling, sound 

design, imaging, and editing. This course also 

introduces students to the production model, 

media types (text, image, and sound), and the 

technologies of multimedia architectures. 





Storytelling 

Media Types 

Design and Production 



DGT 463 

Digital Video Project 

The Digital Video Project Course is 

the primary video production course in the 

Digital Arts & Design program. In this course, 

students are responsible for the storytelling, 

sound design, imaging, and editing of a 

personal video project. This course also 

emphasizes the production model, media 

types (text, image, and sound), and the 

technologies of multimedia architectures. 


Preproduction 

Sound Design 


Editing 

Mastering to DVD 



DGT 262 

Editing Digital Video 

The Editing Digital Video Course covers 

the art and science of non-linear editing. In this 

course, students learn how editing choices 

impact how the project will be perceived 

and ultimately affect its success. Students 

are introduced to the advanced concepts of 

imaging and editing, as well as the production 

model of editing video in the industry. Students 

also participate in group discussions about 

editing choices and audience. 


Editing Techniques 

Production Workflow 

Editing with Final Cut Pro 



DGT 275 

Flash Media 

The Flash Media Course focuses on the 

creation of engaging interactive content 

for the Internet utilizing Adobe Flash, an 

industry-standard Web authoring software 

package. In addition to learning the key 

elements of the Flash interface, students 

explore how to create and edit rich media for 

deployment on the Web. Optimization and 

publishing techniques for audio, video, and 

animation will be addressed to ensure smooth 

performance within the Web environment. 


Flash Authoring Environment 

Drawing Tools 

Flash Animation Techniques 

Optimizing and Publishing 



DGT 273 

Graphic Web Design 

The Graphic Web Design Course examines 

the process of creating exciting, functional 

content for the World Wide Web. Students 

expand on the design skills that they have 

learned throughout the degree program by 

creating interactive Web pages through the use 

of industry-standard Web authoring software. 

Students receive an understanding of HTML 

and web-standards related to the development 

of websites. This course demonstrates how to 

create, edit, manage, and design a professional 

website within a Web authoring tool and 

complementary software applications. 


Graphic Optimization 

HTML 

Dreamweaver 

Content Integration 



PLA 2412 

Intellectual Property 

and Law † 

The Intellectual Property and Law 

Course is designed to introduce the student to 

general business practices including finance, 

accounting, insurance, taxes, management, 

marketing, and negotiation. Students are 

provided a foundation that addresses the 

complexities of intellectual property, copyright, 

and basic business and contract law as it 

pertains to digital content. Case studies will be 

used to examine the impact of these laws on 

our industry. 


Overview of the Industries 

Business Practices 


Contracts 

Business Law 



DGT 272 

Interactive Media 

Design and Usability 

The Interactive Media Design and 

Usability Course introduces students to 

the tools and concepts of User Interface (UI) 

design combined with a method of project 

development utilizing an industry-proven 

production process. The course explores 

both behavioral and structural patterns of UI 

design along with Information Architecture 

(IA) for interactive deployment, user navigation 

techniques, and page layout for the interactive 

medium. Students gain an extensive knowledge 

of usability patterns as well as production 

methodologies as they implement project 

documentation for the milestones of a User 

Interface design. 


Production Process 

User Patterns 

UI Design and Usability Patterns 

Project Documentation Methodologies 



DGT 341 


The Motion Graphics Course trains 

students in basic techniques of motion 





and continues the production timeline and 

graphical requirements of a multimedia project 

by demonstrating the manipulation of digital 

images in a studio environment. In this course, 

students gain a thorough understanding of 

input/output techniques, special effects, image 

compositing, and motion graphics. 


Motion Graphics Tools 


Movement and Composition 





Program Core 

DGT 461 

Motion Graphics Project 

The Motion Graphics Project Course 

trains students in advanced techniques of 

motion graphics creation through the use of 

software programs utilized by design and 

animation companies worldwide. This course 

emphasizes design from a problem-solving point 

of view, and emphasizes the production timeline 

and graphical requirements of a multimedia 

project. Students work on their own projects 

using image compositing and motion graphics, 

demonstrating competence in these areas. 





Computer Graphics Project 



DGT 493 

Personal Identity Project I 

The Personal Identity Project I Course 

gives students the opportunity to create 

their own personal brand across multiple 

types of media. This skill is a critical part of 

marketing yourself to a client or employer 

and encompasses all of the concepts and 

techniques learned in prior courses. Students 

are exposed to many of the most innovative and 

effective personal brands and explore concepts 

of creating a powerful personal identity that 

will transcend multiple media types. Students 

fully integrate 2D, 3D, and motion graphics 

pieces into a personal brand portfolio that 

includes examples of personal logos, marketing 

material, multimedia, and a Web presence. 


Concept of Personal Branding 

Psychological Implications of the 

Personal Identity 

Applied Personal Branding 

Branding for Multimedia 

Preproduction 

Personal Branding Project 



DGT 494 

Personal Identity Project II 

The Personal Identity Project II Course 

continues to give students the opportunity 

to create their own personal brand across 

multiple types of media. This skill is a critical 

part of marketing yourself to a client or 

employer and encompasses all of the concepts 

and techniques learned in prior courses. 

Students are exposed to many of the most 

innovative and effective personal brands 

and explore concepts of creating a powerful 

personal identity that will transcend multiple 

media types. Students fully integrate 2D, 3D, 

and motion graphics pieces into a personal 

brand portfolio that includes examples of 

personal logos, marketing material, multimedia, 

and a Web presence. 


Concept of Personal Branding 

Psychological Implications of the 

Personal Identity 


Branding for Multimedia 

Preproduction 

Personal Branding Project 



DGT 482 

Portfolio Creation 

The Portfolio Creation Course prepares 

students for presenting their work to the 

professional graphic arts industry. Students 

work with existing assets they have created 

during the Digital Arts & Design Program as 

they develop a professional portfolio. This 

course gives students the opportunity to create 

signature pieces to help them represent their 

skill level to the industry. For the duration of 

the course, students individually polish both 

their graphics and the look of their portfolio in 

order to succeed when being interviewed for 

a position in the industry. 


Portfolio Design Fundamentals 

Asset Creation 

Portfolio Assembly 

Portfolio Review 



DGT 351 

Production Management 

The Production Management Course 

mirrors the professional graphic art industry 

workflow model. Students work to define the 

scope of their final project, the range of assets 

needed to complete it, the technology required 

to assemble the final project into an executable 

format, and the time required to get all the 

work done. By the end of the course, students 

develop an intimate knowledge of standard 

industry project management practices. 


Fundamentals of Project Management 

Learning MS Project 

Creating a Plan for Success 

Asset Management 



DGT 321 

Studio Maintenance 

The Studio Maintenance Course leads the 

student through the methods and techniques 

of building and maintaining a digital studio. 

In this course, students are introduced to the 

principles of working with asset management, 

file structures and version control to ensure 

client files are archived for output correctly. 

The knowledge gained can be used to enhance 

the student’s ability to work in an industry that 

has differing levels of technology employed. 


Types of Asset Management 

Types of Version Control 

Integrating Proper File Structure 

Overview of Media Buying Techniques 



DGT 232 

Typography 

and Page Layout 

The Typography and Page Layout Course 

introduces students to the world of professional 

fonts. Students learn how to use typography as 

a critical part of page layout, as they continue 

to build upon the concept of design introduced 

in previous courses. This course also trains 

students to define how the printed or viewed 

page looks as an integrated graphic element. 

Students participate in group discussions and 

critiques as they work through the projects 

using the latest publishing software. 


Fundamentals of Typography 

Typography and the Page 

The Page as Design 

Press Considerations 




ART 2006 

Art History 


to selected monuments of art and architecture 

in the Western tradition–from the prehistoric 

era to post-modernism–studied in relation to 

the intellectual background of the ages and 

civilizations that produced them. Lectures 

accompanied by various visual mediums 

assist in propagating discussions of assigned 

readings in philosophical, religious, scientific, 

political, literary, and artistic contexts. 





Ancient Art 


Modern Art 




MGF 1213 
















Graphing 







DEP 2004 

Developmental Psychology 

The Developmental Psychology 

Course emphasizes the analysis of identity 

development, including topics such as 

perception processes, verbal/nonverbal 

expression, theoretical models of identity 

development, and internal conflict. 


Paradigms 

Proactive and Reactive Behavior 

Efficacy, Shadow, Shame 

Cognitive Dissonance 

Imagination and Conscience 

Time Management 

Perception and Communication 



ENC 1101 















Grammar 








MTG 1205 

Geometry and 






curriculum emphasizes Euclidean geometry 






spheres, areas and volumes. In this course, 

students develop their knowledge of geometry, 

analytic geometry, and trigonometry through 

problem-solving, calculation, and exploration 

of logic. 





Triangles 





Circles 




Trigonometry 




VIC 2003 

History of Visual 

Communications † 

The History of Visual Communications 

Course presents an historic account of 

humanity’s communicating life events through 

visual arts. Starting with cave drawings, 

stories and ideas have been presented and 

told using visual techniques. As time passes 

and society changes, avant-garde artists and 

scientists have pushed the envelope of their 

respective disciplines and brought about the 

dissolution of boundaries that traditionally exist 

between the artistic and media. In the past 

25 years, the intersection of art and humancomputer 

interactivity has emerged as a mass 

medium, triggering new forms of artistic, 

entertainment, and educational content. The 

student will follow the evolution of the various 

convergent disciplines, setting up a forum for 

informed discussions about the implications for 

the future. 


Art as a Communication Tool 

Human Interfaces 

Historical References 

Artist Tools 

Future Applications and Implications 





MMC 2000 

Media and Society* † 

The Media and Society Course explores 

how media and its integration to our daily life, 

especially through the advances in technology, 

alter the human experience. Special attention 

is paid to the impact the media has on the 

individual’s and society’s psyche, beliefs and 

values, and, ultimately, behaviors. Areas of 

concentration include linguistics, semiotics, 

representation, advertising, ethics, censorship, 

individual and community identity, the cult of 

celebrity, and globalization. These topics are 

examined from psychological and sociological 

perspectives. Through discussion, visual media, 

research, and project-based assignments, 

students develop essential analytical skills 

to understand how the media influence them 

and how they, as media creators, will in turn 

influence others. 


Understanding Media 

Representation and Research 

Advertising and Ethics 

Censorship and Media Theory 

Globalization 



COM 2041 

Psychology of 

Human Interaction † 

The Psychology of Human Interaction 

Course studies the dynamics of interpersonal 

relationships. This involves working with, and 

hopefully getting along with other people. In 

this course, students explore the different 

types of relationships and the problems that 

can occur when working with others, and 

learn tools to help manage those relationships 

and activities. 


Teams and Teamwork 

Communication 

Power 

Decision-making 

Leadership 








DIGITAL ARTS & DESIGN | Bachelor Bachelor of Science Science Degree Program 79

Entertainment 

Business 


Artists, fi lmmakers, musicians… they don’t work 

alone. There are teams of talented people operating 

behind the scenes to help develop, market, and 

distribute the albums, fi lms, and games people enjoy 

every day. At Full Sail, we understand that there is 

a unique group of passionate people who want to 

take on those management roles in the entertainment 

world – whether it’s at a recording studio, on a fi lm 

set, in a graphic design house, or even on the road 

with a band. 

Most of our students start as consumers of the 

media they love, and our goal with the Entertainment 

Business Bachelor’s Degree Program is to help 

them translate that love into the essential skills 

needed to begin a career in the business side of the 

entertainment world. Whether you want to take a 

position in the marketing division of an entertainment 

company, become an agent or manager for up-andcoming 

talent, or any of a multitude of other career 

paths, this program offers a thorough business 

curriculum with a focus on how those concepts apply 

specifi cally to the entertainment fi eld. 



Entertainment Business 


CAMPUS 

PROGRAM 

Game Design 


ONLINE 

PROGRAM 

CAMPUS 

PROGRAM 

CAMPUS 

* IF YOU’RE INTERESTED IN ANOTHER EDUCATIONAL TRACK, PLEASE CONTACT OUR PROGRAM ADMISSIONS 


ONLINE 

PROGRAM 


Communication 

Leadership & Management 

Marketing & Distribution 

Finance & Accounting 

Law & Contracts 

Final Project 


ONLINE 


PROGRAM 

| Bachelor Bachelor of Science Science Degree Program 81

AGEMENT 

RIBUTION/ 

TING/ 

INMENT BUSINESS BS 

CATIONS/ 

IP & MANAGEMENT 

ENT BUSINESS BS 

G & DISTRIBUTION/ 

ACCOUNTING/ 

ACTS 

NS/ JECT 

ANAGEMENT 

STRIBUTION/ 

UNTING/ 


NEGOTIATING 

CONTRACTS 

deals 

PROMOTE COMMUNICATIONS/ 

LEADERSHIP & MANAGEMENT 

Communication 

In the entertainment industry, being able to 

communicate your ideas effectively in person is 

as vital as any business outline you’ll put down 

on PROPOSALS 

paper. That’s why the Entertainment Business 

program features specialized communication classes 

where you’ll learn the nuances of communicating 

LAW CONTACTS 

in a professional environment. 

NEGOTIATING 

CONTRACTS 

This practical training includes such essentials 

as negotiating contracts and deals, pitching ideas, 

and working with talent. Other highlights include 

the use of new communication FINAL deals PROJECT technologies and 

learning how to create a professional identity that 

best refl ects the skills you have to offer. 

PROMOTE 

COMMUNICATIONS/ 


NEGOTIATING 

CONTRACTS 

BUSINESS 

PROPOSALS 

deals 

PROMOTE 

team- 

ENTERTAINMENT BUILDING BUSINESS BS 

ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS BS 

team- 

the best in fellow employees. Implementing all of 

these ideas, 

marketing 

you’ll take the role of leader in various 

projects – all while learning the planning and 

your career. BUSINESS 

distribute FINAL PROJECT 

CAMPAIGNS 

PROPOSALS 

distribute CAMPAIGNS 

team- 

professional 

BUILDING 

marketing 

distribute Leadership CAMPAIGNS 

NEGOTIATING 

MARKETING & DISTRIBUTION/ 

FINANCE & ACCOUNTING/ 

LAW CONTACTS 

marketing 



FINANCE & ACCOUNTING/ ENTREPRENEURSHIP 

NEGOTIATING 

CONTRACTS 

& Management 

CONTRACTS 

deals 

A great business idea is nothing without a strong 

personality guiding it from concept to completion. 

With that in mind, you’ll constantly be honing your 

leadership skills throughout the Entertainment 

BUILDING 

Business program. You’ll learn effective management 

ENTREPRENEURSHIP 

approaches by examining real world case studies. 

And, with PROMOTE 

management courses teaching the 

fundamental concepts of effective team building, 

you’ll learn fi rsthand the different traits that inspire 

management skills that you’ll use throughout 

IDENTITY 

FINANCIAL 

BUILDING 


IDENTITY 

FINANCIAL 

LEADERSHIP 

skills 

intellectual 

management PROPERTY 

team- 

EXPLORING 

target 


team- intellectual 

management BUILDING PROPERTY 

deals 

PROMOTE 


IDENTITY 

FINANCIAL 

EXPLORING 

target 

BUSINESS 

PROPOSALS 

markets 

LEADERSHIP 

skills 

research 

marketing METHODS 


markets 

marketing 


PLANNING 

management 


IDENTITY 


IDENTITY 

research 

METHODS 

LEADERSHIP 

skills 

intellectual 

research 

management EXPLORING PROPERTY 

PLANNING 

research 

management 

METHODS 

LEADERSHIP 

skills 

intellectual 

FINANCIAL 


manag 

PLANNIN 

managem 


ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS | Bachelor Bachelor of Science Science Degree Program 83 

target 

markets 

LEADERSHIP 

skills 

FINANCIAL intellectual 


EXPLORING 

target 

markets 

METHODS 

PLAN 

man 

PLANN




LAW CONTACTS 

FINAL PROJECT 

deals 



PROMOTE 


NEGOTIATING 

CONTRACTS 

COMMUNICATIONS/ ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS BS 

LEADERSHIP PROPOSALS & MANAGEMENT 


BUSINESS 

BUSINESS 



LAW CONTACTS 

FINAL PROJECT 

marketing 



LAW CONTACTS 

FINAL PROJECT 





LAW CONTACTS 

FINAL PROJECT 

deals 

PROMOTE 

deals 

FINANCIAL 

teamresearch 

BUILDING 

the hands and minds of consumers. In our specialized 

marketing 


BUSINESS 


PROMOTE 

EXPLORING 

target 

PROPOSALS 

markets 

BUILDING IDENTITY skills managem 

intellectual 


PROPOSALS 

NEGOTIATING 

CONTRACTS 

deals 

PROMOTE 

marketing 

Marketing 

& METHODS 

Distribution 


marketing courses you’ll learn how to promote 

and distribute creations throughout the global 

entertainment marketplace. 

You’ll be responsible for creating a marketing 

campaign for a company based in the industry 

you’re interested in entering. You’ll choose your 

area of focus, and then follow through with the 

entire distribution and promotion plan for a project, 

following the industry’s workfl ow processes in a way 

designed to teach you how to identify and connect 

EXPLORING 

with your target market. 



Finance & Accounting 

FINANCIAL 

EXPLORING 

target 

Business isn’t just about great products professional 

and ideas, markets 

it’s also about getting those products and ideas into 

Budgeting is a critical component of any company’s 

success, so it’s important that you get a well-rounded 

foundation in the intricacies of sound fi nancial 

management. During the Entertainment Business 

program, you’ll gain the tools you need to keep a 

company profi table. You’ll study both managerial 

accounting and fi nancial accounting – the essential 

money-management skills that include how to create 

and manage fi nances for any project or company. 

In addition to these business basics, you’ll also 

explore the details of residual payments, royalties, 

and the break-evens on project proposals via 

dedicated economics, accounting, and statistics 

courses, as well as a blend of theoretical and applied 

fi nance exercises drawn from the entertainment fi eld. 

management professional PROPERTY 

IDENTITY 

IDENTITY 

research 

FINANCIAL 

LEADERSHIP 

skill 

intellectu 

management PROPERT 

EXPLORING 

target 



team- 

BUILDING 


BUSINESS 

PROPOSALS 

marketing 

FINANCIAL 

markets 

Law & Contracts 

intellectual 

METHODS 

LEADERSHIP 

skills 

intellectual 


target 

markets 

research 

METHODS 

There are different legal concerns for each area of 

the entertainment industry, and our curriculum will 

prepare you with a wide breadth of legal topics that 

cover the variety of real world scenarios that could 

arise in your career. Through different classroom 

exercises you’ll learn everything from large-scale 

concerns like how to protect your creative and 

business assets to specifi c topics like the liability 

issues involved with setting up a concert in a live 

venue. Specialized courses also cover the broad uses 

of recorded music in all aspects of entertainment, 

how to handle contract negotiations, and the legal 

aspects of managing intellectual property. 

PLANNI 

manage 

researc 

METHOD

am- 

ILDING 



IDENTITY 


keting 

AIGNS 

RENEURSHIP 

LEADERSHIP 

skills 

FINANCIAL intellectual 


EXPLORING 

target markets 

research 

METHODS 

Final Project 

EXPLORING 

PLANNING 

management 

target 

markets 

Your last months in the Entertainment Business 

program will fi nd you bringing together the many 

aspects of your education to produce a compelling 

business proposal for an entertainment company 

or product. You’ll engage in proper research 

methodologies to explore your target market, 

differentiate yourself from competitors, and defi ne 

a unique niche within your chosen fi eld. 

The culmination of this research is a detailed proposal 

that will cover the key elements of a business plan, 

giving you a practical representation of your skills 

to show to potential employers. In addition, if you 

choose to follow an entrepreneurial route after 

graduation, your background and training will equip 

you to develop and pursue a formal business plan. 

research 







LAW CONTACTS 

FINAL PROJECT 

METHODS 





LAW CONTACTS 

FINAL PROJECT 

NEGOTIATING 

CONTRACTS 

deals 

NEGOTIATING 

CONTRACTS 

deals 



team 

BUILD 

PROMOTE marke 

distribute CAMPAI 

BUSINESS 

PROPOSALS 

team- 

BUILDING 

marketing 

PROMOTE 


BUSINESS 

PROPOSALS 


ENTREPREN

88 

Overview 

In the Entertainment Business Bachelor of Science 

Degree Program, you’ll make your way through 

a challenging curriculum that combines essential 

business and management skills like strategic 

planning, event management, leadership, fi nance, 

and entrepreneurship with entertainment-specifi c 

courses like Artist Management, Intellectual 

Property, and Entertainment Business Models. 

Courses also focus on developing both your personal 

and professional skills, and the project-based 

environment recreates the same kinds of 

professional scenarios you’ll encounter 

in today’s business world. 

At the end of the program, you’ll be tasked with 

leveraging your knowledge and experience to analyze 

a business scenario related to your career goals and 

interests and develop managerial and entrepreneurial 

strategies to address it. This unique marriage of 

business and entertainment topics is designed to give 

you the full range of knowledge you’ll need to begin 

a career within an existing entertainment company or 

to get your own entrepreneurial idea off the ground. 

In addition to business-specifi c skills, you’ll also have 

courses focusing on computer business applications, 

personal fi nance management, communication 

skills, and how to prepare yourself for that fi rst 

step into the entertainment industry. To help you 

make that transition, we also have a team of Career 

Development professionals that can help you polish 

your interviewing skills and résumé and get you 

ready to enter the industry. In addition, our Career 

Development services and advisors will be available 

for support and assistance throughout your career – 

not just during your education. 

Objective 


knowledge and understanding of essential business and 

management skills, further enhancing your ability to 

succeed in entertainment business in a variety of fi elds 

including fi lm, music, digital media and web design, 

game development, and computer animation. 




that contribute to life-long learning, providing you with 

tools to help sustain a long and productive professional 




ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS | Bachelor of Science Degree Program 

FULL SAIL UNIVERSITY ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS FULL SAIL UNIVERSITY 

| Bachelor of Science Degree Program 

89



PROGRAM CORE 


MUB 481 Artist Management 4.0 

ENTB 4211 Audience Metrics 4.0 

ACG 3223 Business Accounting 4.0 

ENTB 253 Business Ethics and Social Responsibility 2.5 

ENTB 251 Business Law 4.0 

MUM 4309 Business Technology and E-Commerce 3.0 


ENTB 4485 Entertainment Business Models 3.0 

MMC 4258 Entertainment Media Distribution 4.0 

ENTB 410 Event Management 4.0 

ENTB 2713 Excel and Data Reporting 3.0 

ENTB 376 Intellectual Property 4.0 

ENTB 280 International Business 2.5 

ENTB 1001 Introduction to the Entertainment Industry 4.0 

MAN 2020 Introduction to Management 4.0 

MKT 210 Introduction to Marketing 4.0 

BUL 4621 Music Business Law and Contract Negotiations † 4.0 

ENTB 3013 Principles of Business Finance 4.0 

MAR 3111 Principles of Digital Marketing 4.0 

ENTB 3623 Principles of Entrepreneurship 4.0 

ENTB 4525 Professional Selling 4.0 

ENTB 4913 Strategic Business Management 4.0 

Totals: 82.0 


1 2 3 4 5 

DIGITAL LITERACY ENGLISH COMPOSITION I COLLEGE MATHEMATICS 

INTRODUCTION 

INTRODUCTION TO MARKETING 

BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE 

INTRODUCTION TO THE 

ENTERTAINMENT INDUSTRY 

POP CULTURE IN MEDIA 

TO MANAGEMENT 

EXCEL & DATA REPORTING 

6 7 8 9 10 

INTRODUCTION 

TO STATISTICS 

BUSINESS LAW INTRODUCTION TO ECONOMICS PRINCIPLES OF DIGITAL MARKETING 



BUSINESS ETHICS & SOCIAL 

RESPONSIBILITY 

ENGLISH COMPOSITION II 

BUSINESS ACCOUNTING 

11 12 13 14 15 

PRINCIPLES OF ENTREPRENEURSHIP PRINCIPLES OF BUSINESS FINANCE 

ARTIST MANAGEMENT 

LEADERSHIP & 

ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR 

INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS 

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY 

ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS MODELS 

MUSIC BUSINESS LAW & 

CONTRACT NEGOTIATIONS 

16 17 18 19 20 

ENTERTAINMENT 

MEDIA DISTRIBUTION 

AUDIENCE METRICS 

PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION 

& PRESENTATION 

EVENT MANAGEMENT 








ECO 2005 Introduction to Economics 4.0 

STA 2026 Introduction to Statistics † 3.5 

MAN 3151 Leadership and Organizational Behavior 3.5 

HUM 1505 Pop Culture in Media 4.0 

COM 3109 Professional Communication and Presentation † 4.0 

Totals: 39.0 

PROFESSIONAL SELLING 

BUSINESS TECHNOLOGY 

& E-COMMERCE 





STRATEGIC 

BUSINESS MANAGEMENT 


Program Core 

MUB 481 

Artist Management 

The Artist Management Course explores 

the career path of the manager. This position 

plays a significant role in the entertainment 

business community and in the career of the 

artist/band. Course topics include: the artist/ 

manager relationship, launching an artist’s 

career, management contracts, development 

of an artist’s career path, and sustaining an 

artist’s career. 




Overview of the Artist Manager 

Developing the Artist/ 

Manager Relationship 

Launching the Artist’s Career 

The Management Contract 

Planning the Artist’s Career 

Making the Career Plan Work 

Career Maintenance and Control 



ENTB 4211 

Audience Metrics 

The Audience Metrics Course examines 

how companies in the entertainment industry 

use key measurements and data sources to 

make business decisions. Students assess how 

audience data is used for content development 

and media buying. Students also learn how 

companies collect, analyze, summarize, and 

interpret real world data related to media. 


Metrics in the Entertainment Industry 

Sources of Audience Metrics 

Audience Measurement Techniques 

Emerging Technologies in 

Audience Metrics 

Entertainment Industry Decision-Making 

Based on Metrics 



ACG 3223 

Business Accounting 

The Business Accounting Course examines 

the accounting cycle and the preparation and 

interpretation of basic financial statements. 

Students learn the concept of profitability, 

principles of cost models and controls, and 

various operational planning techniques 

that are used to evaluate the performance 

of a company. The role of accountants in the 

entertainment industry is examined throughout 

the course. Students use real-world accounting 

software to apply concepts learned. 


The Accounting Cycle 

Preparation of Basic Financial Statements 

Interpretation of Basic 

Financial Statements 

Cost Models and Cost Control 

Decision-Making and Operational Planning 



ENTB 253 

Business Ethics and 

Social Responsibility 

The Business Ethics and Social 

Responsibility Course presents students 

with complex, real world ethical problems 

associated with the management of a 

business. Through the study of historical and 

current case studies, students will debate 

the responsibilities of managers, broaden 

their awareness of personal, professional, 

and business ethics, and address the social 

responsibility of the entertainment industry. 


Ethics 

Historical and Current Event 

Case Studies 

Examination of Social Responsibility 

Business Issues 



ENTB 251 

Business Law 

The Business Law Course provides an 

overview of general business practices, 

including entity formation, insurance, taxes, and 

accounting. Students study the laws protecting 

intellectual property in relation to protecting 

their own work and legally incorporating the 

works of others. Students study the law and 

practices of contracts and negotiations. All 

concepts are explored through legal case 

studies and applied business projects. 


Overview of Entertainment Industries 


An Introduction to Intellectual Property 

Clearances and Licensing 

Contracts and Business Law 



MUM 4309 

Business Technology 

and E-Commerce 

The Business Technology and 

E-Commerce Course addresses 

emerging technologies and their impacts on 

business management within the music and 

entertainment industry. In this course, students 

explore the proliferation of new technologies 

and how they are utilized to achieve business 

goals. Students also learn how to leverage 

new technologies to reach customers, manage 

customer relationships, increase revenue 

and profitability, and optimize their business 

practices. They learn how to evaluate competing 

technologies to achieve business goals, and 

they explore resources that will help them stay 

current with emerging technologies that can 

change the industry. 


Current Technology Platforms 

and Trends in the Industry 

Innovation and Adoption Models 

Quantifying Usage and Value 



DGL 101 




software programs and web tools that will 

prepare students with digital skills for online 

learning. In addition, students will also learn 

the operation and management of the Apple 

Mac Operating System, Apple hardware, and 

applicable technology. Students will use these 

tools to complete various projects, conduct 

Internet research, collaborate with other 

students, and communicate with instructors. 


Mac OS and Computer Hardware 

Sound, Visual, and Business Software 

Applications 

Web Technology and 

Software Applications 




ENTB 4485 

Entertainment 

Business Models 

The Entertainment Business Models 

Course is a detailed study of the various ways 

that entertainment organizations operate and 

generate profit from operations. Students 

analyze traditional and emerging business 

models in various segments of the industry. 

Students explore career opportunities based on 

current and evolving models. 


Traditional Business Models 

Emerging Business Models 

The Role of Media Conglomerates 

Business Development Strategies 

Career Opportunities Based on 

Business Models 




Program Core 

MMC 4258 

Entertainment 

Media Distribution 

The Entertainment Media Distribution 

Course explores various avenues of publishing, 

including publishing rights, international 

publishing issues, the role of publishing 

companies in the entertainment business 

industry, the mechanics of publishing companies, 

and their impact on the entertainment business 

professional. Forms of distribution are evaluated 

in relation to their effectiveness for various 

entertainment products. In addition, students 

are introduced to various royalty structures and 

methods of collection. 


Publishing and Distribution Principles 

and Terminology 

Publishing Companies 

Forms of Distribution 

Principles of Pricing 

Merchant Accounts and Credit Cards 

Royalty Structures and Collection 



ENTB 410 

Event Management 

The Event Management Course examines 

the business of event management, which 

has developed into a vital marketing tool for a 

variety of businesses. The many topics of study 

for event management include researching the 

product and company brand, identifying the 

target audience, creating an event concept, 

and developing a project management plan. 

This course covers the application of project 

management tools for successful event 

planning and management. 


Overview of Event Management 

Event Concept Design 

Project Plan Management 

and Development 

Target Audience Research 

Location Scouting and Logistics 

Technical Event Development 



ENTB 2713 

Excel and Data Reporting 

The Excel and Data Reporting Course 

teaches students to use Microsoft Excel for 

common business purposes, including analysis 

and reporting. Course topics include: working 

with formulas and functions, formatting 

spreadsheets for effective analysis, creating 

charts, selecting appropriate chart types, 

and analyzing entertainment business data. 

Students identify trends in data and leverage 

data to convey various business messages. 


Formulas and Functions 

Tables and Charts 

Data Analysis 

Data Reporting 



ENTB 376 


The Intellectual Property Course examines 

trade secrets, trademarks, patents, and 

copyrights in connection with methods of 

protecting creative works. Students explore 

acquisition, licensing, sale, and transfer of 

rights as they relate to music, digital media, 

animation, gaming, film, and show production. 

Rights and issues related to independent 

contractors and work-for-hire employees are 

also addressed. 


Intellectual Property Rights 

Fair Use 

Acquisition, Licensing, Sale, and 

Transfer of Rights 

Independent Contractor vs. 

Work for Hire 



ENTB 280 

International Business 

The International Business Course 

addresses the complexity and the diversity of 

business practices in the international business 

marketplace. A variety of related topics are 

addressed, including: consumer differences 

across key international markets; international 

marketing strategies; economic policies; 

political and cultural environments and their 

effect on international business; the 

impact of geography on business transactions 

and distribution; and laws, treaties and 

international labor issues that affect 

international business. 


International Business Consumer 

Marketing Strategies for 

International Business 

International Economics 

Political and Cultural 

International Environments 

Geographical Issues 

Legal Issues 

International Labor Issues 



ENTB 1001 

Introduction to the 

Entertainment Industry 

The Introduction to the Entertainment 

Industry Course examines the various 

sectors of the entertainment industry, providing 

students with a view of the industry from 

the perspective of a business professional. 

Students learn fundamental business 

terminology and are introduced to the primary 

business models prevalent in the entertainment 

business. Students examine current industry 

trends and the variety of careers available in 

the entertainment business. 


Sectors of the Entertainment Industry 

Entertainment Business Terminology 

Business Models Prevalent in the 


Current Trends in the 


Careers in the Entertainment Industry 



MAN 2020 


Management † 

The Introduction to Management Course 

analyzes the management principles that 

lead to a successful company, as well as the 

nature of business decisions. Students learn 

about creating and maintaining organizational 

structure within leadership and legal contexts, 

and further examine human resource principles. 

The course also contains an introduction to risk 

management principles and practices, provides 

different types of risks and the strategies used 

to minimize them in relation to physical assets, 

legal liability, employee benefit programs, 

taxes, and retirement costs. 


Creating and Maintaining Organizational 

Structure in a Leadership vs. Legal Context 

Human Resource Principles 

Employee Benefit Programs and Taxes 

Local and National Labor Laws 

Risk Management 


Management Case Studies 



MKT 210 

Introduction to Marketing 

The Introduction to Marketing Course 

explores general marketing concepts as they 

relate to the nuances of the entertainment 

business field. Students construct strategic 

plans in the selection and development of media 

products, and are introduced to entertainment 

licensing concepts and promotional avenues, 

such as trade shows, trade publications, and the 

Internet. In addition, this course strengthens 

students’ understanding of analytical tools and 

strategic analysis of the entertainment business, 

knowledge that can facilitate the success of their 

creative work. Consumer behavior and its effect 

on the success of entertainment products are 

also examined. 


Marketing Principles and Terminology 

Advertising 

Competitive Tactics 

Marketing Plan Development 

Entertainment Licensing and Promotion 

Merchandising 

Public Relations 

Branding 



BUL 4621 

Music Business Law 

and Contract Negotiations † 

Music Business Law and Contract 

Negotiations revisits and further expands on 

business law as it relates to the entertainment 

industry. Students are introduced to contract 

writing strategies as they examine strengths 

and weaknesses of real world entertainment 

contracts. Students are then given the 

opportunity to focus on their chosen creative 

industry and explore specific contract issues. 

Finally, the role of lawyers, business managers, 

and agents in the entertainment business 

industry is addressed. 


Specific Legal Terminology Relating to the 

Music Business Industry 

Contract Writing and Negotiation 

Industry Contract Issues 

Lawyers, Business Managers, and Agents 



ENTB 3013 

Principles of 

Business Finance 

The Principles of Business Finance 

Course provides students with the skills 

needed to make financial decisions in a 

business environment. Students examine 

the process of financial analysis, financing 

operations and growth, and the concept of 

risk versus return. In addition, fundamental 

financial topics are covered, such as the time 

value of money, capital budgeting, business 

valuation, risk management, and personal 

finance. 


Financial Analysis 

Time Value of Money 

Debt vs. Equity Financing 

Budgeting and Forecasting 

Capital Budgeting Techniques 

Business Valuation 


Personal Finance 



MAR 3111 


Digital Marketing 

The Principles of Digital Marketing 

Course examines the role of marketing in 

the 21st century. Students explore digital 

and mobile marketing, discussing the most 

prevalent types of tools, their purposes 

and their effectiveness in relation to the 

entertainment industry. Comparison to 

traditional marketing tactics and examples 

of current marketing mixes are addressed. 

In addition, this course builds student 

understanding of search engine optimization 

and social media marketing tools. 


Digital Marketing Trends 

Role of Mobile Marketing 

Social Media Marketing 

Search Engine Optimization 



ENTB 3623 


Entrepreneurship 

The Principles of Entrepreneurship 

Course examines the role of entrepreneurs 

in the entertainment industry and their effect 

on the global economy. The behaviors and 

motivations of entrepreneurs are explored. 

Students learn the steps required to launch a 

start-up company. Other topics covered include 

types of business entities and tax implications, 

business licenses, competitive advantage, 

and operations. This course provides an 

examination of the challenges and benefits of 

choosing entrepreneurship as a career path. 


Role of the Entrepreneur 

The Entrepreneurial Mindset 

Case Studies in Entrepreneurship 

Entrepreneurship as a Career 



ENTB 4525 

Professional Selling 

The Professional Selling Course 

teaches students the importance of the 

business development and client relationship 

management roles in both large and small 

companies, which are critical to the success 

of a business. Students learn best practices 

in a professional sales environment and 

develop methods to overcome common hurdles 

in meeting sales objectives. Course topics 

include building the customer relationship, 

distinguishing types of sales, the relationship 

and differences between sales and marketing, 

and methods of sales forecasting and reporting. 

Students also learn how to deliver an effective 

sales presentation and explore the multitude 

of related career opportunities within the 

industry. 


Role of the Sales Department 

Customer Buying Process 

Sales Proposals 

Leveraging Social Media in Sales 

Ethics in Selling 



ENTB 4913 

Strategic Business 

Management 

The Strategic Business Management 

Course presents students with complex, 

real-world business scenarios related to the 

entertainment industry. Students analyze 

the scenarios, assess potential action steps, 

and develop strategic plans to address the 

scenarios. Through this process, students 

evaluate the management, marketing, financial, 

legal, and ethical decisions that affect realworld 

business decisions. Students also assess 

external entrepreneurial opportunities that 

these scenarios could generate. 


Business Problem Analysis 

Strategic Management Decisions 



† This specific course uses the Florida Statewide 

Course Numbering System (SCNS). 


ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS | Bachelor Bachelor of Science Science Degree Program 93



CLP 1006 














Motivation 

Empathy 

Social Skills 



MGF 1213 











ENC 1101 















Grammar 





ENC 1102 

English Composition II 





will develop proficiency in academic writing, 

information literacy, and critical thinking 

abilities. Through the study of argument, 

persuasive appeals, and learning to identify and 

avoid logical fallacies, students will learn to 

produce sophisticated arguments of their own. 

PSC 1030 




Course teaches students how to understand 

the world through fundamental physical 

concepts such as: force and motion, energy 

and mechanics, electricity and magnetism, 

properties of solids and fluids, transmission 

of sound, and behavior of light. Emphasis is 

placed on how problems describing nature are 


mathematical formula. 








Physical Theories and 

Mathematical Formulas 



ECO 2005 

Introduction to Economics 

The Introduction to Economics Course 

examines the principles of economics that 

influence decision-makers, both consumers 

and producers, within the global economic 

system. Students examine the features of 

and reasons for different economic systems 

throughout the world. Supply and demand, 

fiscal and monetary policies, and international 

trade benefits and costs are discussed. The 

course provides a solid understanding of 

economics and how economics affects the 

entertainment business industry. 

STA 2026 

Introduction to Statistics † 

The Introduction to Statistics Course 

introduces statistics as a tool for decisionmaking. 

Students learn how data is utilized in 

the entertainment and music industries. They 

explore statistical principles such as measures 

of central tendency and dispersion and learn 

how to calculate them. Students create 

and interpret charts and graphs, exploring 

relationships found in data through correlation 

analysis, and assign probability and calculate 

the likelihood of the occurrence of events. This 

knowledge is applied in solving problems and 

making decisions based on quantifiable data. 


Statistics Terminology 

Usage of Statistics in the Industry 

Graphic Presentation and Analysis of 

Statistics 

Problem-Solving Using Statistics 



MAN 3151 

Leadership and 

Organizational Behavior † 

The Leadership and Organizational 

Behavior Course consists of an inquiry into 

the characteristics essential in inspiring others 

to action. Students identify their personal 

strengths and weakness through selfassessment, 

expanding their awareness of 

these qualities to include their effect on other 

individuals and group behavior. The course 

provides strategies for decision-making and 

building effective teams, and encourages 

students to explore the difficulties, compromises, 

and rewards of the collaboration process. 

HUM 1505 

Pop Culture in Media 

The Pop Culture in Media Course examines 

the role and importance of pop culture, 

providing a rich background for students to 

understand the historical and societal impact 

of pop culture. Students are introduced to key 

media milestones in pop culture history, and 

they explore the influence of pop culture on 

societal trends. Course topics range from The 

Beatles’ first appearance on the Ed Sullivan 

Show to the effects of new media in the digital 

age. Students develop a critical approach to 

analyzing the television shows, advertisements, 

films, books, songs, games, and web sites 

that permeate the media and shape societal 

cultures and countercultures. 


Role of pop culture in society 

Key events in pop culture history 

Media controversies and decisions 



COM 3109 

Professional 

Communication 

and Presentation † 

The Professional Communication 

and Presentation Course exposes 

students to various forms of written and oral 

communication through technical, electronic, 

and creative-writing activities. In addition, 

students develop competency in visual 

presentation design. Through practice and 

development of written and oral skills, students 

sharpen their abilities to craft effective 

documents and presentations, while gaining 

confidence in both the content of their message 

and their ability to clearly convey it. 









Graphing 








Supply and Demand 


Leadership 

Group Dynamics 


Modes of Written and Oral Presentation 

Generating Ideas, Identifying Purpose, 



Consumer Behavior 


Motivating 

Building Effective Teams 

and Developing Content 

Audience Analysis 

Total credit hours 

Course length 

4.00 

4 weeks 

Role of Government 


Personal Image 

Monetary Policy 

Conflict Resolution 

Presence and Image of 

Written Communication 


Course length 

4.00 

4 weeks 


Course length 

3.50 

4 weeks 

Presentation Strategies 


Technical Development of a Presentation 







ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS | Bachelor Bachelor of Science Science Degree Program 95

Entertainment 

Business 


Entertainment has a wider reach than ever before 

– just check your pockets for your cell phone, MP3 

player, or handheld game system. The delivery 

options available today have broadened the ways 

we can enjoy media both at home or on the go. And 

as technology continues to open new avenues for 

the way we consume music, movies, games, and the 

web, the entertainment industry has become one of 

the most exciting fi elds for creative professionals. 

This evolution has also brought the need for a 

specifi c kind of talent to lead the next wave, which 

is why Full Sail’s Entertainment Business Master’s 

program is designed to provide a higher level 

of real world education to students who want to 

position themselves for leadership roles in the media 

landscape. As you cover advanced business courses 

related to media products and distribution, you’ll 

gain a focused understanding of the tools used by 

managers, leaders, organizers, and innovators who 

make the decisions that help drive the success of 

the industry. 


Advanced 

Business Training 

Entertainment Focus 

Capstone Project 


ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS | Master Master of Science Science Degree Program 97

ent 


NETWORKING 

artist 

ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS MS 

ADVANCED BUSINESS 

TRAINING 

ENTERTAINMENT 

FOCUS 

LEADERSHIP 

NEGOTIATING 

skills 



TRAINING ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS MS 


TRAINING 

ENTERTAINMENT 

FOCUS 

CAPSTONE FOCUS PROJECTS 

BUSINESS 

THEORY 

guest 

ENTERTAINMENT 

CAPSTONE PROJECTS 

SPEAKERS 

BUSINESS 

THEORY 

BUSINESS 

guest 

THEORY 

guest 

SPEAKERS 

SPEAKERS 


DEVELOPMENT 


DEVELOPMENT 

SKILL 

development 

entertainment 


SKILL 

development 

entertainment 


Advanced Business Training 

MULTIMEDIA 

keynote 

The Entertainment Business Master’s program takes 

your education beyond the classroom by having 

you interact with the entertainment business and 

MULTIMEDIA presentations 

traditional business communities. You might meet 

with a commercial banker about getting business loans 

and other presentations 

bank services, or talk with a private investor 

and fi nd out what they look for when investing in new 

companies. In addition to expanding your knowledge 

of business theory, these meetings allow you to hone 

the personal skills it takes to be an engaging leader 

and negotiator in the entertainment world. 

NETWORKING 

artist 


ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS | Master Master of Science Science Degree Program 99 

SKILL 

development 

entertainment 


keynote 

EXECUTIVE 

PERSPECTIVE 

NETWORKING 

artist 

EXECUTIVE 

PERSPECTIVE 

DIGITAL 

storyboarding 

NETW 

a PE 

DIGI 

sto 

LEADERSHI 

NEGOTIA 

skil


BUSINESS 

THEORY 

guest 

SPEAKERS 


DEVELOPMENT 

Entertainment Focus 

SKILL 

development 

entertainment 


MULTIMEDIA 

keynote 

With decades of experience preparing graduates 

for careers 

SKILL 

in the entertainment industry, we have 

a unique perspective on the specifi c skills you’ll need 

to excel in the entertainment world. That experience 

has enabled us to craft a curriculum that focuses 

on the business development 

needs of the media world, bridging 

its creative, technical, and commercial aspects. 

During your coursework, you’ll spend time studying 

the companies that are relevant to your fi eld of 

interest – both from an artist’s and executive’s 

perspective – and the daily work processes that go 

into making them thrive. More than just a focused 

curriculum, the program also features guest speakers 

from entertainment 

successful companies who talk about their 

experiences and relate them to your career goals. 


MULTIMEDIA 

T keynote presentations 

presentations 

NETWORKING 

artist 

EXECUTIVE 

PERSPECTIVE 

DIGITAL 

storyboarding 

NETWORKING 

artist 

EXECUTIVE 

PERSPECTIVE 

DIGITAL 

storyboarding 

LEADERSHIP 

NEGOTIATING 

skills 

marketing 

DISTRIBUTION 

LEADERSHIP 

NEGOTIATING 

skills 

marketing 

DISTRIBUTION 


ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS | Master Master of Science Science Degree Program 101

TRAINING 



ENTERTAINMENT 

FOCUS 

ENTERTAINMENT 

FOCUS 



TRAINING 

ENTERTAINMENT 

FOCUS 

NESS 


ORY 

st 

EAKERS 

onal 

OPMENT 


Capstone Project 

Your Master’s program is highlighted by a business 

plan capstone project designed to showcase the skills 

you’ve learned throughout the program. Adhering to 

a standard industry SKILL format, you’ll create a detailed 

proposal for your own entertainment or media 

development 

company – covering all the fi nancial aspects that an 

investor would want to see. Your business plan will 

demonstrate that you know how to think and plan like 

a professional, including how to budget and control 

your fi nances, market and distribute your product, 

and plan for top organizational performance. 

THEORY development 

skills 

SPEAKERS guest 

SPEAKERS 


BUSINESS 

DEVELOPMENT THEORY 

DEVELOPMENT 


entertainment 


guest 

SPEAKERS 

entertainment 

entertainment 



MULTIMEDIA SKILL 

MULTIMEDIA keynote 

keynote 

development 

presentations 

NETWORKING 

DEVELOPMENT 


MULTIMEDIA 

keynote presentations 

guest 

artist 

EXECUTIVE 

PERSPECTIVE 

DIGITAL 

storyboarding 

presentations 

entertainment 


MULTIMEDIA 

keynote 

presentations 

artist 

EXECUTIVE 

PERSPECTIVE 

DIGITAL NETWORKING 

DIGITALstoryboarding 

storyboarding 

LEADERSHIP 

NEGOTIATING 

skills 

marketing 

DISTRIBUTION 

artist 

EXECUTIVE 

PERSPECTIVE 

DIGITAL 

storyboarding 

marketing 

DISTRIBUTION marketing 

DISTRIBUTION 

LEADERSHIP 

NEGOTIATING 

skills 

marketing 

DISTRIBUTION 



artist 

EXECUTIVE 

PERSPECTIVE

104 

Overview 

Our Entertainment Business Master of Science 

Degree Program is an advanced exploration of the 

specifi c business and management skills you need 

to excel and lead in the entertainment world. This 

balanced and in-depth curriculum will take you 

through courses such as Executive Leadership, 

Advanced Entertainment Law, Entertainment 

Business Finance, Media Literacy and Research 

Methodologies, Business Storytelling and Brand 

Development, and Negotiation and Deal Making as 

you expand your knowledge of the way the business 

world works. 

Through this specialized education, you’ll learn 

the strategies of top executives and apply those to 

exercises that develop your own leadership abilities. 

As a conclusion to the program, you’ll be responsible 

for a comprehensive capstone project – a formal 

business plan – which will require you to make 

practical use of important entertainment business 

concepts like project management, fi nancial planning, 

publishing and distribution, contract negotiation, 

branding and digital marketing. 

This well-rounded education will help to hone your 

leadership and business skills in preparation for 

entering or advancing through the entertainment 

industry. To help you make that transition, we’ve got 

a team of Career Development professionals that will 

help you polish your interviewing skills and résumé 





Objective 


knowledge and understanding of essential business 

skills necessary to be successful in a variety 

of entertainment business industries such as 

recording arts, show production and touring, digital 

media and web, game design and development, 

computer animation, and fi lm & television. The 

curriculum in this degree program encompasses 

courses that address media literacy, research 

methodologies, executive leadership skills, project 

and team management, entertainment business 

fi nance, negotiation techniques, product and artist 

management, entertainment law, media publishing, 

media distribution, digital marketing and business 

plan development. 

This program is designed to foster the development 

of highly trained individuals who want to develop 

careers in the business side of the entertainment 

fi eld. The training you receive in this program will 

provide you with the tools to help sustain a long 

and productive career in the entertainment and 

media industry. 




ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS | Master Master of Science Science Degree Program 




PROGRAM CORE 


BUL 5628 Advanced Entertainment Law † 3.73 

GEB 611 Business Plan Development 3.73 

MAR 628 Business Storytelling and Brand Development 3.73 

MAR 680 Digital Marketing 3.73 

GEB 650 Entertainment Business Finance 3.73 

MMC 6256 Entertainment Media Publishing and Distribution † 3.73 

MAN 629 Executive Leadership 3.73 

EBM 691 Final Project: Business Plan 3.73 

EDM 601 Media Literacy and Research Methodologies* 3.20 

MAN 6446 Negotiation and Deal-Making † 3.73 

EBM 590 Product and Artist Management 3.73 

MAN 602 Project and Team Management 3.73 

Totals: 44.23 


1 2 3 4 5 6 

MEDIA LITERACY & RESEARCH 

METHODOLOGIES 

EXECUTIVE 

LEADERSHIP 

PROJECT & 

TEAM MANAGEMENT 

BUSINESS STORYTELLING 

& BRAND DEVELOPMENT 

ENTERTAINMENT 

BUSINESS FINANCE 

NEGOTIATION & 

DEAL-MAKING 

7 8 9 10 11 12 

PRODUCT & ARTIST 

MANAGEMENT 





ADVANCED 

ENTERTAINMENT LAW 

ENTERTAINMENT MEDIA 

PUBLISHING & DISTRIBUTION 

DIGITAL 

MARKETING 

BUSINESS PLAN 

DEVELOPMENT 

FINAL PROJECT: 

BUSINESS PLAN 


Program Core 

BUL 5628 

Advanced 

Entertainment Law † 

This course explores advanced topics 

related to entertainment law, with an 

emphasis on entertainment contracts and 

intellectual property protection. Students 

explore, through lectures and case studies, 

how the digital revolution has impacted the 

entertainment industry and learn strategies 

for protecting and exploiting rights within the 

digital domain, with a focus on the role that 

entertainment law has played in the industry’s 

evolution. Students also have the opportunity 

to understand the impact of entertainment 

law on their specific entertainment field and 

examine how evolving trends are affecting 

the way contracts are structured within their 

respective industry sector. 





Overview of Intellectual 

Property Principles 

Evolution of Entertainment Law 

Protection of Rights In the 

Digital Domain 

Role of Changing Technology 

Trends Affecting 

Entertainment Contracts 

Case Studies in Entertainment Law 



GEB 611 

Business Plan 

Development 

The Business Plan Development Course 

requires students to incorporate the business 

skills students have developed over their 

course of study into research for their own 

business plan. In this course, students draw 

on their business, management, and technical 

knowledge to create and develop a formal 

business plan. Throughout the course, students 

receive feedback from their instructors and 

peers concerning the viability of their business 

plan in the entertainment industry. 


Review of Business Concepts 

Development of Business Plan to Include: 

Research Report on the Chosen Industry 

Financial Plan 

Marketing Plan 

Management Plan 



MAR 628 

Business Storytelling and 

Brand Development 

This course covers the two main aspects to 

building a strong presence in the business 

and consumer market: storytelling and 

brand development. In this course, students 

learn how to implement brand development 

strategies that help companies become icons 

within their industry. Students also learn how 

to use storytelling principles to strengthen 

a business and deliver a superior customer 

experience. Finally, students develop their 

own personal brand identity and create tools 

for real world business use. 


Brand Development Overview 

Brand Development Principles 


Brand Development Case Studies 

Construction of a Story 

Storytelling and Leadership 

Storytelling and Brand 

Personal Brand Identity 



MAR 680 

Digital Marketing 

The Digital Marketing Course focuses on 

the development of effective marketing plans 

that promote entertainment within a dynamic 

digital environment. The course takes an 

integrated approach to digital marketing 

through a combination of hands-on exercises, 

case analysis, and current industry research. 

Students will explore how to coordinate 

marketing initiatives across online and offline 

channels and between Desktop and Mobile 

audiences. In addition to understanding the 

tools and techniques required to create a 

digital marketing plan, students will develop 

the skills to manage their own professional 

presence online. 

Course outline 

Overview of Digital Media 

Digital Revenue Models 

Mobile Trends and Technologies 

Measurement and Analytics 

Search Engine Marketing 

Digital Advertising and Promotion 

Social Media and Customer Engagement 

Media Planning, Buying, and 

Campaign Management 




Program Core 

GEB 650 

Entertainment 


The Entertainment Business Finance 

Course focuses on the financial decisions 

and issues facing the entertainment industry 

professional. During this course, students 

identify and evaluate entertainment business 

opportunities and projects using financial 

principles, while also learning how to 

raise the necessary finances to fund an 

entertainment company and/or project. 

Students develop financial projections 

including startup funds and pro forma income 

statements for their chosen business. 

Additional topics in the course include the 

development of financial decision-making 

skills, financial planning, capital management, 

operations expense management and 

personal finance. 


Identifying Entertainment 

Business Opportunities 

Development of Financial 

Decision-making Strategies 

Financial Planning 

Funding Entertainment Business Plans 

and/or Projects 

Pro Forma Financial Projections 

Capital Funding and Management 

Operations Expense Management 




MMC 6256 

Entertainment 

Media Publishing 

and Distribution † 

The Entertainment Media Publishing 

and Distribution Course focuses on issues 

currently affecting media publishing and 

distribution. Students will study traditional as 

well as new digital publishing and distribution 

models. The course also addresses issues 

within the industry such as piracy, social 

media, digital rights management and 

legislation. Students will explore strategies 

for protecting and monetizing their creative 

content and will utilize traditional as well 

as new distribution models to develop a 

publishing and distribution plan for their 

chosen business. 


Overview of Traditional Publishing and 

Distribution Methods 

Exploration of New Digital Publishing and 

Distribution Models 

Publishing and Distribution Case Studies 

Digital Rights Management 

Social Media and Piracy Issues 

Development of a 

Publishing/Distribution Plan 



MAN 629 

Executive Leadership 

This course examines the qualities 

necessary to be an executive leader in 

today’s entertainment business field. 

Various industries are examined to ensure an 

understanding of a given industry’s leadership 

styles and traits. Students explore effective 

decision-making processes, power and 

influence, mentoring, leading organizational 

change, and investing in and managing 

relationships to achieve business goals. 


Executive Leadership Qualities 

Leaders in the Entertainment 

Business Field 

Personal Assessments 

Power and Influence 

Mentoring 

Leading in Change 

Executive Leadership Case Studies 



EBM 691 

Final Project: 

Business Plan 

The Business Plan is a comprehensive 

academic examination of a topic selected 

by the student. The project encompasses 

academic objectives and concepts learned 

from each course in the degree program. 

In their final course, students complete the 

written business plan and present the plan 

to faculty and peers. The completion of the 

Final Project Business Plan is a requirement 

of graduation for the Entertainment Business 

Master of Science Degree Program. 


Finalize Startup Funding and 

Financial Pro Forma 

Executive Summary Development 

Completion of Written Business Plan 

Business Plan Presentation 



EDM 601 

Media Literacy 

and Research 

Methodologies* 

In the Media Literacy and Research 

Methodologies Course, students review 

media studies literature using various 

resources. Utilizing the skills that they 

acquire from this course, students work 

throughout the program to develop their thesis 

and media project focusing their efforts on 

making changes to their personal practice or 

workplace. In this course, students will start 

development of media research proposals, 

create a literature review based upon their 

research, examine the progress of research 

questions formation, and study various research 

methods, learning which are appropriate to 

various types of research questions. 


Media Research, Sampling, and Validity 

Online Research Databases and Tools 

APA Formatting and Citations 

Literature Review 

Research Proposals 

Media Project Formation 



MAN 6446 

Negotiation 

and Deal-making † 

Negotiation and deal-making are essential 

business skills that enable entertainment 

business professionals to grow companies, 

establish a strong business presence, and 

enhance product development. In this course, 

students explore the skills needed to become 

a strong negotiator and deal-maker, through 

instruction in topics like deal-structuring 

skills, self-awareness and negotiation 

skill development, tools and concepts for 

negotiation preparation, development of deal 

memos and contracts, negotiation and dealmaking 

role-playing and critiquing the roleplaying 

scenarios. 





An Overview of Negotiation Techniques 

Deal-making Structures and Outlines 

Self-awareness and Negotiation 

Skill Development 

Role-playing Negotiation 

Deal Memos and Contracts 

Negotiation and Deal-making Case Studies 



EBM 590 

Product and 


The Product and Artist Management 

Course addresses management issues and 

scenarios that apply to artist management and 

gives students tools and strategies to help 

resolve these issues. Students in this course 

also address product management and its 

unique issues including the interconnectivity 

of artist and product management activities. 

Finally, students have the opportunity to apply 

these advanced management techniques to 

their specific entertainment field and examine 

how these principles can be applied to their 

business projects. 


Overview of Artist Management 

Strategic Artist Management Techniques 

Overview of Product Management 

Strategic Product Management 

The Integration of the Artists and the 

Media Product 

Current Issues Affecting Artist and 

Product Management 

Problem-solving Techniques for Artists 

Case Studies in Artist and 

Product Management 






MAN 602 

Project and Team 

Management 

Students in the Project and Team 

Management Course are responsible 

for two main objectives. The first involves 

learning the principles of project management, 

including: creating a project management 

plan, correctly ordering tasks, understanding 

and considering all factors that contribute 

to a successful project, and staying within 

budget. The second objective requires 

students to explore the various factors of 

team management and creating a productive 

team, including: matching project objectives 

to team member skill sets, motivating a team 

to accomplish project goals, empowering team 

members to take ownership of a project’s 

success, and providing mentorship to aid the 

team’s success. 


Section 1: Project Management 

Creating a Project Plan 

Project Plan Development and Execution 

Project Management 

Budget Management 

Section 2: Team Management 

Aligning Project Tasks with Team Talent 

Team Management Concepts and Theories 

Team Management Case Studies 

Managing Team Morale 

Managing Team Time Management 

Confronting Team Conflict 

Inspiring a Team 


Course length 4 week

Film 


Filmmakers have always been on the cutting edge 

of technology. Incorporating color and sound were 

early milestones, and now CGI, virtual sets, and 

high-defi nition cameras are opening doors that 

were once unimaginable. Yet, even with all of the 

possibilities technology introduces to the creative 

process, our favorite fi lms would not exist if it 

weren’t for the people whose drive, passion, and 

creativity bring these ideas to life on the big screen. 

In the end, it’s about storytelling – the desire to create 

something new and make it mean something to an 

audience. When you enter Full Sail’s Film Program, 

you join a unique group of people who understand 

and share that desire. From educators and guest 

lecturers who’ve been there, to students who share 

your love and passion for cinema, everyone shares 

a common goal – learning to make great fi lms. 





CAMPUS 

PROGRAM 

Game Design 


ONLINE 

PROGRAM 

CAMPUS 

PROGRAM 

ONLINE 

PROGRAM 

CAMPUS ONLINE 



Bachelor Bachelor of Science Science Degree Program 

PROGRAM 

111 


FILM | 


Preproduction 

Production 

Postproduction 

Final Project


planning 

BUDGETING 

SCHEDULING 

FULL 

HD 

studio 

EDITING 

rooms 

FILM 

filmmaking 

PROCESS 

PREPRODUCTION 

PRODUCTION 

POSTPRODUCTION 

create 

STORYBOARDS 

FILM 

TEAMof 

filmmakers 

PREPRODUCTION 

sequence 

FLOW 

VISUAL 

Preproduction 

PRODUCTION 

STYLE 

bring YOUR 

STORYTO 

planning 

BUDGETING 

SCHEDULING 

Long before a director yells “Action!”, teams of 

people have already PREPRODUCTION spent months (or even years) BUDGETING 

planning, budgeting, and scheduling every detail SCHEDULING 

of a production. 

Having a thorough understanding of preproduction 

LIFE 

– a critical time PRODUCTION in the fi lmmaking process – is vital to 

rooms 

creating a successful fi lm, and Full Sail’s curriculum 

planning 

starts you right at the beginning. Throughout the 

program, as you create multiple fi lm and video 

BUDGETING 

projects, you’ll get familiar with this process as you 


fi nalize scripts, SCHEDULING 

prepare budgets and schedules, 

create storyboards, cast filmmaking 

your productions, scout 

locations, and build sets. 


FINAL PROJECT 

FULL 

FILM 

finalize 

SCRIPTS 

SETbuilding 

As you see how all of these important parts come 

FINAL PROJECT 

together, you’ll learn how to use careful planning PROCESS 

and preproduction HD studio to ensure a smooth and successful 

production before you even pick up a camera. 

tools 

create GUIDANCE 

STORYBOARDS training 

mold FULL FULLREFINE 

AVID TEAMof 

HD studio planning filmmakers protools 

create 

SCREENED 

EDITING 

for anaudience FULL 

HD studio 

EDITING 

rooms 

PROCESS 

filmmaking TEAMof 

CASTING 

location 

SCOUTING 

STORYBOARDS 

sequence 

FLOW REAL world 

filmSETS TEAMof 

VISUAL filmmakers 

STYLE 

create 

sequence 

STORYBOARDS 

EDITING bring YOUR FLOW 

rooms 

VISUAL 

STORYTO 

filmmakers 

sequence 

FLOW 

VISUAL 

LIFE 

finalize VIRTUAL 

SCRIPTS set 

SETbuilding 

finalize 

SCRIPTS 

CASTING 

location 

SCOUTING 

tools 

mold REFINE GUIDANCE AVID 

SETbuilding 

SCRIPTS 

STYLE 

for an audience 

tools 

GUIDANCE 

training 

trainingprotools 

CASTING 

SCREENED mold REFINE AVID location 

protools SCOUTING REAL world 

filmSETS 


Bachelor Bachelor of Science Science Degree Program 113 

STYLE 

bring YOUR 

finalize 

SCREENED 


STORYTO 

LIFESETbuilding 

CASTING 

location 

SCOUTING 

tools 

GUIDANCE 

training 

REAL world 

filmSETS 

mold REFINE AVID 

protools 

FILM | 

VIRTUAL 

set 

VIRTUAL 

se 

VIRTUAL 

set


finalize 

SCRIPTS 

SETbuilding 

PRODUCTION 


tools 


SCREENED 

FILM 

for anaudience PREPRODUCTION 

PRODUCTION 


CASTING 

planning 

BUDGETING 

SCHEDULING 

FULL 

HD 

location 

SCOUTING 

FILM 

FINAL PROJECT GUIDANCE 

training 

PREPRODUCTION 

protools 

REAL world 

filmSETS 

studio 

EDITING 

rooms 

PRODUCTION 


FINAL PROJECT 

BUDGETING 

SCHEDULING 

FULL 

HD 

create 

STORYBOARDS 


filmmakers 

sequence 

FLOW 

VISUAL 

studio 

EDITING 

rooms 

VIRTUAL filmmaking 

PROCESS planning 

set 

BUDGETING 

SCHEDULING 

FULL 

HD 

studio 

EDITING 

rooms 

filmmaking 

PROCESS 

STORYBOARDS SCRIPTS 


filmmakers 

sequence 

FLOW 

VISUAL 

STYLE 

SETbuilding 

tools 

GUIDANCE 

training 


protools 



STYLE 

finalize 

SCRIPTS 

SETbuilding 

bring YOUR 

STORYTO 

LIFE 

create 

STORYBOARDS 


filmmakers 

sequence 

FLOW 

VISUAL 

STYLE 

CASTING 

bring YOURlocation 

SCOUTING 

STORYTO 

LIFE 


SCREENED 

for anaudience finalize 

SCRIPTS 

tools 

GUIDANCE 

training 

protools 

Production 

FILM | 

location 

SCOUTING 

REAL world 

filmSETS 

Once the planning is fi nished, it’s time to get started. 

Production is the phase of a fi lm where the actors, 

crew, producers, and directors all work together 

SETbuilding 

to create what you see on-screen. It takes all kinds 

of people to make a fi lm set run smoothly – from 

directors of photography to audio techs to production 

designers to second assistant directors to script 

supervisors – and our Film curriculum is designed to 

give you experience with all of these different roles 

on real world fi lm shoots. 

Through multiple productions in multiple styles 

using 35mm, 16mm, HD, and DV cameras, you’ll 

learn and cycle through various positions on a 

fi lm shoot as you work with other students to 

form a team of fi lmmakers. 

To achieve your vision, you might need to build 

the world it lives in. That’s why we give you eight 

soundstages, VIRTUAL 

a backlot, 

set 

location grip trucks, and a 

full HD studio. No matter what story you want to tell, 

you’ll have the tools, the guidance, and the training 

to capture it. 

CASTING 

location 

SCOUTING 


SCREENED 


tools 

GUIDANCE 

training 

protools 

REAL world 

filmSETS 

VIR

CTION 

RODUCTION 

PROJECT 


FULL 

HD 

studio 


EDITING 

rooms 

FINAL PROJECT 

filmmaking 

PROCESS 

FILM 

PREPRODUCTION 

PRODUCTION 



HD studio 

filmmakers 

EDITING 

sequencerooms 

FLOW 

VISUAL 

STYLE 

filmmaking 

bring YOUR 

PROCESS 

STORYTO 

LIFE 

FILM 

PREPRODUCTION 

PRODUCTION 


FINAL PROJECT 

SETbuilding 

filmmakers 

sequence 

FLOW 

VISUAL 

STYLE 

planning 

BUDGETING 


SCREENED 

bring YOUR 

SCHEDULING 

STORYTO 

LIFE 

FULL 

HD studio 

mold REFINE 

create finalize 

protools 

STORYBOARDS 

SCREENED 

bring YOUR 


for anaudience SETbuilding 

LIFE 

It’s said that where a fi lm really comes to life is in the 

editing room. In postproduction, important decisions CASTING 

are made about the sequence, fl ow, and visual style 

of a fi lm. Scenes are cut and rearranged and the fi lm 

begins to take its fi nal shape. 

But the visuals are just one aspect of postproduction. 

This is where you mold and refi ne every tools aspect of 

your fi lm – recording and editing additional dialogue, 

sound effects, and music, as well as GUIDANCE 

creating digital 

visual effects that may be essential to training 

the story, 

adding titles, and polishing every detail of your fi lm. 

Whatever you need to do to make your fi lm come 

together, you’ll have the tools at your disposal 

throughout your education – multiple Avid editing 

labs, Apple Final Cut Pro editing workstations, 

Pro Tools audio workstations, and much more. 

SCRIPTS 

FILM | REAL world 



FINAL PROJECT 

planning 

BUDGETING 

SCHEDULING 

FULL 

HD 

studio 

EDITING 

rooms 

filmmaking 

PROCESS 

FULL 


EDITING 

rooms 

filmmaking 

PROCESS 

create 

STORYBOARDS 


filmmakers 

sequence 

FLOW 

VISUAL 

STYLE 

bring YOUR 

STORYTO 

SCOUTING 

tools 

GUIDANCE 

training 


REAL filmmakers world 

filmSETS 

finalize 

SCRIPTS 

sequence 

FLOW 

VISUAL 

STYLE 

STORYTO 

SETbuilding 


SCREENED 


VIRTUAL 

mold REFINE 

SCREENED 

set 


location 

SCOUTING 

protools 

filmSETS 

C 

VIR

te 

RYBOARDS 

Mof 

makers 

quence 

OW 

VISUAL 

STYLE 

ring YOUR 

TORYTO 

IFE 

PRODUCTION 



FINAL PROJECT 

FINAL PROJECT 

finalize 

SCRIPTS 

SETbuilding 

CASTING 


SCREENED 


HD studio 

EDITING 

filmmaking 

rooms 

filmmaking 

PROCESS 

PROCESS 

Final Project 

Through most of the Film program, you’re learning, 

refi ning, experimenting, and fi guring out how to 

handle yourself on a real world fi lm set, regardless of 

whether you’re a production assistant or sitting in the 

director’s chair. For your fi nal project, you’ll put all 

that experience and knowledge together to make 

a 35mm movie from scratch. 

Working with a crew made entirely of your classmates, 

you start with the script and proceed to work through 

the entire fi lmmaking process, starting with 

preproduction – casting, budgeting, storyboarding, 

and more. Then your team moves on to production – 

you can design and build your own set, go on location, 

or maybe shoot on our existing backlot VIRTUAL 

with locations 

like New Orleans and Venice. After all the footage 

is shot, it’s time to head to the edit bays in set Advanced 

Post-production class to put it all together and bring 

the story to life. 

location 

SCOUTING 

tools 

GUIDANCE 

training 

The reward for this whole process is seeing your 

crew’s fi lm screened in a movie theater for an 

audience of classmates, family, and industry 

professionals. When it’s all done, you’ll have 

another valuable asset for your reel – something 

that really shows off your capabilities. 

protools 

REAL world 

This whole process is something you’ll need to 

know well when you work in the industry, and you’ll 

get comfortable with it right here on campus. 

filmSETS 

filmmakers 

sequence 

FLOW 

VISUAL 

STYLE 

bring YOUR 

STORYTO 

LIFE 

bring YOUR 

SETbuilding 

STYLE 

GUIDANCE 

training 

mold REFINESCREENED AVID 

STORYTO 

LIFE 

SCREENEDFILM 


PREPRODUCTION 

PRODUCTION 


FINAL PROJECT 

protools 


REAL world 

filmSETS 

planning 

BUDGETING 

SCHEDULING 



FULL 

HD 

studio 

EDITING 

rooms 

filmmaking 

PROCESS 

set 

protools 

REAL world 

filmSETS 

FILM | 

create 

STORYBOARDS 


filmmakers 

sequence 

FLOW 

VISUAL 

STYLE 

bring YOUR 

STORYTO 

LIFE

120 

Overview 

Our Film Bachelor of Science Degree Program is 

built around actual industry workfl ow, so you learn 

your way around a set while you’re in school. The 

Film curriculum will have you planning productions, 

writing scripts, creating storyboards, and learning 

how to shoot on a variety of cameras – 16mm, 35mm, 

HD, and more – and in a variety of styles. 

You’ll build sets (and break them down) on spacious 

soundstages and shoot on our studio backlot, hold 

casting calls, work on the actors’ make-up, and create 

special effects to enhance your fi lms. Then, when the 

fi lm is in the can, you’ll edit, work on visual effects, 

polish the sound, and prepare the fi lm for viewing on 

the big screen. 

In addition to fi lm production, you’ll also learn 

photography, HD broadcast production, production 

budgeting, and lighting, as well as courses focusing 

on computer business applications, personal fi nance 


prepare yourself for that fi rst step into the fi lm industry. 

To help you make that transition, we’ve also got a team 

of Career Development professionals that can help 

you polish your interviewing skills and résumé and get 

you ready to enter the industry. In addition, our Career 

Development services and advisors will be available for 

support and assistance throughout your career – not 

just during your education. 

Objective 


knowledge and understanding of fi lm theory and craft 

needed to qualify for entry-level, industry positions 

as independent fi lmmakers, camera operators, 

production assistants, editors, sound designers, 

assistant directors, unit production managers, 

art directors, video editors, lighting technicians, 

director’s assistants, dialogue editors, and a variety 

of other positions in the fi lm and video industry. This 

program will also help you develop team building 

skills necessary for the fi lm industry and instruct you 

in the professional presentation of fi lm projects. 







FILM 



Bachelor Bachelor of Science Science Degree Program 

FULL SAIL UNIVERSITY 121 

FILM |

Film 


PROGRAM CORE 


FLM 335 Advanced Lighting 3.07 

FLM 496 Advanced Post-production I 4.00 

FLM 497 Advanced Post-production II 3.60 

FLM 3457 Art Direction I † 2.00 

FLM 3467 Art Direction II 0.80 

FLM 372 Cinematography 3.47 

FIL 2771 Digital Cinematography I † 4.80 

FIL 2781 Digital Cinematography II † 2.40 

FLM 267 Directing I 2.40 

FLM 268 Directing II 1.07 

FLM 442 Documentary Filmmaking I 2.53 

FLM 443 Documentary Filmmaking II 1.60 

FLM 431 Film Production I 4.27 

FLM 432 Film Production II 3.47 

FLM 487 Final Project I 3.47 

FLM 488 Final Project II 4.00 

FLM 345 HD Production I 3.73 

FLM 346 HD Production II 3.47 

FIL 1034 History of Motion Picture Arts † 2.67 

PGY 1106 Introduction to Digital Photography 3.07 

FLM 321 Introduction to Editing and Visual Effects 4.67 

FLM 241 Lighting I 3.47 

FLM 242 Lighting II 3.20 


1 2 3 4 5 

ENGLISH COMPOSITION I CREATIVE WRITING 



DIGITAL PHOTOGRAPHY 

COMPUTER SCIENCE 

& INTERNET 

COLLEGE MATHEMATICS 

LIGHTING I LIGHTING II 

HISTORY OF MOTION 

PICTURE ARTS 

PUBLIC SPEAKING 

6 7 8 9 10 

SOUND FOR FILM 

DIGITAL 

CINEMATOGRAPHY I 

DIGITAL 

CINEMATOGRAPHY II 

STORYTELLING DIRECTING I DIRECTING II 


EDITING & VISUAL EFFECTS 

DOCUMENTARY 

FILMMAKING I 

ADVANCED 

LIGHTING 

DOCUMENTARY 

FILMMAKING II 

11 12 13 14 15 

HD PRODUCTION I HD PRODUCTION II CINEMATOGRAPHY FILM PRODUCTION I FILM PRODUCTION II 

MAKEUP FOR 

MOTION PICTURES 

ART HISTORY 

PRODUCTION 

DESIGN 

ART DIRECTION I ART DIRECTION II 

16 17 18 19 20 

POSTPRODUCTION FINAL PROJECT I FINAL PROJECT II 

FLM 246 Makeup for Motion Pictures 2.40 

FLM 457 Post-production 4.00 

FLM 463 Producing Independent Film 5.07 

FLM 354 Production Design 2.80 

FLM 235 Sound for Film 3.73 

FLM 223 Storytelling* 3.60 

Totals: 92.83 



ART 2007 Art History* 4.00 




CRW 2000 Creative Writing* † 4.00 


SPC 2140 Interpersonal Communications 4.00 

SPC 1606 Public Speaking † 4.00 

Totals: 32.00 

ADVANCED 

POSTPRODUCTION I 

INTERPERSONAL 


TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: 124.5 




ADVANCED 

POSTPRODUCTION II 

PRODUCING 

INDEPENDENT FILM 


Program Core 

FLM 335 

Advanced Lighting 

Advanced Lighting is the second of 

two lighting courses in the Film Program. 

This course teaches lighting in a variety of 

mediums, including film, digital video, and high 

definition. Building upon the topics covered in 

the previous lighting course, students explore 

the concepts of analyzing a script, lighting for 

character movement, dramatic lighting of art 

direction, and the interpretation of lighting a 

scene. The dramatic nuances of scenes are 

then analyzed and enhanced by creating 

various lighting setups. 




Lighting for Video, Film, and 

High Definition 

Interpretation of Lighting a Scene 

Analyzing the Script 

Dramatic Lighting of Art Direction 

Lighting for Character Movement 



FLM 496 

Advanced 

Post-production I 

This Advanced Post-production I Course 

focuses on completing a digital or film finish and 

using finishing tools such as color correction 

and basic effects. Advanced editing theory 

by Murch, Kuleshov, and others demonstrate 

methods of storytelling through the edit. Other 

techniques such as multi-camera editing and 

two stage workflows are covered as well. 

Students also go over the post-production 

process of taking the film from raw footage to 

final release. 


Editing Theory 

Workflow and Formats 

Editorial of Final Project 

Assistant Editor Duties 

Film and Digital Finishing 



FLM 497 

Advanced 

Post-production II 

The Advanced Post-production II 

Course focuses on the finishing touches of 

a film. Students study visual effects such as 

compositing, motion tracking and graphics. 

These tools include digital mattes, painting 

tools, and 3D functionality. This is done on a 

high-end editing system where the final project 

will be assembled and readied for distribution. 

These systems allow for uncompressed video 

and film resolutions. 


Software Introduction 


Compositing 

Motion Tracking 

Assemble Lab Projects 



FLM 3457 

Art Direction I † 

The Art Direction I Course teaches 

students, through lectures and handson 

experience, professional methods 

of implementing sets for film and digital 

video production. Students receive further 

instruction in production design and are trained 

to build, paint and add set dressing as they 

fabricate a film set from concept to completion 

for use in the 16mm Film Production Course. 



Production Design 

Prototypes 

Color Theory and Scenic Paint 

Set Decoration and Props 

Set Construction 



FLM 3467 

Art Direction II 

In the Art Direction II Course, students 

facilitate designs during the pre production 

phase of the 16mm Film Production by 

completing set construction, applying scenic 

paint, acquiring set decoration and applying 

dressing. During the course of production, 

students act as the on-set art department. 


Set Design Implementation 

Set Construction 

Scenic Paint Application 

Set Decoration Acquisition 

Set Dressing Application 



FLM 372 

Cinematography 

The Cinematography Course introduces 

students to the art and operation of motion 

picture film cameras, by providing an in-depth 

overview of terminology, camera structure and 

camera operation. Students will apply what 

they are learning by shooting a short film during 

the course. 


Film Formats 

Film Stocks 

Exposure 

Composition 

Camera Movement 

Camera Crew Members 

Study Work of the Great Cinematographers 



FILM | 

FIL 2771 

Digital Cinematography I † 

The Digital Cinematography I Course 

introduces students to the art and operation 

of digital video cameras. The course provides 

in-depth and practical knowledge of the 

differences that digital cameras offer digital 

filmmakers by way of control over digital 

images during acquisition. Digital attributes 

such as RGB changes, scene profiling, gamma 

adjustment, and black pedestal control will be 

explored and evaluated. 


Common Digital Formats and Terms 

Digital Compared to Film 

Scene Profiling and Image Control 



FIL 2781 

Digital Cinematography II † 

In the Digital Cinematography II Course, 

provides students an opportunity to implement 

concepts learned in Digital Cinematography 

I and Introduction to Digital Photography. 

Students will be challenged to shoot a variety 

of portfolio shots that demonstrate their 

thorough knowledge of basic cinematography 

as well as concepts unique to digital 

cinematography. 


Portfolio Proposal 

Shoot 1: Basic Camera and Lens Movement 

Shoot 2: Digitally Adjusted Acquisitions 

Portfolio Assembly and Assessment 




Program Core 

FLM 267 

Directing I 

The Directing I Course focuses on the 

many aspects of directing. Students learn the 

responsibilities of the director through all phases 

of the filmmaking process (preproduction, 

production and post production). The students 

will gain accurate knowledge in the areas of 

directing actors and understanding the actor’s 

language. Students also gain knowledge 

concerning all aspects of pre-visualization, 

composition and crew/set etiquette. 


Film Analysis/Types 

Composition/Shot 

Directing Actors 

The Rehearsal Process 

Pre-visualization/Forms 

The Directors Team 

History of Directing/Acting 



FLM 268 

Directing II 

The Directing II Course focuses on 

application of the director’s knowledge. 

Students also focus on shooting for the edit 

and motivating camera movement. Through 

workshops the students will combine all lab 

and lecture material together within a scene 

from scripts to be produced. 


Understanding Basic Editing 

Understanding Scene Study 

Performance/Composition 

Implementing Pre-visualization/Paperwork 



FLM 442 

Documentary 

Filmmaking I 

The Documentary Filmmaking I Course 

examines various techniques necessary to 

direct and produce documentary films. While 

course topics include directing, producing, 

preproduction, history, writing, genres, and 

interviews for documentary films, students 

also delve into the philosophy of ethics and 

research as it pertains to the preproduction 

and production of non-fiction story telling. 


Genres and History 

Research, Writing, and Budgeting 

Interviewing and Field Production 

Ethics and Resources 



FLM 443 

Documentary 

Filmmaking II 

The Documentary Filmmaking II 

Course begins with the production of a short 

documentary project for which preproduction 

was finished in DFM I. Students work on a group 

documentary project in crews with specific jobs 

including Unit Production Manager, Director, 

Director of Photography, Camera Operator, 1st 

Assistant Director, Script Supervisor, Audio 

Mixer, Boom Operator, and Editor. During 

production and post-production labs students 

and faculty review various phases of the 

process, and each group completes a finished 

documentary project. All students participate in 

every aspect of production and post-production. 


Production Organization 

Shooting the Documentary 

Editing the Documentary 

Ethics and Resources 



FLM 431 

Film Production I 

The Film Production I Course examines the 

film process from preproduction to production 

in the 16mm film medium. In this course, 

students become familiar with each of the 

positions involved in a professional production 

by participating in labs that give them handson 

experience. Subjects covered include 

directing, cinematography, shooting styles, 

lenses, audio for film, working with talent, 

lighting, and production management. 


Film Production Process 

Directing and Producing 

Film Equipment 

Labs 



FLM 432 

Film Production II 

In the Film Production II Course, 

students practically apply the concepts 

learned in Film Production I via hands on 

production experience. 


Film Production of Short 16mm Film 

Footage Critique 



FLM 487 

Final Project I 

The Final Project I Course exposes students 

to various facets of advanced filmmaking as 

they prepare to make a 35mm narrative film. 

This course is supported by lectures including 

advanced cinematography, directing actors, 

advanced lighting and copyright. Practical 

application of skills in this course includes 

preproduction, script analysis, casting, location 

scouting, and production design. 


Preproduction 

Script Analysis 

Job Descriptions 

Directing Talent 

Intro to Cinematography 

Location Scout 

Music Rights 

Film Stocks & Latitude 

Lenses & Metering 

Art Direction 



FLM 488 

Final Project II 

The Final Project II Course continues 

preproduction and art direction through the 

completion of principle photography. Students 

apply their knowledge in departments including 

grip/electric, camera, sound, and directorial. 

Subjects covered include 35mm camera systems, 

production sound and production management. 

Production locations are dependent upon the 

script and range from soundstages to various 

external, on-location sites. 


Advanced Camera and Camera Assistant 

Art Direction 

Ins and Outs of Film Magazines 

Intro to Arriflex Studio & Light Cameras 

Arriflex Studio & Light Cameras 

Jib and Crane 

Blocking 

Pre-light 

Production for Final Project 

FLM 345 

HD Production I 

In the HD Production I Course, students 

learn techniques and technologies required 

for creating live television productions 

using high definition cameras. Starting 

with basic camera principles and setups, 

students explore the details of ENG and 

EFP production and live multi-camera 

television studio production. This course 

also addresses directing, production audio, 

lighting, and all the positions necessary for 

television studio production. 







Field and Studio Cameras 

The Control Room 

Television Crew Positions 

Live Directing 



FLM 346 

HD Production II 

In the HD Production II Course, students 

use the skills acquired in HD Production I to 

produce a live Television show. Students are 

responsible for all aspects of preproduction, 

field production, editing, graphics, and writing. 

Students then produce a television show that 

includes both live and pre-produced segments. 


Preproduction 

Field Production 

Studio Engineering 

Television Graphics 

Studio Production 



FIL 1034 

History of Motion 

Picture Arts † 

The History of Motion Picture Arts 

Course explores motion pictures as an art 

form, as a business, and a representation of 

society. Students examine how film has become 

a dominant force in American culture through 

studying subjects like the birth of film, the golden 

age of silent films, World War II, non- Hollywood 

films, the New Cinema of the 1960’s era, and the 

Hollywood Renaissance. 


The Birth of Movies 

The Golden Age of Silent Films 

Integration of Sound 

World War II: Decline of the Studio System 

The Documentary 

Foreign Films 

Close-up: Master Filmmaker 

Alfred Hitchcock 

The New Cinema of the 1960’s 

The Hollywood Renaissance 

Final Exam 



PGY 1106 



The Introduction to Digital Photography 

Course exposes the student to still 

photography and the storytelling process using 

their camera. Good composition, the discipline 

of the frame, proper exposure, lens theory, 

and portfolio creation are presented as the 

building blocks of visual storytelling in this 

dynamic hands-on experience. Students learn 

to effectively use iLife software products 

(iPhoto, iWeb) to catalog, manipulate and 

present their photographs. 


Lens Theories 

Image Editing and iWeb Creation 

Archiving Your Digital Workflow 

Final Course Project 



FLM 321 

Introduction to Editing 

and Visual Effects 

Introduction to Editing and Visual 

Effects is the preliminary postproduction 

course of the degree program. In this course, 

students are introduced to the concepts of 

aesthetic editing and the role of the editor as 

a storyteller. Students are also introduced 

to many postproduction concepts, including 

dialogue editing, scene transitions, time and 

space perception, tempo, sound effects, visual 

effects, editing with music, and mood changes. 


Introduction to Editing Systems 

The Editor as a Storyteller 

Tempo, Mood, and Transitions 

Dialogue, Sound Effects, and Music 




FLM 241 

Lighting I 

The preliminary lighting course for the Film 

Program, Lighting I emphasizes professional 

procedures and protocol relevant to the 

film industry. Students work with industrystandard 

lighting and grip equipment and are 

trained in the safe use of electricity and power 

distribution. They also learn to properly use light 

meters to control exposure and contrast ratios. 


Electricity & Distribution Systems 

Stands & Controlling Devices 

Tungsten Lights 

Three-Point Lighting 

Metering & Exposure 



FILM | 

FLM 242 

Lighting II 

This course builds on the topics introduced 

in Lighting I. Lighting II covers the basics 

of color correction and camera filtration 

using tungsten, fluorescent, and HMI 

sources. Students are challenged to apply 

their knowledge to produce original images. 

Special emphasis is placed on image analysis 

and using the script as the main guide for film 

lighting design. 


Beauty Lighting 

Introduction to Color Correction 

Product Shots 

Lighting Strategies and Image Analysis 

Daytime Exterior Lighting 

Low-Budget Lighting Strategies 



FLM 246 

Makeup for 

Motion Pictures 

In the Makeup for Motion Pictures 

Course, students are provided with basic 

makeup products and are taught a range of 

techniques, from basic beauty to bald caps and 

bruises. Students learn many out-of-kit effects 

and techniques to prepare them for the unique 

makeup situations that arise on set. With a 

focus on maximizing creativity, students are 

taught the makeup artist’s job and develop an 

understanding of what goes into the makeup 

and hair techniques used in the film industry. 


Basic Makeup for Film 

Bald Caps, Facial Hair, Temporary Hair 

Color, Wigs 

History of Makeup and Stretch and Stipple 


Airbrush, Fantasy Makeup 

Tattos and Tattoo Covering 





FLM 457 

Post-production 

Post-production is the second of three film 

post courses in the Film Program. The Postproduction 

course is intended to provide a 

greater understanding of the imaginative and 

technical side of editing. Students examine 

intermediate non-linear online editing 

techniques, including engineering, media 

management, and digital video effects, using 

footage from the Film Production course. 

Students then edit a short story that includes 

titles, music, and a finished edit. 



Computerized Editing Techniques 

Alternative Editing Choices 

Film Production Projects 



FLM 463 

Producing 

Independent Film 

The Producing Independent Film 

Course explores the world of line producing, 

producing, and the production infrastructure 

of independent film. Students learn all aspects 

of prepping the shoot, scheduling & time 

management, budgeting, project pitching, 

script breakdowns, assembling crew positions, 

creating the professional brand, distribution 

options and financing. 


The Role of the Producer 

Phases of Production & Pipeline 

Production Value 

Alternative Productions 

Music Video and Production 

Episodic & Reality Production 

Branding 

Commercial & Client Production 

Film Production Analysis 



FLM 354 

Production Design 

The Production Design Course focuses on 

the responsibilities of the production designer 

and his or her crew within the art department. 

This course introduces the principles of 

production design and addresses how they 

apply to a motion picture. The overall mood 

and visual appearance of a film is explored 

through the fundamentals of design. Subjects 

covered include script breakdown, storyboards, 

the effects of color, drafting, elevations, 

and set research. The course culminates in 

students designing a film set for use in the 

Film Production Course. 


Script Breakdown 

Scene Design and Storyboards 

Drafting and Elevations 

Effects of Color 

Researching 



FLM 235 

Sound for Film 

The Sound for Film Course explores the 

theory and operation of field audio for film 

and video productions. Students utilize field 

recorders and mixers in various locations in 

order to gain expertise in the craft of sound. 

This course examines the fundamentals of 

sound, microphones, location and soundstage 

recording, sound equipment and operation, and 

various recording techniques. 


Fundamentals of Sound 

Microphones 

Location and Soundstage Recording 

Sound Equipment, Operation, 

and Crew Positions 

Recording Techniques 



FLM 223 

Storytelling* 

The Storytelling Course uncovers the 

secrets behind the art, craft, and business of 

writing for film and television production, and 

fosters students to begin to think and work as 

a “film author” and to enhance scripts through 

the use of specific storytelling techniques. 

Students will utilize examples from movies, 

past and present, to examine a multitude of 

structural and stylistic techniques that can be 

applied to a variety of film or television projects. 


Structure and Outline 


Script Formatting: First Draft 

Rewriting: Second Draft 

Pitching an Idea: Final Draft 



ART 2007 

Art History* 





relation to the intellectual background of the 

ages and civilizations that produced them. 

Lectures accompanied by various visual mediums 

inspire discussions of assigned readings in 

philosophical, religious, scientific, political, 

literary, artistic, and cultural contexts. 


Art History 


Modern Art 





CLP 1006 




self-motivation, self-awareness, and self-focus. 

This course provides an overview on current 

and historical theory as it pertains to the 

above-mentioned areas. Students are also 







Motivation 

Empathy 

Social Skills 



MGF 1213 
















Graphing 







CGS 1000 



The Computer Science and Internet 

Course introduces students to the basics of 

computer operating systems and software, web 

2.0 tools, and multimedia applications as they 

relate to everyday experiences of the computer 

user. Students will initiate online collaboration 

as well as utilize the tools to successfully 

navigate common issues associated with 

online collaboration. Additionally, students 

will evaluate and demonstrate knowledge 

of specific software applications and 











Web 2.0 Tools 




CRW 2000 

Creative Writing* † 

The Creative Writing Course trains 

students to explore writing in a variety of genre 

forms. Building on the knowledge gained in 

English Composition, students in this course 

incorporate common literary devices and 

narrative structures into creative endeavors. 


Brainstorming 

Form and Function of Genre 

Narrative Structure and Causality 

Literary Devices 

Criticism and the Editing Process 

Final Revisions 



ENC 1101 















Grammar 





SPC 2140 

Interpersonal 






















SPC 1606 

Public Speaking † 


























FILM |

Game 

Art 


Game visuals have come a long way since the 

monotone pixels of Pong and Space Invaders. 

Looking at the video games of today, it’s obvious 

that each successive generation of hardware 

has opened the doors for more realistic gaming 

experiences. And with technology continually 

expanding the storytelling possibilities of the 

medium, the gaming industry now demands a 

specifi c kind of digital artist to defi ne the limits 

of what’s capable on screen. 

By focusing our training on the specifi c needs of 

the gaming industry, Full Sail’s Game Art Bachelor 

of Science Degree Program is designed to open the 

gaming world to you, helping you develop the skills 

to become part of a specialized group of artists. 

These artists help to create the next generation of 

video games, innovating in visuals as well as in 

gameplay, and helping to shape the future of one of 

the world’s fastest growing forms of entertainment. 



Game Design 


Media Design 


CAMPUS 

PROGRAM 

ONLINE 

PROGRAM 


Art Creation 

Collaborative Development 

Demo Reel 

Modeling 

Integration 




GAME ART | Bachelor Bachelor of Science Science Degree Program 129

OUNDATION 


modeling 

STRATEGIES 

objects 

Art Creation 

artistic 

CHARACTERS FUNDAMENTALS 

landscapes 

TEXTURING 

special 

EFFECTS 

VISUAL 

After grasping the basics of computer art, it’s time 

to add the visual depth that defi nes great animation. 

You’ll learn how to use lighting, shading, GAME and DEV 

texturing to breathe realistic qualities into your 

characters and how to combine those elements to 

create industry-ready SCRIPTING 

real time graphics. Building on 

the essentials you’ve already learned, you’ll apply 

those skills on projects that will see ANIMATION you creating FOUNDATION 

objects, characters, and landscapes for expansive 

and imaginative 3D game worlds. 

VE DEV/ STORYBOARD 

CONTENT 

OPTIMIZATION 

depth 

ART CREATION 

COLLABORATIVE DEV/ 

DEMO REEL 

3D modeling 

ANIMATION 

STRATEGIES 

concepts 

LIGHTING 

SHADING 

CHARACTERS 

texturing landscapes 

team 

artistic 

FUNDAMENTALS 

BUILDING 

VISUAL 

depth 

STORYBOARD 

SCRIPTING 

objects 

TEXTURING 

special 

3D modeling 

EFFECTS 

ANIMATION 

concepts 

STRATEGIES 

objects 

LIGHTING 

SHADING 

CHARACTERS 


team 

BUILDING 

CONTENT 

OPTIMIZATION 

TEXTURING 

special 

EFFECTS 

CONTENT 

OPTIMIZATION 


GAME ART | Bachelor Bachelor of Science Science Degree Program 131


ANIMATION FOUNDATION 

ART CREATION Collaborative Development 

After mastering the world of game art creation you’ll 

work together with students from Full Sail’s Game 

Development Degree Program to design and produce 

an original game project from start to fi nish. This 

collaborative environment will help you learn to deliver 

content on a deadline as well as how to work within 

guidelines set by a real world production team. 


DEMO REEL 

artistic 

FUNDAMENTALS 

VISUAL 

You’ll storyboard and script with a team of 

programmers, and work with them to defi ne the visual 

qualities and requirements for the game. Then you’ll 

go to work using the skills and techniques learned 

throughout the program to develop the graphics and 

environments for a fully-playable game. In addition to 

learning industry workfl ow and how to operate in a 

team setting, this integrated project setting will allow 

you to see your graphics as part of a fi nal product and 

test how they hold up in a practical application. All of 

these factors give you the advantage of coming out of 

school as an artist who has already worked on a fullyfunctional 

game. 

depth 

STORYBOARD 

SCRIPTING 

GAME DEV 

Demo Reel 

3D modeling 

ANIMATION GAME DEV 

concepts 

LIGHTING 


By the end of the Game Art program you will have 

amassed a wealth of content that shows an employer 

the comprehensive skills and artistic techniques 

you’ve mastered. During your fi nal months, you’ll 

collect all ANIMATION of these assets and FOUNDATION 

put them together for 

your personal demo reel. In a dedicated Demo Reel 

Creation course, your instructors will re-evaluate 

what you’ve created throughout your classes, and 

help you gear your portfolio to the area of the 

industry you’re most interested in pursuing. The reel 

will show off your artistic strengths and technical 

profi ciency in such areas as character modeling, 

ART CREATION 

animation, texturing, and special effects, offering a 

well-rounded demonstration of your talents to help 

launch your career. 

STRATEGIES 

objects artistic 

SHADING 

CHARACTERS 


team 

ART CREATION 


DEMO REEL 

BUILDING 


DEMO REEL 

TEXTURING 

FUNDAMENTALS 

VISUAL 

special 

CONTENT 

OPTIMIZATION 


GAME ART | Bachelor Bachelor of Science Science Degree Program 133 

EFFECTS 

depth 

STORYBOARD 

SCRIPTING 

artistic 

FUNDAMENTALS 

VISUAL 

depth 

STORYBOARD 

SCRIPTING 

3D modeling 

ANIMATION 

STRATEGIES 

concepts 

objects 

LIGHTING 

SHADING 

CHARACTERS 


team 

TEXTURING 

special 

EFFECTS 

3D BUILDING 

modeling 

STRATEGIES 

ANIMATION 

concepts 

LIGHTING 

SHADING 

objects 

CONT 

OPTIMIZA 

CHARACTERS 


team 

BUILDING 

TEXTURING 

special 

EFFECTS

TION 


3D modeling 

artistic 

GAME DEV 

ANIMATION 

concepts 

FUNDAMENTALS 


LIGHTING VISUAL 

ART CREATION Modeling 

Game content follows fundamental artistic 

guidelines even when you’re working within the 

expanse of 3D digital graphics. The modeling 

team 

foundations covered in the Game Art program 

will help SCRIPTING 

you draw a parallel between traditional 

art and modeling techniques and today’s leading 

digital art software – the way characters, objects, 

BUILDING 

and environments look and act in real life, and 

how you can capture that same realism when 

recreating them in the digital world. To further 

introduce you to the world of game graphics, the 

program also emphasizes the core 3D animation 

concepts that are essential to the industry. As 

you explore the latest game platforms, you’ll 

learn the strategies of professional modelers and 

discover how to create great looking content and 

optimize it to the standards of today’s hardware. 


DEMO REEL 

STRATEGIES 

ANIMATION 

concepts 

artistic 

FUNDAMENTALS 

objects 

depth 


GAME LIGHTING objects SHADING 

Its one thing to build a model and make it move, 

it’s something else to make SHADING 

it look real (or unreal, 

if that is what you are shooting for). The next 

phase is to take your 3D creations to the next level 

team 

of realism by integrating them into TEXTURING 

live action 

footage. You will take all of your previous skills 

in 3D and use them in concert with tracking and 

special BUILDING team 

compositing packages such as Syntheyes and Nuke 

to create a seamlessly integrated scene that puts 

EFFECTS 

your 3D work into a live action environment BUILDING that 

has been fi lmed with moving cameras. You will 

polish the fi nal scene with Apple Color and Final 

Cut Pro to seamlessly create the illusion of reality. 

TEXTURING 

STORYBOARD 

SCRIPTING 

3D modeling 

ANIMATION 

concepts 

LIGHTING 

SHADING 

SHADING Integration 

texturing depth 

CHARACTERS 

VISUAL landscapes LIGHTING 

/ STORYBOARD 

stic 

ENTALS 

AL 

3D modeling 

ANIMATION 

concepts 

3D modeling 

CONTENT 

OPTIMIZATION 

STRATEGIES 

objects 

CHARACTERS 

STRATEGIES 

objects 


texturing 

CHARACTERS 

landscapes 

STRATEGIES 

special 

EFFECTS 

CONTENT 

OPTIMIZATION 

TEXTURING 

special 

EFFECTS 

CONTENT 

OPTIMIZATION 

CONTENT 

OPTIMIZATION 

134 135 

GAME ART | Bachelor Bachelor of Science Science Degree Program

136 

Overview 

Full Sail’s Game Art Bachelor’s Degree Program is 

designed to develop artists well-versed in 3D asset 

creation for game development. With a focus on 3D 

content for consoles and computers, you’ll work your 

way through project-based classes that follow a clear 

progression from the basics of digital art creation up 

through the latest trends and tools. Along the way 

classes like Character Animation, Game Production, 

Production Modeling, Level Design, and Shading and 

Effects will help you gain the skills necessary to move 

and improve content through the production pipeline. 

Each of these specialized classes is based around the 

same workfl ow processes found at professional 

gaming studios including such core concepts as 

animation, character modeling, lighting and shading, 

and texturing. 

Supporting these industry-specifi c foundations are 

classes focusing on the fi ne art aspects of game content 

development as well as courses focusing on computer 

business applications, personal fi nance management, 

communication skills, and how to prepare yourself 

for that fi rst step into the gaming industry. To help 

you make that transition, we’ve also got a team of 

Career Development professionals that can help you 

polish your interviewing skills and résumé and get 


Development services and advisors will be available for 

support and assistance throughout your career – not 

just during your education. 

Objective 

Our goal is to provide you with the focused knowledge 

and understanding of 3D computer environmental 

modeling, game textures, and character animation 

needed to qualify for entry-level positions in the game 

industry as game artists, scene builders, character 

designers, technical directors, motion animators, and 

animators. Besides the program’s strong 3D computer 

graphics focus, you will build other skills in peripheral 

media and digital courses that will enhance your 

opportunities in related fi elds. 







GAME ART 



GAME ART | Bachelor Bachelor of Science Science Degree Program 


Game Art 


PROGRAM CORE 


CGA 221 2D Animation 4.00 

CGA 121 3D Foundations 4.00 

CGG 442 Advanced Game Characters 3.00 

CGA 251 Art Creation for Games 4.00 

CGG 482 Asset Production 4.00 

CGA 233 Character Animation 7.00 

CGA 342 Character Design and Creation 4.00 

CGA 441 Character Rigging 7.00 

CGA 241 Compositing Fundamentals 4.00 

CGA 482 Demo Reel Creation 4.00 

CGA 131 Fundamentals of Animation 3.00 

CGA 101 Fundamentals of Art I 3.00 

CGA 102 Fundamentals of Art II 3.00 

CGG 333 Game Animation 4.00 

CGG 400 Game Cinematic Assets 3.00 

GDD 481 Game Preproduction 3.00 

CGG 381 Game Production 4.00 

GDD 490 Game Project I 4.00 

GDD 493 Game Project II 4.00 

GDD 495 Game Project III 4.00 

CGG 452 Level Assembly and Lighting 4.00 

CGA 112 Methods of Design 4.00 

DIG 1301 Model Creation † 4.00 


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 

ENGLISH COMPOSITION I 3D FOUNDATIONS MODEL CREATION SHADING & LIGHTING METHODS OF DESIGN 

ETHICS & PSYCHOLOGY FUNDAMENTALS OF ART I FUNDAMENTALS OF ART II COLLEGE MATHEMATICS 


& MYTHOLOGY 

CHARACTER DESIGN 

& CREATION 

GEOMETRY & 

MEASUREMENT 

2D ANIMATION 

FUNDAMENTALS 

OF PHYSICS 

8 9 10 11 12 13 14 

COMPOSITING 

FUNDAMENTALS 

FUNDAMENTALS 

OF ANIMATION 

PRODUCTION MODELING 

CHARACTER 

CHARACTER 

ART CREATION 

FOR GAMES 

RIGGING 

ANIMATION 

RIGGING BASICS MOTION CAPTURE 

LEVEL ASSEMBLY 

& LIGHTING 

TEXTURE PAINTING 

& SCULPTING 

GAME ANIMATION 

ADVANCED 

GAME CHARACTERS 

15 16 17 18 19 20 21 

GAME PRODUCTION 

PUBLIC SPEAKING ASSET PRODUCTION 

GAME PREPRODUCTION 

INTERPERSONAL 


GAME PROJECT I 

CGA 371 Motion Capture 3.00 

CGA 352 Production Modeling 4.00 

CGA 271 Rigging Basics 3.00 

GRA 1161 Shading and Lighting † 4.00 

CGG 432 Texture Painting and Sculpting 3.00 










SPC 2140 Interpersonal Communications* 4.00 


Totals: 32.00 

GAME PROJECT II 

GAME 

CINEMATIC ASSETS 





GAME PROJECT III 

DEMO REEL 

CREATION 


Program Core 

CGA 221 

2D Animation 

The 2D Animation Course develops 

students’ appreciation of the technique and 

craft involved in hand-drawn 2D animation, and 

promotes the understanding and successful 

application of the fundamental principles of 

traditional animation. Using pencil and paper 

to explore this art form, students are physically 

responsible for controlling and manipulating a 

subject’s volume, weight, proportion, acting, 

and movement, thus gaining a more thorough 

understanding of the animation process. This 

foundation of traditional animation broadens 

students’ skills as computer animators and 

enhances their creative ability. 





Principles of Animation 

Timing Charts 


Advanced Character Principles 

Clean Up 

Character Personality 



CGA 121 

3D Foundations 

The 3D Foundations Course familiarizes 

students with the fundamentals of creating 

2D and 3D computer graphics using Autodesk 

Maya and Adobe Photoshop. Students learn 

the interface and controls of both programs as 

they learn basic animation skills that prepare 

them for the more advanced courses later in the 

Game Art Bachelor of Science Degree Program. 


Introduction to Operating Systems 

Introduction to Digital Imagery 

Photoshop Interface and Tools 

Digital Concept Art 

Introduction to the Maya Interface 

Working in the 3D World 

Geometry and Surface Types 

Working with Objects and Components 



CGG 442 

Advanced Game Characters 

The Advanced Game Characters Course 

concentrates on the creation of a gaming 

character from top to bottom. Students create 

character mesh, textures, and normal maps 

while keeping within the limitations of a standard 

game pipeline. The course helps students to 

understand the constraints of geometry and 

textures in a game engine. 


Character Concept and Preproduction 

Character Creation 

Texture Painting 

High Polygon Sculpting 


Limits and Resource Management 



CGA 251 

Art Creation for Games 

The Art Creation for Games Course 

provides students with a strong knowledge 

of the way real time 3D content is modeled 

and textured. Students develop game models 

of simple and complex props, foliage, and 

various game environments. In addition to 

modeling, students paint color, generate 

normal maps, and specular maps for created 

geometry. Special attention will be paid to 

the creation of clean and optimized models 

for use in games. 


Preproduction and Concept 

Modeling Techniques 

Reduction Techniques 

Effective UV Mapping 


Texture Painting in Photoshop 



GDD 482 

Asset Production 

The Asset Production Course 

concentrates on defining what kind of content 

needs to be produced and how that content 

will be implemented into the final game project. 

In this course, game artists meet with their 

project teams to create completion criteria for 

their game content, and work on implementing 

levels designed in the Game Preproduction 

course. Students develop teamwork skills as 

a vital part of working with programmers for 

content creation. 



Team Building Skills 

Technology Planning 



CGA 233 


The Character Animation Course 

continues to strengthen students’ animation 

skills by exploring methods for creating 

movement that is not only entertaining and 

appealing, but also depicts actions that 

are driven by the character’s emotions 

and personality. In this course, students 

analyze methods for creating acting choices 

that are unique and interesting. Through 

group discussion and analysis, students are 

introduced to the importance of evaluating their 

own work as well as the work of their peers. 

This enables each student to critique animated 

work with the intent of implementing what has 

been learned into future animations. 



to Complex Movement 

Scene Composition and Staging 

Entertainment Analysis 

Acting Theory, Development, and 

Techniques 

Group Participation and Critique 



CGA 342 


and Creation 

The Character Design and Creation 

Course builds upon the skills learned in the 

Model Creation and Shading and Lighting 

courses by applying knowledge to 3D 

characters. Students begin with preproduction 

of a character, developing concept art and 

character sheets. Students complete a fully 

textured organic 3D model for possible use in 

film or high-resolution game technology. 



NURBS Modeling 

Sub Division Surface Modeling 

Surface Flow and Anatomy 

Painting Character Textures 

Generating Textures for Characters 

Character Rendering 



CGA 441 

Character Rigging 

The Character Rigging Course 

complements the Character Design and 

Creation course by training students to add 

skeletal controls to their character models. 

Students learn the techniques involved 

in developing character rigs and skeletal 

structures used in character animation. The 

ultimate goal of character rigging is to prepare 

a modeled character for motion without the 

animator needing to know the technical details 

of the character’s setup. 


Biped Skeleton Rig Design 

Inverse Kinematics Control 

Muscle and Skin Deformation 

Mathematical Expressions 

Set Driven Key Controls 

MEL Scripted Controls 

Alternative Skeleton Set Up Techniques 




Program Core 

CGA 241 

Compositing 

Fundamentals 

The Compositing Fundamentals 

Course introduces students to beginning 

and intermediate compositing and integration 

techniques commonly utilized by film and video 

professionals. The course focuses on the 

seamless integration of computer-generated 

elements with real world live-action video 

footage. Students learn how to accurately 

reconstruct and composite computer generated 

elements to properly match a high definition 

film or video source while working in a nodebased 

compositing environment. 


Matte Creation Techniques 

Photoshop Fundamentals 

3D Card Systems and Camera Mapping 

Lighting and Rendering 




CGA 482 


The Demo Reel Creation Course provides 

students with the time to develop a demo reel 

commonly expected during interviews. During 

this time, students take the content developed 

throughout their degree program and assemble 

it into a presentable package. Prior to the 

creation of the demo reel, a student’s content 

is reviewed in an effort to help the student 

determine the best material for showcasing 

his or her talent. 


Content Review and Assembly 

Audio Assembly 

Demo Reel Output 

Demo Reel Review 

Package Presentation Development 



CGA 131 

Fundamentals 

of Animation 

The Fundamentals of Animation Course 

provides students with the animation tools 

required to create, manipulate, and refine any 

computer-animated sequence. Building on 

the traditional animation fundamentals 

of motion and timing, the course teaches 

students computer animation techniques 

and applies them to the process of animating 

modeled projects. The course focuses on 

positional animation and control with the use 

of keyframing, timing curves, dope sheets, 

and dependency graphs, as well as the tools 

to manipulate them. 


Keyframe Animation 

Motion Timing and Analysis 

Dope Sheet and Action Graphs 

Hierarchical Animation 

Camera and Light Positional Animation 

Animation Rendering 



CCGA 101 

Fundamentals of Art I 

The Fundamentals of Art I Course prepares 

students for the virtual world by having them 

step away from the computer and observe, 

touch, and create in the real world. These 

courses suggest that real-world observation 


computer graphics. 


Object Observation 

Textures and Lighting 

Color Theory 

Composition and Space 



CGA 102 

Fundamentals of Art II 

The Fundamentals of Art II Course further 

prepares students for the virtual world by 

having them observe, touch, and create in the 

real world. This course continues instruction in 

beginning life drawing, plant and animal study, 

character development and sculpture. This 

course suggests that real-world observation 


computer generated people, places and things. 


Life Drawing 

Animal and Environment Observation 


Sculpting 



CGG 333 

Game Animation 

The Game Animation Course provides 

students with their first opportunity to produce 

animated sequences and cycles for game play. 

Students develop an overall understanding of 

animation as it applies to the game industry 

with a focus on game engine constraints and 

requirements. Students in this course pay 

special attention to character anatomy, rigging 

constraints, and reusability within all aspects 

of a game. 


Character Anatomy 

Rigging 

Application of Animation 

Motion Analysis 

Timing Development 

Reusability and Blending 



CGG 400 

Game Cinematic Assets 

The Game Cinematic Assets Course 

concentrates on the planning and creation of 

high resolution visual assets demonstrating 

artistic strength and direction. Students create 

detailed characters, environments, or vehicles 

based on areas of interest with guidance from 

staff. Through regular critiques and review, 

students produce a final quality high end asset 

required for the demo reel. 


Environment Modeling 

Vehicle Modeling 

Character Modeling 

Lighting and Staging 

Render Techniques 



GDD 481 

Game Preproduction 

In the Game Preproduction Course, 

students plan the genre and scope of their 

game project, including designing the 

gameplay, and determining technological 

issues. Students decide what features the 

game will have and exactly how they will be 

accomplished before assigning individual 

tasks and beginning production. 



Planning Methodology 

Risk Assessment Skills 

Production Schedule Creation 



CGG 381 

Game Production 

The Game Production Course continues 

to expand students’ knowledge, utilizing 

tools and concepts learned in the completion 

of a game production. The course builds on 

all the Game Art foundation courses that 

precede it, and parallels industry production 

workflow while concentrating on the aspects 

of character and environment creation, texture 

and lighting effects. 





Production Modeling Techniques 

Character Pipeline 

Environment Strategies 

Advanced Texture Creation 


Concept Integration 



GDD 490 

Game Project I 

The Game Project I Course immerses 

students in a four-week game development 

project with heavy emphasis on teamwork and 

two milestones: Feature Fragment (s) one and 

two. Students will take their documentation 

created in previous classes and begin work 

on their project by coding their core gameplay 

and major features for their game by the end 

of the month. 


Introduction to Advanced Game Production 

Continuous and Nightly Build Process 

Presentation and Milestone Acceptance 

Game Project 



GDD 493 

Game Project II 

The Game Project II Course continues a fourweek 

game development project that was begun 

in Game Project I. The emphasis on teamwork 

and project planning continue during this class 

along with two major milestones. Student 

assignments include maintenance of technical 

design documentation, implementation of game 

technology, preparation and presentations of 

their Alpha and Beta milestones, as well as 

continued work on game projects and integration 

of their assets towards their final milestone. 


Alpha Preparation 

Alpha Presentation 

Alpha Review 

Beta Preparation 

Beta Presentation 

Beta Review 

Game Project 



GDD 495 

Game Project III 

The Game Project III Course continues 

with another four-week game development 

project that was begun in Game Project I & 

II. The emphasis on teamwork and project 

planning continue during this class. Students 

will begin their Software Quality Assurance 

cycle with the emphasis on proper defect 

reporting mechanisms and correction. 

Student assignments include maintenance 

of technical design documentation, 

implementation of game technology, 

implementation of a quality assurance cycle 

as well as continued work on game projects 

in a move towards their final milestone and 

completion of their project. 


Final Preparation 

Final Presentation 

Archive/Wrap-up 

Game Compliance 

Self-analysis and Review 

Game Project 



CGG 452 

Level Assembly 

and Lighting 

The Level Assembly and Lighting Course 

continues to expand students’ understanding 

of game requirements with a focus on 

constructing a playable level. Students design, 

build, texture, light, and add effects for a level. 

Successful completion of this course provides 

students with the necessary knowledge to 

develop content for game environments. 


Level Design Concepts 

Playability and Usability 

Space Planning 

Environmental Modeling 

Material Creation 

Player Interactions 



CGA 112 

Methods of Design 

The Methods of Design Course focuses 

on the extensive and complex ideas and 

implications of basic design to help students 

understand that design is deliberate, allowing 

them to intellectually connect artistic intention 

and compositional conclusion. In this course, 

students plan, organize, and control hands-on 

projects using various media. They also use 

gained knowledge to design environments and 

simple characters throughout the course. 


Critical Thinking 

Elements and Principles of 3D 

Aspects and Elements of Time 

Narrative and Non-narrative 

Architecture and Scenery 

Character Design and Development 



DIG 1301 

Model Creation † 

The Model Creation Course explores the 

beginning of the computer animation process 

by creating hard-surface models from concept 

art to final computer-generated imagery. During 

an in-depth exploration of the NURBS modeling 

tool set, comparisons of the relative differences 

between polygon, NURBS, and subdivision 

surface definitions are made. Students will 

develop techniques and strategies for creation 

of efficient virtual surfaces. 


Surface Creation Methods 

Building Strategies 

3D Modeling Basics 

Curves and Surfaces 

Surface Continuity 

Trimming and Blending 

Modeling Optimization 



CGA 371 

Motion Capture 

The Motion Capture Course teaches 

students techniques to digitize motion, clean 

up and editing, and develop an understanding 

of simulated motion. Students will gain an 

understanding of motion capture set up and 

shooting, data tracking, skeleton retargeting, 

as well as animation correction and 

enhancement. Students will have deeper 

understanding of film and game motion 

capture pipelines. 


Motion Data Shoot 

Data Tracking 

Skeleton Retargeting 

Application and Simulation 





CGA 352 


The Production Modeling Course develops 

students’ understanding of model development 

as it applies to the animation production 

industry. The course builds on all the computer 

animation foundation courses that precede it, 

and parallels industry production workflow 

to develop portfolio models for presentation. 

Students explore a variety of topics including 

developing surface flow, anatomical models, 

and production modeling techniques. 


Advanced Modeling Techniques 


Geometry Parameterization 

Anatomical Modeling 

Surface Flow 



CGA 271 

Rigging Basics 

The Rigging Basics Course develops the 

student’s ability to write scripts to improve 

the interaction between the animator and 

the software user interface. In this course, 

students learn how to create custom UI 

elements, understand programming structures, 

create functional script files, and have a 

stronger ability to troubleshoot. 


Syntax Basics 

Customizing the Interface 

Custom Script Files 

Troubleshooting Techniques 



GRA 1161 

Shading and Lighting † 

The Shading and Lighting Course 

investigates the mood and lighting, look and 

feel, shadows and shading, reflections and 

atmospheres that bring scenes and models to 

life. During this second of three 3D fundamental 

courses, students develop an eye for texturing 

and lighting modeled objects and scenes that 

parallel the real world. This course builds 

on the concepts established in the previous 

courses, including surface lighting and shadow 

observations and techniques. 


Textures and Shaders 

Image Manipulation 

Reflection and Refraction 

Lighting Strategies 

Highlights and Shadows 

Rendering and Raytracing 

Optimization 



CGG 432 

Texture Painting 

and Sculpting 

The Texture Painting and Sculpting 

Course teaches students advanced 

techniques in shader and texture creation and 

animated visual effects for games. The course 

focuses on ensuring that the textures and 

effects are reusable and efficient as they share 

resources with all aspects of the game. 


Texture Creation for Games 

Hardware Shaders 

Normal Mapping 

Real Time Effects 



MGF 1213 
















Graphing 







ENC 1101 















Grammar 





PPE 2110 

























PHY 1000 

Fundamentals 

of Physics † 













Kinematics 

Motion 








MTG 1205 

Geometry and 




















Triangles 





Circles 




Trigonometry 







GEN 251 


and Mythology 




















and Myths 










SPC 2140 

Interpersonal 

Communications* 





















SPC 1606 









all speech communication. Students study 

and participate in the creation and delivery 

of at least three types of speeches. Targetaudience 

identification, surveys, body 

language, effective speaking techniques, and 

pre-speech planning are investigated and 

used to create speeches. 




Creation and Delivery of Persuasive 



Audience Surveys and Evaluation 



Game 

Design 


Video games aren’t just great entertainment, 

they’re one of the most dynamic areas of the 

entertainment world, with successful games 

generating revenue that rivals some of the biggest 

fi lm and album releases. It takes the right kind of 

leaders to help manage the titles that innovate and 

inspire gamers, and keep the industry growing both 

creatively and fi nancially. 

Today’s top game development houses thrive 

on the leadership of a great production staff to 

oversee their multi-million dollar titles, and Full 

Sail’s Game Design Master of Science Degree 

Program will help you become one of these creative 

decision makers. With curriculum based on the 

processes used at the most respected studios in 

the world, this Master’s program is designed to 

prepare you to meet the design, leadership, and 

management needs of this creative industry. 


Team Leadership 


Design 

Game Capstone Project 


GAME DESIGN | Master Master of Science Science Degree Program 145



Game development is an intensely collaborative 

process – with designers, artists, animators, 

programmers, and audio specialists working together 

to produce high quality assets based around a unifi ed 

vision. As a game producer, being able to understand 

these different roles and help them work together 

effi ciently is the key to developing a creative and 

successful production environment. 

The Game Design Master’s program puts you in a 

leadership role, as you learn to coordinate a large, 

diverse team and help them operate as an integrated 

unit. Dedicated classes help you develop strong 

leadership skills, teaching you to streamline a 

development process that supports the needs of both 

your team and the studio. The end result is a leadership 

approach that’s both inspirational and productive. 


GAME DESIGN MASTERS BS 

TEAM LEADERSHIP 

PROJECT MANAGEMENT 

Video games are one of the most complex art forms 

in entertainment, bringing audio, visual, and tactile 

elements together in one interactive package. With 

so many different assets being created across 

multiple departments, effective organization and 

administration is essential to keeping a game on 

schedule and under budget. 

This Master’s program covers the entire scope of 

a development cycle. After taking core classes in 

Asset Management, Production Methodologies, and 

Quality Assurance you’ll collaborate with artists and 

programmers and work with that team throughout 

DESIGN 

production to delegate tasks, problem-solve, and 

hit milestones. You’ll also learn the best practices of 

industry-standard project management, scheduling, 

and bug-tracking software that will keep your game on 

schedule while maintaining the quality of the product. 




DESIGN 




DESIGN 

GAME CAPSTONE PROJECT 


146 147 

GAME DESIGN | Master of Science Degree Program 

FULL SAIL UNIVERSITY GAME DESIGN FULL SAIL UNIVERSITY 

| Master of Science Degree Program

GN 

APSTONE PROJECT 


E CAPSTONE PROJECT 

Design 

The classic games you grew up with started as just 

simple concepts – ideas that were later brought to 

life by a dedicated team of designers, artists, and 

producers. Supporting innovative new concepts is 

one of the responsibilities of a producer at a game 

studio, and to produce successful products, you’ll 

need to understand the precise balance of story and 

gameplay that makes for a well-designed game. 

The curriculum in this specialized master’s program 

teaches aspiring game producers the key elements 

of great design, and how to implement standards 

that best serve the needs of a project. You’ll examine 

the foundations of design, and analyze the usability 

merits and fl aws inherent to the elements of a 

project. Ultimately, you’ll learn the craft of bringing 

all of the components of a game together – resulting 

in a finely-tuned experience. 


GAME DESIGN | Master Master of Science Science Degree Program 149



The program culminates with the Game Capstone 

Project. You’ll be joining a game production team 

as a leader, coordinating a group of artists and 

programmers as they design and code the graphics, 

gameplay, and audio for a fully playable game. 

This real world studio scenario will require you to 

draw on every element of your design and production 

education as you guide and support the team through 

every stage of production. You’ll develop game 

documents to guide the project, create a project plan, 

organize and gather assets, coordinate integration 

between departments, develop marketing strategies, 

and fi nally work to prepare the game for delivery. 





DESIGN 



GAME DESIGN | Master Master of Science Science Degree Program 151 

STUDIO B 

3 CONSOLES, 2 RECORDING BOOTHS

152 

Overview 

The curriculum in the Game Design Master of Science 

Degree Program is comprised of high-level game 

design and production courses that take you deep 

into the game development pipeline. You’ll expand 

and advance your project and design skills through 

hands-on exercises in leadership, team management, 

game design, and marketing while you learn the 

skills you’ll need to advance your career in the game 

production industry. 

During the course of the program, you will be 

responsible for completing a design document, an 

academic capstone project, and a presentation. The 

Capstone Project is designed to help you develop the 

project management skills and team management 

skills you’ll need to succeed in the game development 

fi eld. In this project you will be paired with a group of 

undergraduate programmers and game artists to plan 

the genre and scope of a fully playable game. You will 

be acting as a Producer on this project, helping guide 

the team through the gameplay design, determining 

technological issues, as well as managing assets and 

the production timeline. 

This well-rounded education will help to hone 

your leadership, design, and project management 

skills in preparation for entering or advancing 

through the game industry. To help you make that 

transition, we’ve got a team of Career Development 

Professionals that will help you polish your 

interviewing skills and résumé and get you ready 

to enter the industry. In addition, our Career 




Objective 


knowledge and understanding of game development 

necessary to be successful in qualifying for entrylevel 

design and production positions. Completion 

of this degree program will greatly enhance your 

ability to work in the fast-paced environment of a 

game studio in an entry-level production role. The 

curriculum in this program develops your executive 

leadership skills, project and team management 

abilities, and teaches the production methodologies, 

as well as the marketing and media relations 

concepts used by major game studios. 

In addition to technical profi ciency, a Full Sail 

education is designed to foster the development of 

highly trained individuals who want to develop careers 

in the game and entertainment industries. The training 

you receive in this program will provide you with the 

tools to help sustain a long and productive career in 

the game and entertainment industries. 

GAME DESIGN 



GAME DESIGN | Master Master of Science Science Degree Program 


Game Design 


PROGRAM CORE 


GDM 560 Asset Management 4.00 

GDM 611 Game Capstone: Project I 1.00 

GDM 620 Game Capstone: Project Preproduction 4.00 

GDM 631 Game Capstone: Project Production I 1.00 

GDM 650 Game Capstone: Project Production II 4.00 

GDM 530 Game Production Tools 4.00 

GDM 525 Leadership and Team Dynamics 4.00 

GDM 640 Marketing and Media Relations 3.00 

GDM 510 Production Leadership 4.00 

GDM 521 Production Management Principles 4.00 

GDM 610 Production Methodologies 3.00 

GDM 630 Quality Assurance 4.00 

GDM 555 Research Design 4.00 

GDM 651 Thesis Defense 1.00 

GDM 690 Thesis: Presentation of Game Capstone 3.00 

Totals: 48.00 




1 2 3 4 5 6 

PRODUCTION 

LEADERSHIP 

RESEARCH 

DESIGN 

QUALITY 

ASSURANCE 

PRODUCTION 

MANAGEMENT 

PRINCIPLES 

LEADERSHIP & 

TEAM DYNAMICS 

ASSET 

MANAGEMENT 

7 8 9 10 11 12 

GAME 

PRODUCTION 

TOOLS 

PRODUCTION 

METHODOLOGIES 

GAME CAPSTONE: 

PROJECT I 


PROJECT 

PREPRODUCTION 

MARKETING & 

MEDIA RELATIONS 


PROJECT PRODUCTION I 


PROJECT PRODUCTION II 

THESIS: PRESENTATION 

OF GAME CAPSTONE 

DEVELOPMENT 

THESIS 

DEFENSE 


Program Core 

GDM 560 


Game Projects typically have thousands of 

assets that are created for each and every 

game. These can easily overwhelm most 

managers and cause problems in the game 

schedule. In this course students learn how 

to plan and organize their game assets from 

day one. This covers how to store assets, 

how to plan them in their schedule, and how 

to get them from one place to another, such 

as from the artist to the game itself. Students 

will also learn how to plan the localization of 

their games and assets for different regions. 




Asset Lists and Planning 

Storyboard and Concept Art 

Asset Workflow 

Theme Development 

Acceptance Requirements 

Localization 

Multiple SKUs 



GDM 611 

Game Capstone Project I 

This course has been created to address 

scheduling needs for students who have 

failed back in Final Project, and will be 

restarting month eight (but have already 

taken Production Methodologies and 

passed). This means that graduate students 

in Game Capstone Project 1 will be serving 

as internal producers for a team of bachelors 

students tasked with creating a game in 

five months. This work includes the initial 

and revised designs of the game, as well as 

garnering approval for that design through a 

pitch process. During the independent study 

component of the course, a faculty team 

evaluates the team’s progress. 


Game Design 

Team Pitches 

Team Coordination 



GDM 620 

Game Capstone: 

Project Preproduction 

In the Game Capstone: Project 

Preproduction Course, students are paired 

with an undergraduate Game Project group 

to plan the genre and scope of their game 

project, including designing the gameplay, 

and determining technological issues. 

Students decide what kind of features the 

game will have and exactly how they will be 

accomplished before assigning individual tasks 

and beginning production. 


Team Pitches 

Team Coordination 

Resource Allocation 

Asset Requirements 

Game Design 

Interface Design 



GDM 631 


Production I 

This course has been created to address 

scheduling needs for students who have 

failed back in Final Project, and will be 

restarting month eight (but have already 

taken Production Methodologies and 

Marketing and Media Relations, and passed). 

This means that, as in Game Capstone 

Project Production 2, graduate students in 

Game Capstone Project Production 1 will be 

serving as internal producers for a team of 

bachelors students tasked with creating a 

game in five months. This work includes the 

creation of a game engine and art assets. 

During the independent study component 

of the course, a faculty team evaluates the 

team’s progress. 


Task Tracking 

Milestone Acceptance 

Asset Tracking 

Defect Tracking 

Team Management 

Project Integration 

Presentation Preparation 



GDM 650 

Game Capstone: 

Project Production II 

In the Game Capstone: Project 

Production II Course, the final project serves 

as the culmination of skills developed during 

the Game Design Program, demonstrating the 

student’s discipline and mastery of computer 

game design and development. Students are 

placed into groups and given the task of writing 

a computer game. For the graduate student 

this will be their opportunity to act as Producer 

for the project. During the independent study 

component of the course, a faculty team 

evaluates the completeness of each team’s plan 

and progress. 


Task Tracking 

Milestone Acceptance 

Asset Tracking 

Defect Tracking 

Team Management 

Project Integration 

Presentation Preparation 




Program Core 

GDM 530 

Game Production Tools 

This course equips students with tools used 

in the processes of software production and 

project management. Students in this course 

learn about project management software 

that aids in the management, workflow, and 

documentation of projects, including Microsoft 

Project, Visio, asset management systems, 

defect tracking systems, and more. 


Microsoft Project 

Project Tracking 

Project Budgeting 

Tracking Resources 

Microsoft Visio 

Workflow Tracking 

Asset and Source Control 

Installers 

Wiki Creation 

Bug Tracking Tools 



GDM 525 


Team Dynamics 

The Leadership and Team Dynamics 

Course is focused on the soft skills necessary 

to successfully operate as an effective leader, 

particularly as that applies to production roles in 

the game industry. Students in this course build 

upon theories of leadership, management, and 

teambuilding discussed throughout the program, 

combining those concepts with theories of 

personality analysis that will give students 

greater insight into themselves and those they 

will lead in the industry. Students also have the 

opportunity to take on the leadership mantle, 

allowing them to experience the practical 

application of these theoretical systems. 


Leadership and Personality 

Co-Leadership Theory & Techniques 

Communication Theory 


Teambuilding Techniques 

Performance Metrics 



GDM 640 

Marketing and 

Media Relations 

This course takes students through the 

marketing process, helping them to develop 

the skills required to help an organization 

deliver a concise and credible message. 

Topics of study include consumer research, 

advertising, product planning, distribution, 

public relations, and media relationships. 

The culmination of this course is the application 

of these topics to the capstone final project. 


Marketing Overview 

Game Media 

Game and IP Branding 

Matching Game and Markets 

ESRB Ratings 

Community and Forum Relations 

Reviews and Rankings 



GDM 510 

Production Leadership 

The process of producing video games involves 

multiple highly technical team players and 

requires a specialized set of strategies for 

leading such a team. This course examines the 

theoretical basis for assessing team motivation 

and several effective approaches to influencing 

behavior and facilitating high performance for 

the individuals and the team as a whole. The 

students will be introduced to the scientific 

method and will develop critical thinking skills 

necessary for their thesis research and for the 

effective leadership of production teams. 


Power and Influence 

Communication 

Worker Motivation 

Research Methods 

Leader Traits and Skills 

Leadership Styles 

Situational Leadership 

Leadership Research and Theories 


Conflict Management 

Leading Diversity 

Leadership Ethics 



GDM 521 

Production 

Management Principles 

The Production Management Principles 

Course introduces students to general project 

management (PM) theory and principles, and 

offers practical applications for project planning 

and team management. Students are immersed 

in the project management body of knowledge, 

and explore case studies and real-life analogies 

to complement their theoretical understanding. 

The course begins with an introduction to PM 

and its importance, and then teaches students 

the five process groups (initiating, planning, 

executing, monitoring, and controlling and 

closing a project). Students become familiar 

with various knowledge areas (e.g., scope, 

time, cost, quality, integration, etc.), and are 

introduced to the countless management skills 

necessary to be successful project managers 

and team leaders. 


Creating a Project Plan 

Understanding Project Planning Software 

Project Plan Development and Execution 

Project Management and 

Budget Management 

Entertainment Leadership Portfolio 



GDM 610 

Production Methodologies 

The Production Methodologies Course 

examines the many different ways that 

managers can schedule, plan, and execute their 

projects. Students learn project management 

methods and software development methods 

and explore how these led to the basis of 

production methodologies. They also examine 

the different approaches to planning and 

executing projects, as well as learning which 

ones are more suited to the software and 

manufacturing fields. 




Production History 

Production for Manufacturing 

Production for Software Development 

Basic Production Methodologies 

Risk Management Strategies 

Software Integration Strategies 

Project Scope 

Lean and Agile Development 

Procurement 

Human Resources 



GDM 630 

Quality Assurance 

Quality Assurance is an integral component 

of the game design process. The successful 

delivery of a game is dependent on the 

verification and validation of an effective 

quality assurance system. Topics in this course 

include function prototypes, test sets (which 

include defect testing and acceptance testing), 

and structural prototyping. Students develop 

a continuous process improvement program for 

their capstone project. The bug testing cycle 

and accepted bug testing software are also 

introduced. This course provides students with 

the skills to design and implement a testing 

program from the beginning of the development 

cycle to the end. 


Bug Tracking Plan 

Defect Determination 

Tracking Software Configuration 

Prototyping 

Game Testing 

Bug Tracking and Allocation 



GDM 555 

Research Design 

The Research Design Course is a blend of 

academic and applied science, targeting core 

design principles through scholarly research 

methods and applied usability techniques. The 

first part of this course will allow the student 

to understand the core principles of applied 

research (validity). The second part of this course 

will allow the student to understand the core 

principles of applied design (usability). A human 

design approach will allow students to test 

commercial products and video games. Students 

will move past surface level references to game 

design mechanics, endeavoring to explore 

complex game mechanic constructs such as 

reward systems, timing, skills, rules, immersion, 

mental models, knowledge structures, and more. 


Advanced Research Methods 

Advanced Design Constructs 

Validity 

Game Usability 

Efficiency 

Game Feel 



GDM 651 

Thesis Defense 

Thesis Defense an in practicum course tied 

to students’ final step in the thesis process: 

defending their topic, paper, and findings to 

their thesis committee. Students are expected 

to be the expert on their research, to be able to 

support the conclusions they’ve drawn, and to 

be able to speak to the merits and limitations of 

the research they’re offering to the industry. The 

students’ committees must approve them for the 

possibility to defend, and that approval hinges 

upon the quality of the thesis paper submitted. 


Thesis Draft Submission 

Thesis Draft Revision 

Committee Draft Approval 

Thesis Defense Meeting 



GDM 690 

Thesis: Presentation 

of Game Capstone 

Development 

Evaluation of each student’s successful 

completion of the course is based on the 

completed game, the game presentation, 

and their leadership. 


Leadership Assessment 

Project Review 

Project Presentations 

Project Archival 

Final Milestone Acceptance 

Task Closure 

Portfolio Closure 

Interviews 



Game 

Development 


Video games have evolved into much more than 

just simple entertainment. It only takes one look 

at successful games today to see that the level of 

sophistication involved in game development is 

continually advancing. Improvements in hardware and 

software mean that game developers now have the 

freedom to use that technology to create gameplay 

that draws players into these digital worlds. 

Learning to build those worlds and experiences 

is the challenge facing game developers today, 

and it’s what our Game Development Bachelor of 

Science Degree Program is all about. By taking you 

through the theory and design principles of games, 

then focusing the curriculum on programming and 

implementation, the program is designed to take 

you through the entire game development process 

and prepare you for a challenging and rewarding 

career making games. 



Game Design 




CAMPUS 

PROGRAM 

ONLINE 

PROGRAM 


Programming Languages 

Interactive Development 

Architectures 

Projects 

CAMPUS ONLINE CAMPUS ONLINE 


* IF YOU’RE INTERESTED IN ANOTHER EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM TRACK, PLEASE CONTACT PROGRAMOUR 

PROGRAM ADMISSIONS 

GAME DEVELOPMENT PROGRAM 

| Bachelor Bachelor of Science Science Degree Program 159 

DEPARTMENT TO EXPLORE YOUR OPTIONS.

ENT 


data 

STRUCTURES 

Programming Languages 

Programming is the language of video games – the 

specifi c commands that control the what, how, and 

when of the game. To develop a game, you need to 

know components 

how to speak this language and understand 

how to program to get the most out of the hardware 

or software at your disposal. 

UNIQUE 

GAME DEV 

Full Sail’s Game Development program covers the 

standard building blocks of programming languages 

as well as advanced programming concepts like 

data structures and key algorithms. The primary 

language practical 

you’ll use is C++, but we’ll also expose you 

to APPLICATIONS 

Assembly, C, C#, and scripting tools you can use 

PROGRAM to create convincing LANGUAGES/ 

and interesting game worlds. 

INTERACTIVE Your programming courses DEVELOPMENT 

will start you off with the 

basics of computer programming and then slowly 

build your skillset by asking you to create a variety 

of small programs to test your understanding of 

different coding concepts. 

ARCHITECTURES 

PROPRIETARY 

game 

PROJECTS 

ENGINES 

preproduction 

PROCESSES 

key ALGORITHMS 

hardware 

software 

SYSTEMS 

data 

STRUCTURES 

UNIQUE 

Interactive Development 

components 

The Unreal engine, the Crytek engine, the Doom 

engine, and the development tools associated with 

them – these are the software tools that power 

many of the best-selling games of recent years. 

The development of these specialized, proprietary 

game engines and tools has become an important 

component at gaming studios where programmers 

and artists use them to build their levels and 

practical 

assemble a game. 

APPLICATIONS 

In the Game Development program, our specifi c tools 

classes cover such key concepts as geometry loaders, 

particle editors, level editors, and A.I. editors. Being 

able to develop tools specifi c to your game engine 

ultimately allows asset developers and level designers 

to machine 

save programming time and do their jobs more 

effectively – which in turn makes for better games. 

PROPRIETARY 

game 

ENGINES 

preproduction 

PROCESSES 

GRAPHIC 

audio 

ALGORITHMS 

A.I. coding 

COLLISION interface 

ARCHITECTURE 

OPTIMIZATION 

ASSETS 

keyALGORITHMS hardware 


SYSTEMS 


machine 

ARCHITECTURE 

OPTIMIZATION 

CONCEPTS 

PROPRIETARY 

game 

ENGINES 

preproduction 

PROCESSES 


machine 

ARCHITECTURE 

OPTIMIZATION 

GRAPHIC 

audio 

ALGORITHMS 

ASSETS 

A.I. coding 

CONCEPTS 


GAME DEVELOPMENT | Bachelor Bachelor of Science Science Degree Program 161

MS 

re e 

S 


GAME DEV 

PROPRIETARY 

game 

ENGINES 

PROGRAM LANGUAGES/ 

INTERACTIVE DEVELOPMENTmachine 

PROCESSES 

preproduction 

ARCHITECTURES 

.I. GRAPHIC 

coding 

CONCEPTS 

MS 

n S 

audio 

ASSETS GAME DEV 

Architectures 

PROJECTS 


INTERACTIVE DEVELOPMENT 

PROJECTS 

machine 


data 

ARCHITECTURE 

Technology has expanded to allow developers 

to create games across a number of different 

platforms – including cell phones, handheld game 

consoles, websites, and more. With so many 

options, understanding the unique components 

of each platform will make you better equipped 

as a developer. 

By learning the architecture of these hardware and 

software systems, you’ll better understand the 

preproduction processes, allowing you to plan your 

content around the architecture of the system before 

you actually ARCHITECTURES 

jump in and start coding. In courses like 

Machine Architecture and Optimization, you’ll learn 

the capabilities of a variety of different systems as 

you gain the foundation needed to write effective and 

powerful applications for many different platforms. 


ARCHITECTURE 

OPTIMIZATION 

OPTIMIZATION 

STRUCTURES 

UNIQUE 

components 

practical 

APPLICATIONS 

data 

STRUCTURES 

UNIQUE 

components 

practical 

APPLICATIONS 


hardware 


SYSTEMS 

PROPRIETARY 

game 

ENGINES 

preproduction 

PROCESSES 

GRAPHIC 

audio 

ALGORITHMS 

ASSETS 

A.I. coding 

CONCEPTS 


hardware 


SYSTEMS 


machine 

ARCHITECTURE 

OPTIMIZATION 

PROPRIETARY 

game 

ENGINES 

preproduction 

PROCESSES 


machine 

ARCHITECTURE 

OPTIMIZATION 

GRAPHIC 

audio 

ALGORITHMS 

ASSETS 

A.I. coding 

CONCEPTS 

coding 

FULL SAIL UNIVERSITY GAME DEVELOPMENT | 


GAME DEVELOPMENT | Bachelor Bachelor of Science Science Degree Program 163 

CONCEPTS


data 

STRUCTURES 

UNIQUE 

components 

practical 

APPLICATIONS 


hardware 


SYSTEMS 

ARCHITECTURES 

PROJECTS 



ARCHITECTURES 

PROPRIETARY 

game 

PROJECTS 

ENGINES 

preproduction 

PROCESSES 

GAME DEV 

PROGRAM LANGUAGES/ CONCEPTS 


ARCHITECTURES 

PROJECTS 

UNIQUE 

components 

data 

STRUCTURES 

practical 

components 

COLLISION practical interface 

APPLICATIONS 

keyALGORITHMS SYSTEMS 

hardware 


data 

STRUCTURES 

UNIQUE 

components 

practical 

APPLICATIONS 



UNIQUE 

APPLICATIONS 

machine 

ARCHITECTURE 

OPTIMIZATION 

GRAPHIC 

audio 

ALGORITHMS 

ASSETS 

A.I. coding 

hardware 


Projects 

PROPRIETARY 

game 

ENGINES 

preproduction 

PROCESSES 

SYSTEMS ALGORITHMS 

A.I. 

GRAPHIC 

audio 

ALGORITHMS 

ASSETS 

A.I. coding 

CONCEPTS 

Many of your courses in the Game Development 

program will feature projects dedicated to helping 

you apply your new skills to a practical application 

whether it’s creating a program that tests your A.I. 

algorithms or your implementation of collisiondetection 

in a 3D world. Further projects include 

creating your own small games that use the concepts 

of Windows programming as well as fundamental 

PROPRIETARY 

tasks such as interface design and score keeping. 


game 

ENGINES 

As the culmination of your education, your fi nal 

project in the program will place you on a team 

where you’ll pitch your idea for a complete game. 

After getting approval, a dedicated support staff will 

act hardware 

as the producers for your game – working with 

you throughout software the production to answer questions 

and help you gather your graphic and audio assets. 

SYSTEMS 

You’ll have the opportunity to team up with Game Art 

and Recording Arts students to work through every 

aspect of the development process, with the end 

result being a fully playable game that you’ve created 

from the ground up – your ideas, your gameplay, your 

own interactive demo reel – to show off to employers. A.I. 

ALGORITHMS 

preproduction 

PROCESSES 

COLLISION 

interface 

GRAPHIC 

preproduction 

PROCESSES 

GRAPHIC 

machine 

audio 

ARCHITECTURE 

ASSETS 

audio 

ASSETS 

OPTIMIZATION 

CO

166 

Overview 

Our Game Development curriculum is designed to 

give you the programming skills and game theory 

needed to excel in the world of game development. 

During the beginning of the program, you’ll be 

developing a foundation of programming skills and 

improving your grasp of the design concepts used 

to create content. You’ll learn the details of a game 

development cycle from preproduction to fi nished 

product, and begin to create simple games that will 

help to develop your programming and design skills. 

Then you’ll move into more complex and detailed 

tasks in courses like DirectX, OpenGL, Machine 

Architecture, Optimization, and Software Architecture. 

Finally, you’ll focus all those skills on your fi nal group 

project – a complete playable game that you design, 

develop, and produce from start to fi nish. It’s all part 

of a complete game development education that will 

get you ready to face the demands of the professional 

game world. 

In addition to learning the game development 

process, you’ll have courses focusing on computer 

business applications, personal fi nance management, 

communication skills, and how to prepare yourself for 

that fi rst step into the gaming industry. To help you 

make that transition, we’ve also got a team of Career 







Objective 


knowledge and understanding of game development 

useful in qualifying for entry-level, industry positions 

as game programmers, tool builders, network 

programmers, I/O programmers, collision detection 

developers, artifi cial intelligence programmers, 

engine builders, and interface programmers. 

Completion of this degree program will greatly 

enhance your ability to create program code for 

3D graphic display, multiplayer gaming, artifi cially 

intelligent opponents, and real time virtual 

environments. Additional skills at your disposal will 

include an understanding of the proper presentation 

of game docs as well as an understanding of the 

math and physics required to model a realistic 

game world. 










GAME DEVELOPMENT | Bachelor Bachelor of Science Science Degree Program 


Game Development 


PROGRAM CORE 


GDD 245 3D Content Creation 3.00 

CAP 4053 Artificial Intelligence † 4.00 

GDD 250 Data Structures 4.00 

GDD 111 Design Fundamentals 3.00 

GDD 355 DirectX 4.00 

GDD 477 Engine Development I 4.00 

GDD 478 Engine Development II 4.00 

DIG 3628 Game Networking † 3.00 

GDD 482 Game Planning & Architecture 4.00 

GDD 481 Game Preproduction 3.00 

GDD 490 Game Project I 4.00 

GDD 493 Game Project II 4.00 

GDD 495 Game Project III 4.00 

GDD 461 Machine Architecture I 3.00 

GDD 463 Machine Architecture II 3.00 

GDD 367 OpenGL 4.00 

GDD 291 Operating Systems 3.00 

GDD 472 Optimization 4.00 

COP 1000 Programming I † 4.00 

COP 2334 Programming II † 4.00 

COP 2335 Programming III † 4.00 

GDD 470 Real Time Animation 3.00 

GDD 125 Rules of the Game 3.00 

GDD 354 Software Architecture 3.00 


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 

ENGLISH 

COMPOSITION I 

DESIGN 

FUNDAMENTALS 

PROGRAMMING I PROGRAMMING II PROGRAMMING III 

CALCULUS & 

TRIGONOMETRY 

LINEAR ALGEBRA PHYSICS 

DATA 

STRUCTURES 

ETHICS & 

PSYCHOLOGY 

WINDOWS 

PROGRAMMING I 


& MYTHOLOGY 

WINDOWS 

PROGRAMMING II 

8 9 10 11 12 13 14 

DIRECTX 

SOFTWARE 

ARCHITECTURE 

STRUCTURE OF 

GAME DESIGN 

RULES OF 

THE GAME 

STRUCTURE OF 

GAME PRODUCTION I 

OPERATING 

SYSTEMS 

STRUCTURE OF 

GAME PRODUCTION II 

GDD 359 Software Engineering 3.00 

GDD 234 Structure of Game Design 4.00 

GDD 356 Structure of Game Production I 4.00 

GDD 358 Structure of Game Production II 4.00 

GDD 344 Windows Programming I 4.00 

GDD 345 Windows Programming II 4.00 




GEN 173 Calculus and Trigonometry 4.00 





GEN 242 Linear Algebra 4.00 

GEN 262 Physics 4.00 


Totals: 32.00 

OPENGL 

SOFTWARE ENGINEERING 



ENGINE 

DEVELOPMENT I 

MACHINE 

ARCHITECTURE I 

3D CONTENT 

CREATION 

OPTIMIZATION 

MACHINE 

ARCHITECTURE II 

15 16 17 18 19 20 21 

ARTIFICIAL 

INTELLIGENCE 

REAL TIME 

ANIMATION 

ENGINE 

DEVELOPMENT II 

GAME 

NETWORKING 

PUBLIC 

SPEAKING 

GAME 

PREPRODUCTION 

GAME PLANNING 

& ARCHITECTURE 

INTERPERSONAL 




GAME 

PROJECT I 

GAME 

PROJECT II 

GAME 

PROJECT III 


Program Core 

GDD 245 

3D Content Creation 

The 3D Content Creation Course explores 

techniques used in the professional game 

industry to create and render content for stateof-the-art 

real time 3D games. Topics covered 

include geometry, lighting, shading, texturing, 

the rendering pipeline, the content creation 

pipeline, animation, and level editors. Student 

assignments include creating and animating 

content with a major 3D modeling software 

package, as well as using a level editor to 

create environments for use in a commercial 

game engine. 





Introduction to Real Time 3D Graphics 

Lighting and Shading 

Textures and Texturing Techniques 

Modeling Theory 

Real Time Animation 

Level Editors 

Exporting 

Rendering and Content 

Creation Pipelines 



CAP 4053 

Artifi cial Intelligence † 

In the Artificial Intelligence Course, 

students learn techniques for designing 

intelligent behaviors and creating lifelike 

behaviors in characters to be used in 

modern games in order to provide realism, 

and computer opponents that continue to 

challenge players even after repeated gameplay. 

Students learn how to give intelligence 

to computer characters, including techniques 

for searching, game-playing, decision making, 

and learning. Various techniques for modeling 

realistic behaviors are also studied. 


Agent Architecture 

Knowledge Representation 

Problem-solving and Search 

Logical Deduction & Reasoning 

Genetic Algorithms 

Turn-based Game-playing 

Behavior-driven Intelligence 

Decision Making and Learning 



GDD 250 

Data Structures 

The Data Structures Course provides 

students with a programmer’s arsenal of code 

and techniques by introducing a variety of 

ways to manage data and organize programs. 

Students are reintroduced to core C++ 

concepts, and extensively examine memory and 

algorithms dealing with arrays. More complex 

programming constructs are also explored by 

looking at the linear, dynamic types, such as 

Linked Lists, Stacks, Queues, and Heaps. Nonlinear 

dynamic methods such as Hash Tables, 

Graphs, and Trees are studied in both concept 

and implementation. The course also looks at 

software engineering and code organization 

for large-scale projects in C++, focusing on 

utilizing Polymorphism and object-based design 

patterns. The concept of data-driven design is 

studied through the various projects assigned 

during the course. 


Program Memory Usage 

Arrays, Dynamic Arrays, and 

Array Algorithms 

Linked Lists and Linear Data Structures 

Hash Tables 

Trees 

Graphs 

The Standard Template Library 

Tools and Utilities 

Data Compression Techniques 

Data-driven Design 



GDD 111 

Design Fundamentals 

The Design Fundamentals Course 

examines three documentation stages of game 

development: concept design, preliminary 

design, and final design production. Students 

will learn and implement two of these stages 

by crafting an original game idea with a team of 

peers. They will begin with a brief examination 

of common approaches to design and work 

towards turning game ideas and concepts into 

clarified gameplay components that can be 

effectively documented and implemented during 

production. They will then work through an 

interactive process of brainstorming, concept 

creation, interactive storytelling, level objective 

planning, user experience design, interactivity, 

and interface design to connect their ideas 

and document them accordingly. They will 

maintain the integrity and scope of their 

projects by reviewing, analyzing, and editing 

their composition along the way. Each team will 

showcase their completed design in a formal 

presentation on the final day of the course. 


Brainstorming and Analysis 

Character and Story Development 

Interactivty, Interface, and Display Design 

Workshops and Editing 

Team Building and Project Planning 

Project Presentations 




Program Core 

GDD 355 

DirectX 

The DirectX Course covers the Microsoft 

DirectX API for the PC and the Xbox 360, 

which encompasses 2D and 3D graphical 

rendering and user input. The coursework in 

this class is mostly focused on the graphical 

portion of DirectX. 


Introduction to DirectX and 2D Drawing 

Rendering 3D Geometry 

HLSL Shader Language 

Texturing 

Terrain and Mesh Loading 

3D Lighting Models 

User Input with XInput and DirectInput 

Particles 



GDD 477 

Engine Development I 

The Engine Development I Course 

teaches students techniques used to integrate 

complex systems. In this course, students 

explore limitations of game engines with 

particular emphasis on the architectural engine 

design and feature integration. Students also 

study and exercise production methodologies 

and practices utilized by development studios 

to create stand-alone gaming applications. 

The course also covers the limitations of 

implementing cross-platform technology for 

console and PC-based systems. 


3D Object and Camera Motion 

View Frustum Culling 

Render State Organization, 

Techniques, and Optimizations 

Bonding Volume Hierarchies 

Independent Game Engine Research 



GDD 478 

Engine Development II 

The Engine Development II Course 

focuses on the most utilized motion systems 

found within game engines, taking into 

account low-level graphics libraries as well 

as 3D hardware issues. The course covers 

programming complex object and character 

motions driven by animations or user input. 

Additionally, game object interaction with 

other objects and environments using collision 

detection and reaction is covered. 


Spacial Partitioning 

Collision Detection, Intersections, 

and Reaction 

Animation Systems 

Independent Game Engine Research 



DIG 3628 

Game Networking † 

The Game Networking Course will cover 

the techniques and technologies required to 

create network-enabled games. Students 

will learn basic networking principles, 

network protocols, game-specific networking 

techniques, and various APIs and encapsulation 

techniques. In addition to connection-oriented 

and connectionless communications methods, 

students will also learn various network 

architectures (including the client/server model 

and peer-to-peer model) and the standard 

Windows/Unix Sockets API in C/C++. 


The Internet Protocol (IP) 

Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) 

Server Networking 

Networking Architectures 

User Datagram Protocol (UDP) 

DNS and IPv6 

APIs and Frameworks 



GDD 482 

Game Planning 

& Architecture 

In the Game Planning & Architecture 

Course, project teams meet to plan the art 

and technology for their game. They work 

together to create a project plan and assess 

the risks in their project as well as meet with 

artists to develop early prototypes of the 

more challenging pieces of technology in their 

project. This course is designed to help students 

develop strong communication skills as they 

work in a team with programmers and artists. 


Asset Planning 

Production Schedule Creation 

Risk Assessment 

Technology Planning 

Architecture Creation & Integration 




GDD 481 

Game Preproduction 

In the Game Preproduction Course, the 

students plan and pitch the genre and scope 

of their game, including the actual design, 

interactivity, theme, art style, and possible 

project issues. Students will decide on what 

features will be in the game and who will do 

what on the project. The students will also 

design out their story and the assets needed 

in their project and who will be working on 

them as well. 



Planning Methodology 

Design Creation 

Art/Theme Creation & Integration 



GDD 490 

Game Project I 

The Game Project I Course immerses 

students in a four-week game development 

project with heavy emphasis on teamwork and 

two milestones; Feature Fragment (s) one and 

two. Students will take their documentation 

created in previous classes and begin work 

on their project by coding their core gameplay 

and major features for their game by the end of 

the month. 


Introduction to Advanced 

Game Production 

Continuous and Nightly Build Process 

Presentation and Milestone Acceptance 

Game Project 

Game Creation 



GDD 493 

Game Project II 

The Game Project II Course continues 

a four-week game development project that 

was begun in Game Project I. The emphasis on 

teamwork and project planning continue during 

this class along with two major milestones. 

Student assignments include maintenance 

of technical design documentation, 

implementation of game technology, 

preparation and presentations of their Alpha 

and Beta milestones, as well as continued work 

on game projects and integration of their assets 

towards their final milestone. 


Alpha Preparation 

Alpha Presentation 

Alpha Review 

Beta Preparation 

Beta Presentation 

Beta Review 

Game Project 



GDD 495 

Game Project III 

The Game Project III Course continues 

with another four-week game development 

project that was begun in Game Project I & 

II. The emphasis on teamwork and project 

planning continue during this class. Students 

will begin their Software Quality Assurance 

cycle with the emphasis on proper defect 

reporting mechanisms and correction. Student 

assignments include maintenance of technical 

design documentation, implementation of 

game technology, implementation of a quality 

assurance cycle as well as continued work on 

game projects in a move towards their final 

milestone and completion of their project. 





Final Preparation 

Final Presentation 

Archive/Wrap-up 

Game Compliance 

Self-Analysis and Review 

Game Project 



GDD 461 

Machine Architecture I 

This course emphasizes the relationship between 

high level programming languages and the 

hardware they compile and run upon. We 

take a closer look at how code actually runs 

on the processor in terms of clock cycles, 

the assembly produced, and the trade-offs 

between memory versus CPU overhead. 

Close attention is given to memory operations 

and bitwise manipulation. Time is also spent 

learning how to navigate around a commandline 

Unix-based environment as an introduction 

to a non-Windows based operating system. 


Data Representation 

Von Neumann Architecture 

X86 Instructions 

Instructions Set Construction 

Cache Memory 

Virtual Memory 



GDD 463 

Machine Architecture II 

An embedded computer system operates 

differently from a desktop or laptop machine. 

There is generally no operating system and 

the functionality requires closer interaction 

with the hardware. In this course, the students 

will investigate machine architecture with 

a particular focus on how the hardware 

architecture influences the way the software 

is designed and crafting code sequences 

that marry with the hardware to improve 

performance. The class will explore the 

embedded development with an emphasis on 

how the system impacts the software design 

and development methodologies. 


Embedded Hardware Systems (GBA) 

Visualization in an Embedded System 

Interrupt Service Routines 

Hardware Timers and their Use 

Input Processing in Embedded Systems 

Optimizing Code for a Target Processor 



GDD 367 

OpenGL 

In this course, students are instructed in the 

use of OpenGL, a high performance crossplatform 

real time 3D graphics library that is 

widely used in both the game and simulation 

industries. Beginning with the basic fixed 

pipeline functionality, including lighting, texture 

mapping, and other special effects, students 

progress to using programmable pipeline 

features for the highest performance and 

ultimate flexibility in graphics special effects. 

Advanced applications of matrices for 3D 

object and camera transformations are also 

covered within the context of OpenGL. 


Introduction to OpenGL Programming/ 

3D Primitives and Projections 

3D Transformations 

Lighting, Materials, Special Effects 

Basic Texture Mapping 

Vertex Arrays and VBO’s 

Advanced Texture Mapping 

and Other Techniques 

Introduction to Shaders 

Intermediate Vertex and 

Fragment Programs 

Cross-platform Rendering 



GDD 291 

Operating Systems 

In the Operating Systems Course, students 

learn the concepts of modern operating systems 

and how they impact the code we create. 

The students also learn how to construct 

multi-threaded applications that are critical for 

utilizing modern multi-core processors to their 

fullest extent. Students can use this knowledge 

to better design their code to efficiently use the 

operating systems and CPU hardware on almost 

any system that they need to use in their career. 

Various API for multithreading are examined 

after the concepts have been used with a more 

“learning” friendly API. 


Modern Operating Systems 

System Services 

System Programs 

Synchronization Methods 

Advantages of Threading 

CPU Scheduling 

Deadlock Avoidance 

Virtual Memory 




Program Core 

GDD 472 

Optimization 

The Optimization Course focuses on the 

techniques required for increasing the frame 

rate of video game applications. By examining 

the relationship between the CPU, GPU, and 

their architectures, students better understand 

how code and art affects their platform. 

Students are introduced to the process 

of detecting optimization bottlenecks and 

hotspots for the CPU, GPU, and other hardware 

resources. Students also explore methods 

used to solve common video game hotspots 

and bottlenecks. These methods increase 

performance through techniques that involve 

memory, multi-threading, shaders, drivers, and 

CPU/GPU processing. 


LCPU, GPU Bus Architecture 

CPU Detection and Optimization 

GPU Detection and Optimization 

Multi-threading 

Shading and Optimization 

Optimization Tools 



COP 1000 

Programming I † 

This course teaches the C++ programming 

language as a foundation for creating games. 

Students will learn basic C++ coding syntax as 

well as fundamental skills such as designing 

and building programs. 


Introduction to Programming 

Variables and Branches 

Loops and Arrays 

Strings and Functions 

Structures 

Pointers and Dynamic Memory 



COP 2334 

Programming II † 

The Programming II Course continues 

teaching the C++ programming language, 

focusing on its object-oriented structure as a 

tool for creating games. Students in this course 

learn class-based C++ coding syntax as well 

as additional skills for designing and building 

programs. Students are also shown more 

advanced concepts such as data structures 

and key algorithms. 


Classes 

Linked Lists and Related Data Structures 

Class Operators and Friends 

Public Inheritance 

Number Bases, Recursion and 

Function Pointers 



COP 2335 

Programming III † 

The Programming III Course finishes 

teaching the essentials of C++ and introduces 

some handy new items such as the Standard 

Template Library plus file input and output. 

During this time students are also able to 

review some critical topics from previous 

months such as debugging, dynamic memory, 

classes and linked lists. With the addition 

of persistent storage, parameterized types 

and preexisting code libraries, creating 

more complex projects is both easier and 

quicker, preparing the students for the larger 

applications developed in following courses. 


Debugging, Dynamic Memory and LL 

File I/O 

Rapid Application Development 

Class Hierarchies 

Templates and Algorithms 



GDD 470 

Real Time Animation 

Rich and efficient real time animation has 

become critical in today’s 3D games. In this 

course, the students will examine a wide 

scope of animation techniques that are used in 

traditional computer animations and in-game 

real time animation. Course material will 

focus on developing executable animation 

components including, morphing, articulated 

animation, skin and bones characters, an 

adaptable animation playback system and 

exporting/importing animation data from 

industry standard animation creation tools. 


Animation Classification and Techniques 

Morphing 

Articulated Animation 

Skin and Bones Animation 

Animation Playback System 

Animation Compression Techniques 

Importing and Exporting Animation Data 

Examinations 



GDD 125 

Rules of the Game 

Creating a game that is both engaging and 

enjoyable requires much more than just 

programming skills and a good storyline! A 

good game must entertain, which requires 

conflict structure, play pacing, play balance, 

and a good formula for incremental resolution 

and reward. The Rules of the Game Course 

employs a heuristic process designed to help 

students identify and cultivate the enigmatic 

element of fun in games. Students will explore 

the process of rules structuring and game 

usability principles, including interface design 

and the range of testing procedures. They 

apply these principles to their projects, a game 

prototype for the companion course Structure 

of Game Production, and employ a tiered 

testing process to confirm play viability and 

fun factor! 


Game Design Elements 


Storytelling 

Game Usability 



GDD 354 

Software Architecture 

In the Software Architecture Course 

the student learns to communicate ideas 

involved in the process of constructing 

software using the Unified Modeling 

Language. Exposure to common design 

patterns and development lifecycles help 

the student to learn how a robust software 

architecture can remain flexible and 

facilitate change. 


Software Development Lifecycles 

Unified Modeling Language 

Common Architectural Styles 

and Principles 

Software Design Patterns 

Case Studies 



GDD 359 

Software Engineering 

The Software Engineering Course 

emphasizes good design practices, debugging, 

software testing, and team collaboration. 

Specific topics covered include requirements 

analysis, design documentation, design 

patterns, coding standards, common coding 

errors, debugging strategies, testing methods, 

test case design, and source control. To put 

these concepts into practice, the students 

work in small teams and port an existing 

game to an arcade platform. In short, skills 

that are indispensable to success to the game 

development industry, but that are often skipped 

in a traditional computer science curriculum. 





Code Conventions 

Source Version Control 

Debugging Practices 

Problem-solving Techniques 

Technical Documentation Solutions 

Research Pathways 

Large-scale Project Maintenance 



GDD 234 

Structure of Game Design 

The Structure of Game Design Course 

is designed to communicate the important 

techniques used by game programmers and 

designers during a typical production cycle. 

Student assignments include, but are not 

limited to, implementation of reusable game 

technology, algorithm analysis, usage of game 

industry tools and platforms, and game projects. 


Introduction to Basic Game Structure 

Elements of Reusable 

Game Technology 

Game Logic and 2D 

Collision Detection 

Integrating Game Design 

and Programming 

Using Design Patterns to Build 

Scalable Architectures 

Developing Scripting Languages 

Introduction to Tile Maps 



GDD 356 

Structure of 

Game Production I 

The Structure of Game Production I 

Course immerses students in the initial stages 

of an eight-week game development project with 

heavy emphasis on teamwork as well as project 

planning and documentation. Students are also 

introduced to Agile Production Methodologies 

and Best Practices of Game Production. 

Student assignments include creation and 

maintenance of technical design documentation, 

implementation of game technology, and 

project planning details designed to provide a 

strong foundation for delivering milestones in 

subsequent courses. 


Introduction to Game Production 

Game Production Methodologies 

Elements of Teamwork 

Schedule Creation and Documentation 

Game Project 



GDD 358 

Structure of 

Game Production II 

The Structure of Game Production II 

Course concludes an eight-week game 

development project with heavy emphasis 

on teamwork as well as project planning and 

documentation. Students are also introduced 

to a Software Quality Assurance cycle with 

an emphasis on peer review and proper 

defect reporting mechanisms. Student 

assignments include Milestone planning, 

implementation of game technologies and 

features, and design and implementation of a 

quality assurance cycle, designed to provide 

a strong foundation for delivering milestones 

in subsequent courses. 


Project Overview 

Phases of Production 

Schedule Creation and Documentation 

Game Project 

Software Testing Techniques 

Presentation and Self-analysis 



GDD 344 

Windows Programming I 

The Windows Programming I Course is a 

comprehensive survey of Windows programming 

through the use of the C-style Win32 API. The 

Win32 API is examined in order to gain a full 

understanding of its nature and scope, with 

particular attention paid to message-driven 

architecture and how programming with the 

Win32 API is different from console techniques. 

Students also explore dialog boxes, Windows 

common controls, the Win32 GDI, dynamic link 

libraries, and multitasking. 


Win32 Overview 

Win32 API 

GDI 

The File Menu 

Real-Time Programming 

Multi-Threading 

Bitmaps 

Advanced Win32 Topics 

Dynamic Link Libraries 

MFC 





GDD 345 

Windows Programming II 

The Windows Programming II Course 

is a comprehensive survey of Windows 

programming through the use of the objectoriented 

.NET Framework in conjunction 

with the C# programming language. The .NET 

Class Library is examined in detail to gain a 

full understanding of its nature and scope 

as related to creating stand-alone Windows 

applications. Particular attention is paid to 

the Form and Control classes along with event 

handling, resource management, and graphic 

output via the GDI+ graphics language. 


.NET and C# 

Forms 

Dialogs 

Control Layout 

GDI+ 

Coordinate Systems 

Controls 

XML 

Design-time 

Final Project 



GEN 173 

Calculus and Trigonometry 

The Calculus and Trigonometry Course 

is the first of two pure math courses in the 

program. During this course, the concepts of 

limits, tangents, derivatives and integrals are 

covered, as they have direct applications in 

the optimization of physics formulas. Students 

are also introduced to multi-variable calculus. 

This course is a prerequisite for the Linear 

Algebra and Physics courses. 


Limits and Rates of Change 

Derivatives 

Application of Derivatives 

Integrals 

Application of Integrals 

Multi-variable Calculus 



ENC 1101 















Grammar 





PPE 2110 

























GEN 251 


and Mythology 




















and Myths 










SPC 2140 

Interpersonal 

























GEN 242 

Linear Algebra 

The Linear Algebra Course is the second 

of two pure math courses in this program. The 

course starts with a quick review of selected 

topics in geometry, algebra II, and trigonometry. 

Students then build on that foundation for 

applications in collision detection and motion 

of objects. Vectors, matrices, and quaternion 

are introduced to control the way objects move 

and interact on screen using C++/DirectX, and 

students create libraries of code functions that 

can be used in future courses. This course is a 

prerequisite for the Physics, AI, Game Engine, 

DirectX, and OpenGL courses. 


Vector Operations 

Matrix Operations 

Determinants 

2D and 3D Transformations 

Planes and Lines in 3D Space 

Collision Detections 

Coordinate Systems and the 

Gram-Schmidt Algorithm 

Introduction to Vectors Calculus 

Quaternion 






GEN 262 

Physics 

The Physics Course is about physics 

modeling and simulation, teaching students 

how to understand the world through physics 

in order to create physically realistic 3D 

graphics environments for game development. 

Real world phenomena such as motion and 

collisions are described in terms of physical 

formulas, which can then be translated into 

computer code. The development of problem 

solving skills is emphasized. Students learn 

the techniques of identifying behaviors, 

breaking them down into component parts, 

and creating computer models to handle 

particular behaviors using DirectX/C++. 


Particles Kinematics 

Particle Dynamics 

Numerical Methods (Euler, Verlet 

Integration, Velocity Verlet, RK4,Taylor’s 

Series Approximation, Midpoint Methods) 

Collision Detections 

Particles Dynamics 

Particle Collision Responses 

Rigid Body Kinematics 

Quaternion 

Rigid Body Dynamics 

Rigid Body Collision Responses 



SPC 1606 









all speech communication. Students study 

and participate in the creation and delivery 

of at least three types of speeches. Targetaudience 

identification, surveys, body 

language, effective speaking techniques, 

and pre-speech planning are investigated 

and used to create speeches. 













Graphic 

Design 


Graphic design is everywhere. In almost every aspect 

of our lives, art is used to convey a message, and 

everything that we buy has some amount of design 

that goes into it. Whether it’s a t-shirt, magazine, 

billboard, website, or a company logo, we are 

constantly surrounded by visuals that tell a story or 

express an idea. The vision driving these images is 

one that shapes the world and the way that we see it. 

When you enter Full Sail’s Graphic Design program, 

you join the ranks of those who choose to spread 

their vision on a wider scale. It’s about combining 

the beauty and wonder of art with the mechanics of 

design to deliver a client’s message in a compelling 

way. It’s about communicating a story through visual 

means. And regardless of how you choose to tell that 

story, you’ll be immersed in a world of creativity, 

where the only limitation is your own imagination. 





Media Design 


CAMPUS 

PROGRAM 

ONLINE 

PROGRAM 



Design Fundamentals 

Branding/Identity 

Personal Identity Project 


* IF YOU’RE INTERESTED IN ANOTHER EDUCATIONAL TRACK, PLEASE CAMPUS CONTACT OUR ADMISSIONS ONLINE 

GRAPHIC DESIGN | Associate Associate of Science Science Degree Program 177 

PROGRAM PROGRAM 


TITY 

TITY 


ESIGN 

chitecture 

DESIGN 

IMAGES 

design 

ements 

spective 

COLOR 

typography 

SUPPORT 

ELEMENTS elements 

ES LEMENTS 

ign 

HIC DESIGN 

R 

STORYTELLING 

raphy 


DESIGN 

architecture 

DESIGN 

THEORY 

elements 

perspective 

elements 

IMAGES 

DESIGN 

design 

architecture 

delivering CONTENT 

YOUR 

MESSAGE 


design 

FOUNDATION 

THEORY 

COLOR 

typography 

BRAND 

Design DESIGN Fundamentals 

FUNDAMENTALS 

ELEMENTS 

Having CREATING a healthy A design PERSONAL vocabulary IDENTITY CAREER 

OBJECTIVES 

SUPPORT 

helps OBJECTIVES 

ensure advancement 

CORPORATE BRANDING/IDENTITY 

delivering 

YOUR 

MESSAGE 

elements 

ofDESIGN 

DIGITAL 

CONTENT 

DIGITAL 

CONTENT 

architecture elements 

IMAGES 

designsoftware 

FOUNDATION 

DESIGN perspective 

elements 

COLOR 



FUNDAMENTALS 

COLOR 

typography 

delivering 


YOUR 

MESSAGE 

DIGITAL STORYTELLING 

DESIGN FUNDAMENTALS 

design 

IMAGES 

design 

DESIGN FUNDAMENTALS CORPORATE BRANDING/IDENTITY 

BRAND 






elements 

DIGITAL 

Art is about self-expression and aesthetic 

satisfaction. Design incorporates those elements, 

that there are no barriers to your ability to take on 

but its purpose is more direct – to convey a client’s 

projects and assignments. That’s why the Graphic 

message. To be able to do this effectively, you’ll need Design program starts with key concepts that will 

to have a fi rm grasp on how a story or message can inform all of your design work. You’ll study the 

rand 

be conveyed by images and design, a concept that 

psychological impact and importance of color and 

CAREER brand 

has existed since art’s beginnings. 

learn to use typography as an effective design 

advancement elements element. You’ll also study the best logos and 

By studying art’s historical context through CREATING selected ELEMENTS 

A PERSONAL symbols IDENTITY CAREER 

in the fi eld of graphic design and explore 

monuments of design and architecture in the Western 

their meaning and technique, delivering 

all in preparation for 

tradition and the effect DESIGN 

they had on the civilizations 

creating a personalized logo that works. 

that produced them, you’ll develop a better 

understanding of how to apply similar theories to 

You’ll also work to develop your skills with software 

architecture YOUR 

aid you in delivering your message, whatever it 

applications that are used every MESSAGE 

day in the design 

may be. You’ll combine this understanding with 

world, such as Adobe Photoshop, Illustrator, and 

the software tools that allow you to easily produce 

After Effects. The combination of design theory and 

personal digital content that communicates a story 

knowledge of powerful software will give you the 

or theme – whether it’s your own, a client’s, or that 

foundation you need to start creating great design. 

of the entire world. 

DESIGN design 


advancement 

CREATING A PERSONAL IDENTITY 

THEORY 

DESIGN design software 

IMAGES 

design 

COLOR 

typography 

SUPPORT 

elements 

DESIGN 

typography 

perspective 

ELEMENTS 

SUPPORT 

brand 

elements 

ELEMENTS 

CAREER 

advancement 

DESIGN 

architecture 

DESIGN 

ELEMENTS 

brand 

ELEMENTS 

DIGITAL 

CONTENT 


FOUNDATION 

delivering 

YOUR 

MESSAGE 

THEORY 

DESIGN 

architecture 

design 

THEORY 

DESIGN 

elements 

elements 

BRAND 

OBJECTIVES 

delivering 

YOUR 

MESSAGE 

design 

BRAND 

perspective 

elements ELEMENTS 


brand 

ELEMENTS 

OBJECTIVES 


DIGITAL 

DIGITAL 

CONTENT 


CONTENT FOUNDATION 

delivering 

YOUR 

MESSAGE 


FOUNDATION 

design 

THEORY 

BRAND 

OBJECTIVES 

elements 

ofDESIGN

OLOR 

DESIGN 

ypography 

ENTALS COLOR 

Areas of typography 

Focus 

SUPPORT 

lements 

NDING/IDENTITY 

CAREER 

dvancement 

IMAGES 

SONAL IDENTITY 

design 

COLOR 

typography 

SUPPORT 

elements 

CAREER 

advancement 

elements 

perspective 

SUPPORT ELEMENTS 

elements 

brand 

Branding/Identity 

A brand is more than just a logo; it’s a set of values 

that the public ELEMENTS 

can believe in and associate with a 

name CAREERDESIGN 

or company. From a designer’s perspective, it 

advancement 

involves sitting down with architecture 

a client and being able to 

offer up insight for every piece of collateral, package 

design, sponsorship, and event that you’re involved 

in, explaining how each element supports the 

company’s brand objectives. In the eyes of the client, 

DESIGN 

you’re no longer just doing contract work – you’re 

now a partner in their endeavors. 

elements 

Of course, aside from any design work, there are 

other important skills you need to learn to be able to 

relate to and communicate with a client, and we cover 

those topics too, as you perspective 

gain experience with all 

aspects of the corporate branding process. 

ELEMENTS 

brand 

ELEMENTS 

design DESIGN 

elements 

THEORY 

BRAND 

OBJECTIVES 

ELEMENTS 

perspective 

elements 

brand 


FOUNDATION 

ofDESIGN DIGITAL 

ELEMENTS 

deliveringelements 

YOUR 

MESSAGE 

design 

Personal THEORY Identity Project 

Just as a company’s brand is an essential component 

of its success, your own personal brand is just as 

crucial to the advancement of your career. The fi nal 

portion of the Graphic Design program will task you 

to complete BRAND 

a Personal Identity Project that will bring 

together all the OBJECTIVES 

disparate elements of design that 

form your personal brand. 

By creating a portfolio, you’ll collect your existing 

pieces of work into a professional, impressive cache 

that can elements 

turn an average job interview into a great 

one. And throughout the portfolio process, you’ll be 

exposed to a series of innovative personal brands in 

the industry, studying everything from the design 

of successful logos to the type of letterhead used in 

documents. In the end, you’ll use all this knowledge 

to pull together a powerful and unique expression 

of your identity. 


design 

THEORY 

BRAND 

OBJECTIVES 


CONTENT 


FOUNDATION 


FOUNDATION 



DESIGN FUNDAMENTALS 


CREATING A PERSONAL IDENTITY 

IMAGES 

design 

COLOR 

typography 

SUPPORT 

elements 

CAREER 

advancement 


GRAPHIC DESIGN | Associate Associate of Science Science Degree Program 181

182 

Overview 

Our Graphic Design curriculum gives you hands-on 

experience that will prepare you for a career in the 

fi eld of design. You’ll create projects for assignments 

where no two submissions are alike – from print 

publishing to package design to interface design 

and more. Along the way, your projects will be 

documented in a design diary, logging both instructor 

feedback on various assignments and your own 

notes indicating what was done to improve the work. 

This will become a valuable reference tool for the 

program’s fi nal project, when you’ll assemble all 

you’ve learned along the way to put together a piece 

of work that will be the highlight of a diverse and 

stylized portfolio. 

In addition to art and design skills, you’ll also have 

courses in real-world topics like corporate branding 

and identity, client relations, and how to give and 

receive work critique, as well as courses focusing on 

communication skills, art history, and how to prepare 

yourself for that fi rst step into the design industry. To 

help you make that transition, we’ve also got a team 


you polish your interviewing skills and résumé and 

get you ready to enter the industry. In addition, our 

Career Development services and advisors will be 



Objective 


and understanding of graphic arts production needed 

to qualify for entry-level, industry positions as graphic 

designers, media designers, web designers, digital 

image processors, art directors and various other 

positions in graphic arts production. Additional skills 

you acquire in customer relations, copyright law, and 

corporate branding will broaden your opportunities 

for a variety of positions in the industry. 










GRAPHIC DESIGN | Associate Associate of Science Science Degree Program 


Graphic Design 


PROGRAM CORE 



GRD 273 Client Relations 3.00 

GRD 124 Color Theory 3.00 

GRD 254 Corporate Branding 3.00 

GRD 167 Critique Structures 4.00 

ART 1201 Design and Art Theory † 4.00 


GRD 162 Digital Photography 4.00 

GRD 244 Digital Publishing 4.00 

DGT 117 Digital Storytelling 3.00 

DGT 252 Digital Video 4.00 

DGT 262 Editing Digital Video 4.00 

DGT 275 Flash Media 4.00 

DGT 273 Graphic Web Design 4.00 

GRD 293 Graphics Personal Identity Project I 4.00 

GRD 294 Graphics Personal Identity Project II 4.00 


GRD 156 Logos and Symbols* 3.00 

GRD 282 Portfolio Creation 3.00 

DGT 232 Typography and Page Layout 3.00 

Totals: 72.00 


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 

ART HISTORY DESIGN & ART THEORY 

ENGLISH COMPOSITION I DIGITAL STORYTELLING 

DESIGNING 

COMPUTER GRAPHICS 

DEVELOPMENTAL 

PSYCHOLOGY 


GRAPHICS 

COLOR THEORY 

CRITIQUE STRUCTURES DIGITAL PHOTOGRAPHY GRAPHIC WEB DESIGN 

TYPOGRAPHY & 

PAGE LAYOUT 

LOGOS & SYMBOLS 

8 9 10 11 12 13 

FLASH MEDIA 

DIGITAL VIDEO 

EDITING DIGITAL VIDEO DIGITAL PUBLISHING 


GRAPHICS PERSONAL 

IDENTITY PROJECT I 

COLLEGE MATHEMATICS CORPORATE BRANDING CLIENT RELATIONS PORTFOLIO CREATION 




DEP 2004 Developmental Psychology 4.00 


Totals: 16.00 





GRAPHICS PERSONAL 

IDENTITY PROJECT II 

INTELLECTUAL 



Program Core 

DGT 241 

Advanced 


The Advanced Computer Graphics 

Course trains students in advanced levels of 





and introduces the production timeline and 

graphical requirements for the manipulation 

of digital images in a studio environment. 






Advanced Design and Color 






GRD 273 

Client Relations 

The Client Relations Course introduces 

students to normal business practices and how 

to navigate them, providing an understanding 

of how the complex client/designer relationship 

is critical for success. Students are exposed 

to many techniques for gaining and keeping 

the trust of the client. Concepts of negotiation 

and how to use it effectively in business are 

explored. Students participate in groups 

simulating real world client/designer 

business scenarios. 


The Business Process 

The Client Relationship 

Gaining the Client’s Trust 

Client Relationship Workshop 



GRD 124 

Color Theory 

The Color Theory Course exposes the 

student to the theories and application of 

color, as it relates to both print and screen. 

Historical and geographical perspectives will 

be discussed. Methods and techniques of the 

use of color to create impact, combined with 

the necessary color correction for the many 

delivery options are reviewed. In this course, 

students also explore color calibration, both 

with software and hardware tools. 


Color Theory in Principle 

Applied Color Theory 

Psychology of Color 

Color Calibration 



GRD 254 

Corporate Branding 

The Corporate Branding Course builds 


and focuses on what makes an effective 

brand. Students are exposed to many of 

the best-known brands and their impact on 

our world. Concepts of branding and how 

to use it effectively in the corporate market 

are explored. Students will create their own 

Corporate Brand portfolio. 


Understanding Corporate Branding 

Great Branding Campaigns 

The Branding Process 

Corporate Branding Project 



GRD 167 

Critique Structures 

The Critique Structures Course examines 

the process of evaluating and describing digital 

and traditional pieces. Students participate 

in an in-depth discussion of looking and 

experiencing art and design content done by 

artists, graphics professionals, and students 

of many genres. The examination of how well 

the pieces accomplish their design, value, 

complexity, and aesthetics are discussed. The 

students will critique a number of works in this 

course, both individually and in groups. 


Principles of Aesthetics 

Applied Aesthetics 

Student Critiques 

Guided Discussion 

Critique Portfolio 



ART 1201 

Design and Art Theory † 

Design and Art Theory provides an 

understanding of composition, design, art, 

basic color, and graphics through a study of 

varied artistic styles and their sociological 

and psychological effects throughout history. 

This course is essential in the multimedia 

world, where traditional art forms are often 

blended with current imagery to create a new 

and significant artistic genre. 


Introduction to Visual Thinking 

Drawing Workshop, Color and 

Value, Perspective 

Elements and Composition of Art 

and Graphics 

Cartooning, Animation, 

and Storyboarding 



DGT 112 

Designing 


The Designing Computer Graphics 

Course trains students in basic levels of 




design from a problem-solving point of view, as 

students receive instruction in color theory and 

correction, input/output techniques, and tools 

for graphic design and image compositing. 


Computer Graphics Tools 






GRD 162 


The Digital Photography Course builds 


especially composition and aesthetics. 

Students will be exposed to many of the best 

photographers’ work and will learn advanced 

techniques for taking digital photographs, 

editing and presenting them, and managing 

meta-data/files with industry leading software. 

In this course, students are asked to shoot and 

present their work in various delivery platforms. 


can be used across all types of media. 


Taking Great Digital Photos 

Editing for Impact 

Photo Manipulation 

Digital Photography Project 




Program Core 

GRD 244 


The Digital Publishing Course mirrors the 

professional graphic art industry workflow 

model. Students work in teams with a lead 

designer, designers, production artists, an 

illustrator, and a digital pre-press artist, cycling 

through the responsibilities for each project. 

For the duration of the course, each student 

gains team-publishing experience using Adobe 

Acrobat in a document review cycle with 

a client. Students have the opportunity to 

produce a CD/DVD cover and sleeve, a poster, 

a magazine cover and 16-page signature, 

a brochure, and an e-book. 


Digital Publishing Cycle 

Digital Pre-press Concepts 


Design and Production of 

Online Documents 

Interactive Online Documents 



DGT 117 


The Digital Storytelling Course leads the 

student through the methods and techniques 

of creating personal digital content using the 

Apple iLife Suite. In this course, students are 

asked to explore this powerful suite of tools 

to create many pieces of personal expression, 

including Podcasts, movies and websites. 


show that they could be used across all types 



iPhoto and iWeb 

iMovie and Garage Band 

iDVD and iTunes 

iLife Project 



DGT 252 

Digital Video 

The Digital Video Course is a preliminary 

production course for the Graphic Design 

program. In this course, students are 

introduced to the primary concepts of 

storytelling, sound design, imaging, and 

editing. This course also introduces students 

to the production model, media types (text, 

image, and sound), and the technologies of 

multimedia architectures. 


Storytelling 

Media Types 




DGT 262 

Editing Digital Video 

The Editing Digital Video Course covers 

the art and science of non-linear editing. In this 

course, students learn how editing choices 

impact how the project will be perceived 

and ultimately affect its success. Students 

are introduced to the advanced concepts of 

imaging and editing, as well as the production 

model of editing video in the industry. Students 

also participate in group discussions about 

editing choices and audience. 


Editing Techniques 

Production Workflow 

Editing with Final Cut Pro 



DGT 275 

Flash Media 

The Flash Media Course focuses on the 

creation of engaging interactive content 

for the Internet utilizing Adobe Flash, an 

industry-standard Web authoring software 

package. In addition to learning the key 

elements of the Flash interface, students 

explore how to create and edit rich media for 

deployment on the Web. Optimization and 

publishing techniques for audio, video, and 

animation will be addressed to ensure smooth 

performance within the Web environment. 


Flash Authoring Environment 

Drawing Tools 

Flash Animation Techniques 

Optimizing and Publishing 



DGT 273 

Graphic Web Design 

The Graphic Web Design Course examines 

the process of creating exciting, functional 

content for the World Wide Web. Students 

expand on the design skills that they have 

learned throughout the degree program by 

creating interactive Web pages through the use 

of industry-standard Web authoring software. 

Students receive an understanding of HTML 

and web-standards related to the development 

of websites. This course demonstrates how to 

create, edit, manage, and design a professional 

website within a Web authoring tool and 

complementary software applications. 


Graphic Optimization 

HTML 

Dreamweaver 

Content Integration 



GRD 293 

Graphics Personal 

Identity Project I 

The Graphics Personal Identity Project I 

Course gives students the opportunity to 

create their own Personal Identity. This is a 

critical part of marketing one’s self to a client or 

employer and demonstrates all of the concepts 

and techniques learned in the prior courses. 


innovative and effective Personal Brands. 

Concepts of creating powerful Personal 

Identity are explored and practiced by creating 

logos, letterhead, web presence, etc. Students 

then create their own Personal Brand Portfolio, 

incorporating all their work. 


Concepts of Personal Branding 


Preproduction 

Personal Brand Production 



GRD 294 

Graphics Personal 

Identity Project II 

The Graphics Personal Identity Project II 

Course finds students continuing to create 

their own Personal Identity. This is a critical 

part of marketing one’s self to a client or 

employer and demonstrates all of the concepts 

and techniques learned in the prior courses. 


innovative and effective Personal Brands. 

Concepts of creating powerful Personal 

Identity are explored and practiced by creating 

logos, letterhead, web presence, etc. Students 

then create their own Personal Brand Portfolio, 

incorporating all their work. 


Concepts of Personal Branding 


Preproduction 

Personal Brand Production 



PLA 2412 


and Law † 

The Intellectual Property and Law 

Course is designed to introduce the student to 

general business practices including finance, 

accounting, insurance, taxes, management, 

marketing, and negotiation. Students are 

provided a foundation that addresses the 

complexities of intellectual property, copyright, 

and basic business and contract law as it 

pertains to digital content. Case studies will be 

used to examine the impact of these laws on 

our industry. 









Contracts 

Business Law 



GRD 156 

Logos and Symbols* 

The Logos and Symbols Course builds 

upon the concepts learned in both the 

Designing and Advanced Computer Graphics 

courses. Students are exposed to many of the 

best graphic designers’ work in the field and 

will learn advanced techniques in creating 

these pieces of visual poetry. In this course, 

students are asked to explore what makes 

a logo or symbol work and become instantly 

recognizable. The design concepts reinforced 

in this course can be used across all types 



The Graphic Display of Information 

Exploration of Symbols and 

their Meaning 

Creating a Logo that Works 

Logos and Symbols Project 



GRD 282 

Portfolio Creation 

The Portfolio Creation Course prepares 

students for presenting their work to the 

professional graphic arts industry. Students 

work with existing assets they have created 

during the Graphic Design Program as they 

develop a professional portfolio. Students 

have the opportunity to create signature 

pieces to help them represent their skill level 

to the industry. For the duration of the course, 

students individually polish both their graphics 

and the look of their portfolio in order to 

succeed when being interviewed for a position 

in the industry. 


Portfolio Design Fundamentals 


Portfolio Assembly 

Portfolio Review 



DGT 232 

Typography and 

Page Layout 

The Typography and Page Layout 

Course introduces students to the world of 

professional fonts. Students learn how to use 

typography as a critical part of page layout, 

as they continue to build upon the concept of 

design introduced in previous courses. This 

course also trains students to define how the 

printed or viewed page looks as an integrated 

graphic element. Students participate in 

group discussions and critiques as they 

work through the projects using the latest 

publishing software. 


Fundamentals of Typography 

Typography and the Page 

The Page as Design 

Press Considerations 






ART 2006 

Art History 


to selected monuments of art and architecture 

in the Western tradition – from the Greco- 

Roman era to the 20th Century – studied in 



Lectures accompanied by various visual 

mediums will propagate discussions of assigned 

readings in philosophical, religious, scientific, 

political, literary, and artistic contexts. 


Ancient Art 


Modern Art 




MGF 1213 
















Graphing 







DEP 2004 

Developmental Psychology 

The Developmental Psychology 

Course emphasizes the analysis of identity 

development, including topics such as 

perception processes, verbal/nonverbal 

expression, theoretical models of identity 

development, and internal conflict. 


Paradigms 

Proactive and Reactive Behavior 

Efficacy, Shadow, Shame 

Cognitive Dissonance 

Imagination and Conscience 

Time Management 

Perception and Communication 



ENC 1101 















Grammar 





Music 

Business 


The music business has undergone some seismic 

shifts in the past few years, but one thing hasn’t 

changed: it takes an army of talented and wellprepared 

people working behind the scenes to get 

artists the attention they deserve. That army needs to 

be equipped to provide their clients with the logistical 

assistance, fi nancial arrangements, and promotional 

prowess they need to maximize the impact of their 

artistic creations. 

Of course, the music business world goes far 

beyond just number crunching. The Music Business 

curriculum at Full Sail dives into the jobs, skills, 

and talents needed to be part of the team that gets 

music heard – the tour managers, label employees, 

promoters, producers, merchandisers, lawyers, 

publishers, and, yes, accountants that help to keep 

the wheels of commerce turning so artists and their 

fans can connect on stage, online, on TV, on mobile 

phones, on the radio, and all over the world. 


Law 

Management 

Marketing 

Distribution 

Final Project 






CAMPUS ONLINE 


CAMPUS 

PROGRAM PROGRAM PROGRAM 


ONLINE 

PROGRAM 

MUSIC BUSINESS | Bachelor Bachelor of Science Science Degree Program 189

BS 

/MANAGEMENT 

KETING 


Law 

n strategic 

S PLANNING 

RIBUTION/ 

L PROJECT 

PYRIGHT 

h 

PROTECTION 

arketing 

plan 

MMBS 

LAW/MANAGEMENT 

Contracts in the music business can range from a 

letter of agreement to an inches-thick document, 

but regardless of their size, you’ll need to have 

an understanding of how to protect your (or your 

client’s) interests. You’ll learn how best to do this in 

courses that examine subjects like music business 

law and contract negotiations, copyright protection, contract 

and more. You’ll also explore the many different 

areas of the business in NEGOTIATIONS 

which legal knowledge 

is important, from the rules that guide agents, 

managers, and attorneys to the art of negotiating 

a sweetheart deal. 

artist 

AUDIENCE 

CONNECTION 

MARKETING 

DISTRIBUTION/ 

FINAL PROJECT 

successful 

PROMOTION 

COPYRIGHT 

PROTECTION 

marketing 

Management 

plan 

contract 

NEGOTIATIONS 

artist 

AUDIENCE 

CONNECTION 

successful 

PROMOTION 

As either a studio manager or an industry executive, 

an in-depth knowledge ANALYSIS of the protocol, etiquette, 

and professionalism you’ll need to thrive in the 

music business is essential. Skills like effective 

communication, strategic planning, and an 

understanding of the various structures in the 

music business are all learned in the Music Business 

effective 

Bachelor’s program, helping you to understand 

how to successfully DISTRIBUTION 

nurture a client’s career or 

even navigate your own way to the top of the 

corporate ladder. 

COPYRIGHT 

PROTECTION 

marketing 

communication strategic 

SKILLS PLANNING 


MUSIC BUSINESS | Bachelor Bachelor of Science Science Degree Program 191 

ANALYSIS 

RETAIL 

promotions 

TRADE 

shows 

marketing 

PLANS 



PUBLICITY 

merchandising 

RETAIL 

promotions 

TRADE 

shows 

plan 

ANALYSIS 


SKILLS 

PUBLICITY 

merchandising 

effective 

PLANNING 

DISTRIBUTION 

RETAIL 

promotions 

TRADE 

shows 

market marketing 

PLANS 

research 

PUBLICITY 

merchandising 

RETAIL 

promotions 

TRADE 

shows 

marketing 

market PLANS 

research

ENT 


MMBS 


MARKETING 

contract 

DISTRIBUTION/ NEGOTIATIONS 

FINAL PROJECT 

artist 

AUDIENCE 

CONNECTION 

successful 

PROMOTION 


MARKETING 

DISTRIBUTION/ 

FINAL PROJECT 

contract 

NEGOTIATIONS 

artist 

AUDIENCE 

CONNECTION 

COPYRIGHT 

PROTECTION 

successful 

PROMOTION 

marketing 

plan 

ANALYSIS 

effective 

DISTRIBUTION 

contract 

NEGOTIATIONS 

artist 

AUDIENCE 

CONNECTION 

successful 

PROMOTION 

COPYRIGHT 

PROTECTION 

marketing 

COPYRIGHT 

MMBS 




MARKETING 

DISTRIBUTION/ 

FINAL PROJECT 

market Marketing 

PLANS 

research 

Finding and connecting an artist with an audience 

is one of the main reasons the music business exists. 

Whether you’re an artist looking for exposure or 

a record company trying to provide it, the Music 

Business curriculum will teach you how to analyze 

and predict customer behavior and then turn that 

analysis into a marketing plan. You’ll learn how 

to effectively use publicity, merchandising, retail 

promotions, touring, trade shows, online outlets, 

and other marketing tools to get music in front of 

the right people, as a step towards growing and 

energizing an artist’s fan base. 

contract 

NEGOTIATIONS 

artist 

AUDIENCE 

CONNECTION 

promotions 

TRADE 

successful 

PROMOTION 



plan 

PROTECTION 

marketing 

ANALYSIS 

effective 

DISTRIBUTION 

plan 

ANALYSIS 


SKILLS 

effective 

DISTRIBUTION 

PUBLICITY 

merchandising 

PLANNING 

RETAIL 

promotions 

TRADE 

shows 

market marketing 

research 

PLANS 

PUBLICITY 

merchandising 

RETAIL 

promotions 

TRADE 

communication shows strategic 

market PLANS 

research 

PUBLICITY 

SKILLS 

merchandising 

PLANNING 

marketing 

RETAIL 

shows 

marketing

G 

ION/ 

JECT 

RIGHT 

ROTECTION 

keting 

plan 

ANALYSIS 

tive 

IBUTION 

artist 


AUDIENCE 

CONNECTION 

successful 

PROMOTION 

Distribution 

artist 

AUDIENCE 

CONNECTION 

successful 

marketing 

Like a tree falling in a forest, the best music in the 

world can remain unheard if nobody ever gets a 

chance to listen. Next to successful promotion, 

effective distribution is the best way to give as many 

people as possible PUBLICITY 

that chance. Whether overseeing 

the production of a merchandising 

physical product and getting that 

product into traditional retail channels, or pursuing 

the expanding opportunities afforded by online 

outlets, you’ll develop a keen understanding of the 

various distribution methods vital to a successful 

career in the music business. 

market 

Final Project 

PLANS 

Your fi nal project is your chance to prove you’re 

prepared to take all the knowledge you’ve gained 

throughout the Music Business Bachelor’s program 

and combine it with the drive, imagination, and 

love for music that brought you to Full Sail in the 

fi rst place. You’ll be responsible for designing a 

business venture that represents your interests in 

the music world and working through all the details 

and components necessary to get it off the ground – 

from researching the current market conditions and 

commercial viability, to identifying your sources of 

funding and investment strategy, to creating 

a marketing plan and accounting for distribution. 

plan 

ANALYSIS 

effective 

marketing 

plan 

ANALYSIS 

DISTRIBUTION 

effective 

PROMOTION 

DISTRIBUTION 


SKILLS 

research 

PLANNING 

RETAIL 

promotions 

TRADE 

shows 

marketing 

PUBLICITY 

TRADE 

merchandising shows 

PUBLICITY 

merchandising 

RETAIL 

promotions 

marketing 

market PLANS 

research 

MMBS 

research 



TRADE 

shows 

marketing 

market PLANS 


MARKETING 

DISTRIBUTION/ 

FINAL PROJECT 

contract 

NEGOTIATIONS 

artist 

AUDIENCE 

CONNECTION 

successful 

PROMOTION 

COPYRIGHT 

PROTECTION 

marketing 

plan 

ANALYSIS 

effective 

DISTRIBUTION 

communication 

SKILLS 

PUBLICITY 

merchandising 

market 

research

196 

Overview 

Although every job in the music business is unique, 

they all need to work in harmony to maximize an 

artist’s potential. This broad-based real world 

approach is at the heart of Full Sail’s Music Business 

Bachelor of Science Degree program, which will 

give you in-depth knowledge of multiple aspects 

of the business. To be an effective player in the 

music business, it’s not just important to be good at 

what you do, but also to be well-versed in the many 

different roles within the industry. For example, a 

band’s publicist may not need to book a tour, but 

being aware of how and why that tour is routed a 

certain way is invaluable knowledge when it comes 

to forming a media strategy. By teaching you about 

the many different roles in the business, the Music 

Business curriculum allows you to not only focus 

on what you do best, but also to ensure that your 

contributions to the big picture are as effective 

as possible. 

You’ll learn these roles through courses in musicspecifi 

c business subjects like Artist Development, 

Music Copyright and Publishing, Concert 

Management and Publicity, and Record Label 

Development, as well as general business concepts 

like marketing, distribution, and law. After you’ve 

absorbed all the necessary knowledge from these 

varied courses, the Music Business Bachelor of 

Science Degree program culminates in a fi nal project 

in which you analyze a music business company 

problem and develop managerial and entrepreneurial 

strategies to address it. 

In addition to business-specifi c topics, you’ll also 

have courses focusing on communication skills, 

business statistics, professional presentation, 

and how to prepare yourself for that fi rst step into 

the music business industry. To help you make 

that transition, we’ve also got a team of Career 







Objective 


knowledge and understanding of essential 

business and management skills, further 

enhancing your ability to become a successful 

music business entrepreneur in a variety of fi elds, 

including recording arts, concert management, 

show production and touring, independent and 

major record labels, artist management, artist 

development, concert management and publicity, 

music merchandising and retail promotions, and 

record label development. 

Completion of the Music Business Bachelor of 

Science Degree provides graduates with useful tools 

to further careers as entrepreneurs and business 

owners in the Music Business industry, and for entrylevel 

business positions in recording, concert and 

touring, and the record label industry. 




MUSIC BUSINESS | Bachelor Bachelor of Science Science Degree Program 


Music Business 


PROGRAM CORE 


MUB 481 Artist Management 4.0 

ACG 3223 Business Accounting 4.0 

ENTB 253 Business Ethics and Social Responsibility 2.5 

ENTB 251 Business Law 4.0 

MUM 4309 Business Technology and E-Commerce 3.0 

MUB 461 Concert Management and Publicity 4.0 

MUB 2513 Critical Listening for Music Professionals 4.0 


ENTB 2713 Excel and Data Reporting 3.0 



BUL 4621 Music Business Law and Contract Negotiations 4.0 

MUB 131 Music Business Management 4.0 

MUM 3733 Music Business Marketing 4.0 

MUM 3308 Music Copyright and Publishing 4.0 

MUM 4305 Music Distribution 3.0 

MUB 4361 Music Merchandising and Retail Promotions 2.5 

MUB 4715 Music Supervision 4.0 

ENTB 3013 Principles of Business Finance 4.0 

ENTB 3623 Principles of Entrepreneurship 4.0 

MUB 343 Record Label Development 4.0 

ENTB 4913 Strategic Business Management 4.0 

Totals: 82.0 


1 2 3 4 5 

DIGITAL LITERACY ENGLISH COMPOSITION I 



MANAGEMENT 

COLLEGE MATHEMATICS 

INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT INTRODUCTION TO MARKETING 

MUSIC HISTORY EXCEL & DATA REPORTING 

6 7 8 9 10 

INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS 

CRITICAL LISTENING FOR MUSIC 

PROFESSIONALS 

ENGLISH COMPOSITION II 

BUSINESS LAW INTRODUCTION TO ECONOMICS 



BUSINESS ETHICS & 

SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY 

MUSIC BUSINESS MARKETING 

11 12 13 14 15 

BUSINESS ACCOUNTING MUSIC COPYRIGHT & PUBLISHING 

PRINCIPLES OF ENTREPRENEURSHIP 

LEADERSHIP & 

ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR 

RECORD LABEL DEVELOPMENT 

PRINCIPLES OF BUSINESS FINANCE 

MUSIC MERCHANDISING 

& RETAIL PROMOTIONS 

16 17 18 19 20 

MUSIC BUSINESS LAW & 

CONTRACT NEGOTIATIONS 

PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION & 

PRESENTATION 

CONCERT MANAGEMENT 

& PUBLICITY 

ARTIST MANAGEMENT MUSIC SUPERVISION 

MUSIC DISTRIBUTION 



CLP 1006 Behavioral Science 4.0 

MGF 1213 College Mathematics 4.0 

ENC 1101 English Composition I* 4.0 



ECO 2005 Introduction to Economics 4.0 

STA 2026 Introduction to Statistics 3.5 

MAN 3151 Leadership and Organizational Behavior 3.5 

REC 2051 Music History* 4.0 

COM 3109 Professional Communication and Presentation 4.0 

Totals: 39.0 

BUSINESS TECHNOLOGY 

& E-COMMERCE 





STRATEGIC BUSINESS MANAGEMENT 


Program Core 

MUB 481 


The Artist Management Course explores 

the career path of the manager. This position 

plays a significant role in the entertainment 

business community and in the career of the 

artist/band. Course topics include: the artist/ 

manager relationship, launching an artist’s 

career, management contracts, development 

of an artist’s career path, and sustaining an 

artist’s career. 


Overview of the Artist Manager 

Developing the Artist/ 

Manager Relationship 

Launching the Artist’s Career 

The Management Contract 

Planning the Artist’s Career 

Making the Career Plan Work 

Career Maintenance and Control 



ACG 3223 

Business Accounting 

The Business Accounting Course examines 

the accounting cycle and the preparation and 

interpretation of basic financial statements. 

Students learn the concept of profitability, 

principles of cost models and controls, and 

various operational planning techniques 

that are used to evaluate the performance 

of a company. The role of accountants in the 

entertainment industry is examined throughout 

the course. Students use real-world accounting 

software to apply concepts learned. 


The Accounting Cycle 

Preparation of Basic Financial Statements 

Interpretation of Basic Financial 

Statements 

Cost Models and Cost Control 

Decision-Making and Operational Planning 



ENTB 253 

Business Ethics and 

Social Responsibility 

The Business Ethics and Social 

Responsibility Course presents students 

with complex, real world ethical problems 

associated with the management of a 

business. Through the study of historical and 

current case studies, students will debate 

the responsibilities of managers, broaden 

their awareness of personal, professional, 

and business ethics, and address the social 

responsibility of the entertainment industry. 


Ethics 

Historical and Current Event 

Case Studies 

Examination of Social Responsibility 

Business Issues 



ENTB 251 

Business Law 

The Business Law Course provides an 

overview of general business practices, 

including entity formation, insurance, taxes, and 

accounting. Students study the laws protecting 

intellectual property in relation to protecting 

their own work and legally incorporating the 

works of others. Students study the law and 

practices of contracts and negotiations. All 

concepts are explored through legal case 

studies and applied business projects. 


Overview of Entertainment Industries 


An Introduction to Intellectual Property 

Clearances and Licensing 

Contracts and Business Law 



MUM 4309 

Business Technology 

and E-Commerce 

The Business Technology and 

E-Commerce Course addresses 

emerging technologies and their impacts on 

business management within the music and 

entertainment industry. In this course, students 

explore the proliferation of new technologies 

and how they are utilized to achieve business 

goals. Students also learn how to leverage 

new technologies to reach customers, manage 

customer relationships, increase revenue 

and profitability, and optimize their business 

practices. They learn how to evaluate competing 

technologies to achieve business goals, and 

they explore resources that will help them stay 

current with emerging technologies that can 

change the industry. 


Current Technology Platforms 

and Trends in the Industry 

Innovation and Adoption Models 

Quantifying Usage and Value 



MUB 461 

Concert Management 

and Publicity 

The Concert Management and Publicity 

Course covers a variety of topics that are 

specific to concert production and the touring 

industry. This course takes a ground-level 

approach to concert promotion basics, 

including how to develop and execute an 

artist’s tour and production management. Other 

topics explored in this course include public 

safety guidelines, contract riders, unions, staff 

and equipment booking, and the daily execution 

of tour schedules. 


Concert Promotion Basics 

Examination of the Touring Team 

for the Artist/Band 

Working with the Local Team 

Touring Production Manager 

Booking Staff and Equipment 

Public Safety Guidelines and Issues 

Preparing the Show for the Road 

Daily Scheduling and Management 

of the Schedule 

Contract Riders 

Vendor Contracts 



† This specific course uses the Florida Statewide 

Course Numbering System (SCNS). 


MUSIC BUSINESS | Bachelor Bachelor of Science Science Degree Program 199


Program Core 

MUB 2513 

ENTB 2713 

Critical Listening for Excel and Data Reporting 

Music Professionals 

The Excel and Data Reporting Course 

Students develop their ability to listen to 

music with the critical ear of a music industry 

professional, learning to discuss the aesthetic 

and technical elements of live and recorded 

music with a variety of music business 

professionals, from engineers to artists. They 

learn to differentiate and identify by sound 

various instruments and mixing techniques. 

Students learn how to optimize the listening 

experience, explore song structure, and evaluate 

and discuss music at a professional level. 


Basics of Music: Pitch, Rhythm, Melody, 

Harmony, Texture, Form, Dynamics 

Optimizing the Listening Experience 

Identification of Musical Instruments 

and Variations 

Mix Elements and Techniques 

Past and Current Trends and Sounds in 

teaches students to use Microsoft Excel for 

common business purposes, including analysis 

and reporting. Course topics include: working 

with formulas and functions, formatting 

spreadsheets for effective analysis, creating 

charts, selecting appropriate chart types, 

and analyzing entertainment business data. 

Students identify trends in data and leverage 

data to convey various business messages. 


Formulas and Functions 

Tables and Charts 

Data Analysis 

Data Reporting 



MAN 2020 

Popular Music 



DGL 101 




software programs and web tools that will 

prepare students with digital skills for online 

learning. In addition, students will also learn 

the operation and management of the Apple 

Mac Operating System, Apple hardware, and 

applicable technology. Students will use these 

tools to complete various projects, conduct 

Internet research, collaborate with other 

students, and communicate with instructors. 


Management 


Mac OS and Computer Hardware 

Sound, Visual, and Business Software 

Applications 

Web Technology and 

Software Applications 




† 

MKT 210 

BUL 4621 

Introduction to Marketing Music Business Law 

The Introduction to Marketing Course and Contract Negotiations 


relate to the nuances of the entertainment 

business field. Students construct strategic 

plans in the selection and development of media 

products, and are introduced to entertainment 

licensing concepts and promotional avenues, 

such as trade shows, trade publications, and the 

Internet. In addition, this course strengthens 

students’ understanding of analytical tools and 

strategic analysis of the entertainment business, 

knowledge that can facilitate the success of their 

creative work. Consumer behavior and its effect 

on the success of entertainment products are 

also examined. 



Advertising 



Entertainment Licensing and Promotion 


analyzes the management principles that 

lead to a successful company, as well as the 

nature of business decisions. Students learn 

about creating and maintaining organizational 

structure within leadership and legal contexts, 

and further examine human resource principles. 

The course also contains an introduction to risk 

management principles and practices, provides 

different types of risks and the strategies used 

to minimize them in relation to physical assets, 

legal liability, employee benefit programs, 

taxes, and retirement costs. 


Creating and Maintaining Organizational 

Structure in a Leadership vs. Legal Context 

Merchandising 


Branding 


Course length 

4.00 

4 weeks 


Employee Benefit Programs and Taxes 




Management Case Studies 



† 

MUM 3733 

Music Business Marketing 

Music Business Law and Contract 

Negotiations revisits and further expands on 

business law as it relates to the entertainment 

industry. Students are introduced to contract 

writing strategies as they examine strengths 

and weaknesses of real world entertainment 

contracts. Students are then given the 

opportunity to focus on their chosen creative 

industry and explore specific contract issues. 

Finally, the role of lawyers, business managers, 

and agents in the entertainment business 

industry is addressed. 


Specific Legal Terminology Relating to the 

Music Business Industry 

Contract Writing and Negotiation 

Industry Contract Issues 

Lawyers, Business Managers, 

and Agents 



MUB 131 


Management 

The Music Business Management Course 

provides students with an overview of music 

business corporate structure and the support 

companies that assist in the development and 

distribution of music. The course also covers 

management configuration for each type of 

entity, from organizational structure to specific 

job responsibilities of various positions within 

these companies. 


Music Business Management 

Record Companies 

Production Companies 

Concert Production Companies 

Touring Companies 

Copyright Administration Companies 

Performing Rights Organizations 

The Unions 

Publicity Companies 

Distribution Companies 




MUSIC BUSINESS | Bachelor of Science Degree Program 

† 

MUM 3308 

Music Copyright 

This course explores general marketing concepts and Publishing 

as they relate to the nuances of the music 

business. Students construct strategic plans in 

the selection and development of media products 

and are introduced to entertainment licensing 

concepts and promotional avenues such as trade 

shows, trade publications, and the Internet. 

In addition, this course strengthens students’ 

understanding of analytical tools and strategic 

analysis of the music business, providing them 

with knowledge that can facilitate the success of 

their creative work. Consumer behavior and its 

effect on the success of entertainment products 

are also examined. 



Advertising 



Entertainment Licensing 

and Promotion 

Merchandising 


Branding 


Course length 

4.00 

4 weeks 

† 

The Music Copyright and Publishing 

Course teaches students how to protect their 

creative works and provides an overview of the 

business mechanisms that can affect the use 

of their songs and those of their clients. Along 

with the global topics of copyright and music 

publishing, the course also covers the history 

of the music publishing industry, royalties, 

the songwriter’s contract, publishing options, 

and an overview of publishing companies. 


Historical Overview of the Music 

Publishing Industry 

Music Publishing Overview 

and Concepts 

Copyright Law 

Copyright Requirements 

and Regulations 

Copyright Protection 

Copyright and Digital Technology 

Royalties 



MUM 4305 

Music Distribution † 

MUB 4361 

MUB 4715 

Music Merchandising Music Supervision 

and Retail Promotions 

Students learn how to serve as a creative 

One of the biggest economic generators for 

the music business is merchandising and retail 

promotions. This course delves into this critical 

business component and helps students learn 

how to determine retail strategies that will 

benefit their clients. This course examines the 

importance of branding and how it relates to 

product presentation at the retail level. Students 

also explore the timeline of product development 

and learn how to take their product to retail. All 

types of distribution channels are examined in 

this course, from traditional big-box retailers to 

e-commerce and the Internet. 


Product Assessment 

Merchandise Design 

Trademark Protection 

Pricing and Cost Analysis 

Types of Retail Outlets 

liaison between the music industry and 

the visual media industries, including film, 

television, video games, and advertising. 

Students develop their ability to determine the 

musical vision, tone, and style that best suit 

a given multimedia project. They learn to 

identify, secure and supervise music-related 

talent, including composers, songwriters, 

recording artists, musicians and producers, 

and to effectively communicate and 

negotiate with talent representation to 

obtain necessary clearances. 


Role and Responsibilities of the 

Music Supervisor 

Trends and Players in the Visual 

Media Industries 

Identification of Musical Vision, Tone, and 

Style of a Project 

Securing Legal Rights of Recordings 

The Music Distribution Course focuses 

on the distribution process and the various 

distribution channels available in the music 

business industry. This course addresses 

various distribution components, such as the 

manufacturing process of music products, 

the examination of distribution companies, 

and the influence of the Internet as a 

distribution channel. 

Direct Marketing and Non-store Sales 

Internet Distribution 

Live Productions and Music Merchandising 



Working Within an Established Budget to 

Deliver Music Elements 




Distribution Principles 

and Terminology 

Publishing Companies 

Forms of Distribution 

Principles of Pricing 

Merchant Accounts and Credit Cards 

Royalty Structures and Collection 





MUSIC BUSINESS | Bachelor of Science Degree Program 201



ENTB 3013 



The Principles of Business Finance 

Course provides students with the skills 

needed to make financial decisions in a business 

environment. Students examine the process 

of financial analysis, financing operations and 

growth, and the concept of risk versus return. 

In addition, fundamental financial topics are 

covered, such as the time value of money, 

capital budgeting, business valuation, risk 

management, and personal finance. 


Financial Analysis 

Time Value of Money 

Debt vs. Equity Financing 

Budgeting and Forecasting 

Capital Budgeting Techniques 

Business Valuation 





ENTB 3623 


Entrepreneurship 

The Principles of Entrepreneurship 

Course examines the role of entrepreneurs 

in the entertainment industry and their effect 

on the global economy. The behaviors and 

motivations of entrepreneurs are explored. 

Students learn the steps required to launch a 

start-up company. Other topics covered include 

types of business entities and tax implications, 

business licenses, competitive advantage, 

and operations. This course provides an 

examination of the challenges and benefits of 

choosing entrepreneurship as a career path. 


Role of the Entrepreneur 

The Entrepreneurial Mindset 

Case Studies in Entrepreneurship 

Entrepreneurship as a Career 



MUB 343 

Record Label Development 

The Record Label Development Course is 

designed to familiarize students with the various 

departments within both major and independent 

record labels. Students in this course delve 

into specific departments of a record label and 

learn the role that each plays in its success. The 

course examines all departments ranging from 

A&R to Business Affairs. 


The Major Label Overview 

The Independent Label Overview 

The Role of A&R 

Art Department 

Business Affairs 

Legal Department 

Marketing Department 

Promotions Department 

Publicity 

Sales 



ENTB 4913 

Strategic Business 

Management 

The Strategic Business Management 

Course presents students with complex, 

real-world business scenarios related to the 

entertainment industry. Students analyze 

the scenarios, assess potential action steps, 

and develop strategic plans to address the 

scenarios. Through this process, students 

evaluate the management, marketing, financial, 

legal, and ethical decisions that affect realworld 

business decisions. Students also assess 

external entrepreneurial opportunities that 

these scenarios could generate. 


Business Problem Analysis 

Strategic Management Decisions 



CLP 1006 














Motivation 

Empathy 

Social Skills 



MGF 1213 
















Graphing 







ENC 1101 















Grammar 





ENC 1102 

English Composition II* † 





will develop proficiency in academic writing, 

information literacy, and critical thinking 

abilities. Through the study of argument, 

persuasive appeals, and learning to identify and 

avoid logical fallacies, students will learn to 

produce sophisticated arguments of their own. 











PSC 1030 




Course teaches students how to understand 

the world through fundamental physical 

concepts such as: force and motion, energy 

and mechanics, electricity and magnetism, 

properties of solids and fluids, transmission 

of sound, and behavior of light. Emphasis is 

placed on how problems describing nature are 


mathematical formula. 



MUSIC BUSINESS | Bachelor of Science Degree Program 203 








Physical Theories and 

Mathematical Formulas 



ECO 2005 

Introduction to Economics 

The Introduction to Economics Course 

examines the principles of economics that 

influence decision-makers, both consumers 

and producers, within the global economic 

system. Students examine the features of 

and reasons for different economic systems 

throughout the world. Supply and demand, 

fiscal and monetary policies, and international 

trade benefits and costs are discussed. The 

course provides a solid understanding of 

economics and how economics affects the 

entertainment business industry. 


Supply and Demand 

Consumer Behavior 


Role of Government 

Monetary Policy 



STA 2026 




Students learn how data is utilized in 

the entertainment and music industries. They 

explore statistical principles such as measures 

of central tendency and dispersion and learn 

how to calculate them. Students create 

and interpret charts and graphs, exploring 

relationships found in data through correlation 

analysis, and assign probability and calculate 

the likelihood of the occurrence of events. This 

knowledge is applied in solving problems and 

making decisions based on quantifiable data. 


Statistics Terminology 

Usage of Statistics in the Industry 

Graphic Presentation and Analysis 

of Statistics 

Problem-Solving Using Statistics 



MAN 3151 


Organizational Behavior † 

The Leadership and Organizational 

Behavior Course consists of an inquiry into 

the characteristics essential in inspiring others 

to action. Students identify their personal 

strengths and weakness through selfassessment, 

expanding their awareness of 

these qualities to include their effect on other 

individuals and group behavior. The course 

provides strategies for decision-making and 

building effective teams, and encourages 

students to explore the difficulties, compromises, 

and rewards of the collaboration process. 


Leadership 


Motivating 

Building Effective Teams 


Conflict Resolution 



REC 2051 

Music History* 

The American music industry has generated 

hits and new style combinations through every 

decade. The Music History Course surveys 

this rich evolution from its roots through 

modern times, through sound and video, while 

examining each musical style’s respective 

sociological and technological precedents. 


Folk and Country Music 

Blues, Soul Gospel, and Jazz 

Popular Music of America 1850-1995 



COM 3109 

Professional 

Communication 

and Presentation † 

The Professional Communication 

and Presentation Course exposes 

students to various forms of written and oral 

communication through technical, electronic, 

and creative-writing activities. In addition, 

students develop competency in visual 

presentation design. Through practice and 

development of written and oral skills, students 

sharpen their abilities to craft effective 

documents and presentations, while gaining 

confidence in both the content of their message 

and their ability to clearly convey it. 


Modes of Written and Oral Presentation 

Generating Ideas, Identifying Purpose, 

and Developing Content 

Audience Analysis 

Personal Image 

Presence and Image of 

Written Communication 

Presentation Strategies 

Technical Development of a Presentation 



Recording 

Arts 


Music affects us like no other art form, attaching to key 

moments in our lives and remaining as connected to 

our memories as images and emotions. Great audio 

does the same for all of our favorite entertainment – 

amplifying their impact with everything from multichannel 

soundtracks for blockbuster fi lms, to iconic 

video game sound effects. And while the knob-turners 

helping produce this media may not always get the 

same kind of acclaim as the musicians, fi lmmakers, 

and game designers, having the right set of hands 

behind the controls is the key to ensuring that audio is 

recorded accurately, effectively, and with a resonance 

that makes the hairs on your neck stand on end. 

The Recording Arts Bachelor’s Degree Program at Full 

Sail University is designed to give you the skills you 

need to get your hands on those controls, and deliver 

those same feelings to listeners, whether in the studio 

with a groundbreaking artist, in audio postproduction 

on a Hollywood fi lm, creating sound effects for video 

games, or using digital and analog tools to produce 

your own tracks. At Full Sail, you’ll be surrounded by 

a group of fellow students, educators, and industry 

guests who share your passion for the kind of powerful 

sound and music that stays with an audience long after 

a track ends or the credits roll. 


Sound Fundamentals 

Music Production 

Recording and Mixing 







CAMPUS ONLINE CAMPUS 




ONLINE 

PROGRAM 

RECORDING ARTS | Bachelor Bachelor of Science Science Degree Program 205

G ARTS 

UCTION 

TION/SOUND 

ALS 

CT 



ECORDING ARTS surround 

S SOUNDMIXER 

Tt 

TUDIO PRODUCTION 

What if your console malfunctions in the middle of 

a session? Where’s the best spot to place a mic for a 

kick drum? How do you tell a musician you’re working 

with that their instrument is out of tune? By ensuring 

that you have the sound fundamentals required in 

sound 

the recording arts, Full Sail’s program prepares you 

for any of these situations and more. 

Classes in critical listening will help tune your ear to 

recognize problems with an instrument or vocal, as 

well as various technical anomalies that might effect 

the quality of a recording. Audiotronics courses provide 

an understanding of the use and maintenance of the 

audio hardware skill and software set you’ll be using in modern 

studios; in these DEVELOPMENT 

classes you’ll not only be learning 

how to troubleshoot digital audio workstations, but 

FLOW 

also how to wire, solder, and test electronic equipment. 

Other courses teach microphone theory, professional 

etiquette, and the industry-standard workfl ow you’ll 

encounter in real world studio situations. 

MIC 

PLACEMENT 

signal session 

FLOW 

RECORDING 

digital 

audio 

WORKSTATIONS 

sound 

surround music ear- 

EFFECTS SOUNDMIXER 


HISTORY TRAINING 


RECORDING ARTS | Bachelor of Science Degree Program 

skills | Bachelor of Science Degree Program 207 

OSTPRODUCTION/SOUND 

UNDAMENTALS 

MIC 

PLACEMENT 


signal session 

FLOW 

RECORDING 

digital 

surround 

record 

MIX 

session 

signal MASTER digital 

record 

MIX 

MASTER 

STUDIO PRODUCTION 

POSTPRODUCTION/SOUND 

FUNDAMENTALS 

FINAL PROJECT 

RECORDING 

music 

skill 

audio 

WORKSTATIONS 

ear- 

TRAINING 

HISTORY skills 

postproduction 

PROJECT 

music 

BUSINESS 

PREPARATION 

MIC 

PLACEMENT 

sound 

music 

audio 

WORKSTATIONS 

ear- SOUND 

TRAINING 



DEVELOPMENT 

PROJECT 

signal 

FLOW 

surround 

EFFECTS MIXER 

set 

record 

music MIX 

MASTER 

BUSINESS 

PREPARATION 

session 

RECORDING 

music 

HISTORY 


PROJECT



FUNDAMENTALS 


PRODUCTION/SOUND 

AMENTALS 

PROJECT 

FINAL PROJECT 

MIC 

PLACEMENT 

sound 

sound 

Taking a musician’s ideas and translating them into a 

recorded product can be a powerful experience. But it’s 

a combination of music theory and technical knowledge 

that’s needed to make that experience as productive 

and creatively fulfi lling as possible. No matter skill what set 

the genre, there are fundamental songwriting DEVELOPMENT 

and 

production methods that build the foundation of a 

great track, and the Recording Arts program can teach 

you the same processes used by top producers in 

the industry. 

session 

From fi guring out the perfect place skillset 

for a microphone 

to helping an artist develop song structure and 

RECORDING DEVELOPMENT 

melody, courses in music production and theory 

highlight proven creative techniques for making greatsounding 

music. You’ll learn songwriting and music 

development, as well as vocal production techniques 

that best highlight the emotion of the lyrics. Classes on 

music 

music 

history are also designed to diversify and enrich 

your knowledge and awareness of all types of music, 

as well as give you a deeper understanding of the 

societal role music has played throughout the years. 

HISTORY RECORDING ARTS 

skills 


Audio recording is one of the most diverse art forms 

in the entertainment industry, with different styles, 

formats, and production needs for everything from 

stripped-down postproduction 

garage rock to multi-channel fi lm and 

video game soundtracks. PROJECT No matter what medium 

you’re working in, the ultimate goal of the recording 

process is to capture great performances on tape, and 

the Recording Arts program covers the wide range of 

skills you’ll need to run a successful studio session. 

Courses in session recording, audio workstations, and 

mastering teach the theory and operation of recording 

and mixing equipment in a modern studio setting. Just 

as importantly, you’ll also apply your knowledge of 

engineering standards by working with live musicians 

in real-world recording scenarios – allowing you to 

develop creative production skills in sound design, 

artist collaboration, and recording session etiquette. 



FUNDAMENTALS 

FINAL PROJECT 

signal digital 

FLOW 

surround 


digitalaudio 

WORKSTATIONS 

ear- 

TRAINING 

music 

BUSINESS 

PREPARATION 

surround 


record 

MIX 

MASTER 

record 

MIX 

MASTER 

MIC 

PLACEMENT 

sound 


skillset 

DEVELOPMENT 

music 

RECORDING 



PROJECT 

session 

signal 

FLOW 

RECORDING 

digital 

surround 

music 

WORKSTATIONS 


RECORDING ARTS | Bachelor Bachelor of Science Science Degree Program 209 

record 

MIX 

MASTER 

music 

ear- 

audio 

TRAINING 



PROJECT 

audio 

WORKSTATIONS 

ear- 

TRAINING 



PROJECT 

ear- 

TRAINING 

music 

BUSINESS 

PREPARATION 

music 

BUSINESS 

PREPARATION 

music 

BUSINESS 

PREPARATION

UND 

sound 

surround 

ION/SOUND 

Areas RECORDING of Focus 

S 

EFFECTS ARTS 

SOUNDMIXER 



skill 

set 

DEVELOPMENT 

DEVELOPMENT 


FUNDAMENTALS 

FINAL PROJECT 

sound 

skill 

set 

MIC 

PLACEMENT 

sound 

surround 

record 

MIX 

MASTER 

music 

music 

session 

record 

signal 

FLOW 

RECORDING 

digital 

MIX 


skillset 

DEVELOPMENT 

surround 

record 

MIX 

MASTER 

ear- 

HISTORY 

HISTORY TRAININGskills 

skills 



music 

PROJECT 



WORKSTATIONS 



FUNDAMENTALS 

The art of recording isn’t limited to laying down tracks 

for musicians. Full Sail’s program allows you to take 

your studio skills and learn how to apply them to the 

creation and recording of dialogue, music, and sound 

effects for fi lms, television shows, and video games. 

Whether you want to be a foley artist generating 

sound effects for the big screen, a sound designer 

for video games, FINAL a dialogue PROJECT editor for a television 

show, or a surround-sound mixer, the postproduction 

component of the Recording Arts degree helps you 

develop a broader understanding of the audio industry 

and the skills you need to excel within it. 

ear- 

TRAINING 

music 

music 

BUSINESS 

BUSINESS 

PREPARATION 

MIC signa 

PLACEMENT FLOW 

sound 

surround 


skillset 

DEVELOPMENT 

record 

MIX 

MASTER 



ear- 

audio 

TRAINING 



PROJECT 

music 

BUSINESS 

PREPARATION

212 

Overview 

Full Sail began in 1979 as a recording school; though 

we’ve grown over the years to include many different 

aspects of media and digital arts education, our 

dedication to studio production and audio engineering 

has never wavered. But just as the Full Sail of today is 

different than the Full Sail of 1979, the areas in which 

recording arts skills can be applied have expanded into 

various entertainment industries. Beyond just teaching 

you how to capture an artist’s sound in the studio, Full 

Sail’s Recording Arts program is a thorough, constantly 

developing curriculum that encompasses analog and 

digital recording, live music production, and audio 

postproduction for fi lm, television, and video games. 

From acoustic principles, amplifi cation technology, 

and signal fl ow, to interactive audio, MIDI techniques, 

and sound effect design, we cover the many different 

procedures, formats, and applications found in the 

recording arts world. By working with the same gear 

found in some of the fi nest professional studios, you’ll 

gain the confi dence and skills needed to succeed in 

these environments after graduation. 

In addition to music production skills and techniques, 

you’ll also learn communication skills, music history, 

critical listening, songcraft, entertainment business 

and law, and how to prepare yourself for that fi rst 

step into the music industry. To help you make 

that transition, we’ve also got a team of Career 



ready to enter the job market. In addition, our Career 

services and advisors will be available for support 

and assistance throughout your career – not just 

during your education. 

Objective 


knowledge and understanding of audio needed 

to qualify for entry-level industry positions as 

assistant engineers, music recording engineers, 

postproduction audio engineers, MIDI/digital audio 

workstation operators and programmers, music/ 

effects/dialogue editors, live production engineers, 

assistant maintenance technicians, and a variety of 

other positions in the audio industry. 









RECORDING ARTS | Bachelor of Science Degree Program 

FULL SAIL UNIVERSITY RECORDING ARTS | Bachelor of Science Degree Program 


Recording Arts 


PROGRAM CORE 


REC 4315 Advanced Audio Postproduction 4.00 

REC 3413 Advanced Audio Workstations 4.80 

REC 3623 Advanced Interactive Audio 3.73 

REC 4735 Advanced Session Recording 4.00 

REC 1801 Audio File Management and Documentation* 2.93 

REC 2803 Audio Postproduction 4.80 

REC 2413 Audio Workstations 4.27 

REC 2141 Audiotronics 3.20 

REC 2513 Critical Listening 2.67 

REC 1751 Digital Audio and Theory 3.20 

REC 2223 Digital Consoles 4.27 

REC 4935 Digital Mastering 4.00 

REC 2623 Interactive Audio 3.73 

REC 1111 Introduction to Media Arts 4.27 

MUB 2011 Introduction to Music Business 2.13 

SHP 2031 Introduction to Show Production Systems 4.27 

REC 1630 Microphones and Theory 3.20 

REC 1731 MIDI 4.27 

MUM 3308 Music Copyright and Publishing † 4.00 

MUH 2051 Music History I* 2.13 

MUH 3051 Music History II* 2.13 

REC 4511 Music Producing and Arrangement 4.00 


1 2 3 4 5 

INTRODUCTION TO MEDIA ARTS COMPUTER SCIENCE & INTERNET MUSIC THEORY RECORDING CONSOLES MIDI 

BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE COLLEGE MATHEMATICS FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSICS MICROPHONES & THEORY DIGITAL AUDIO & THEORY 

6 7 8 9 10 


SHOW PRODUCTION SYSTEMS 

AUDIO FILE MANAGEMENT 

& DOCUMENTATION 

AUDIOTRONICS DIGITAL CONSOLES AUDIO WORKSTATIONS INTERACTIVE AUDIO 

PRINCIPLES & APPLICATIONS 

OF ELECTRICITY 

MUT 1023 Music Theory 2.93 

REC 2131 Principles and Applications of Electricity 2.67 

MUM 1608 Recording Consoles 4.27 

REC 2901 Session Recording 4.80 

REC 3011 Songwriting and Development 2.13 

REC 3123 Vocal Production 4.27 






MFG 1213 College Mathematics † 4.00 




ENC 326 Professional Writing* 4.00 


Totals: 32.00 





ENGLISH COMPOSITION I CRITICAL LISTENING PUBLIC SPEAKING 

11 12 13 14 15 

AUDIO POSTPRODUCTION SESSION RECORDING VOCAL PRODUCTION ADVANCED AUDIO WORKSTATIONS ADVANCED INTERACTIVE AUDIO 

MUSIC HISTORY I INTRODUCTION TO MUSIC BUSINESS SONGWRITING & DEVELOPMENT PROFESSIONAL WRITING MUSIC HISTORY II 

16 17 18 19 20 

MUSIC COPYRIGHT & PUBLISHING 

ADVANCED AUDIO 


MUSIC PRODUCING 

& ARRANGEMENT 

ADVANCED 

SESSION RECORDING 

DIGITAL 

MASTERING 


Program Core 

REC 4315 

Advanced Audio 


The Advanced Audio Postproduction 

Course provides students with an advanced 

view of the process of audio postproduction 

for feature film and television. This course 

focuses on the creative development of audio 

postproduction elements, such as sound effect 

design, music editing, dialogue editing, and the 

final mixing process. The final mix of a film or 

television soundtrack requires many different 

sound layers; this course specifically examines 

each one of these elements while engineering 

the finished product. 


Sound Effect Design and Editing 

Music Editing for Film and Television 

Dialogue Editing for Film and Television: 

ADR, Overdubs 

Sound Effect Design for Film and Television 

Mixing and Processing: Troubleshooting 



REC 3413 

Advanced Audio 

Workstations 

The Advanced Audio Workstations 

Course provides students with an opportunity 

to expand their knowledge and skills in digital 

audio workstation theory and techniques. 

Within this course, students apply their 

workstation skills to highly specialized 

concepts and procedures such as advanced 

synchronization, surround production, data 

compression and encoding used for DVDs, and 

multichannel feature films. 


Advanced Editing and Mixing 

Problem Solving Techniques 

Synchronization 

Film and Surround 

File Management 



REC 3623 

Advanced 

Interactive Audio 

The Advanced Interactive Audio Course 

addresses advanced sound design techniques 

for interactive media. The curriculum expands 

upon the concepts introduced in the Interactive 

Audio course, by applying these foundational 

techniques to advanced project work and 

expanding established technical skills. Students 

in this course learn interactive media concepts 

including game audio applications and sound 

design principles. Students also learn the role 

of a sound designer for games, as they explore 

the overall process of creating various sound 

elements for games. 


Mobile Phone Sound Development 

Game Sound Development 

Advanced Internet Audio Techniques 

Problem-solving Techniques with 


Advanced Game Sound Design 



REC 4735 

Advanced 

Session Recording 

The Advanced Session Recording Course 

provides extensive education in the theory, 

philosophy, and practice of contemporary music 

production in world-class studio facilities. 

Emphasis is placed on how to conduct a music 

session and how to work with a band in a studio 

setting. Additional topics of study include 

studio signal flow, recording techniques, and 

synchronization. Students utilize current audio 

recording technology for advanced studies in 

order to gain expertise in the art and science of 

music production. 


Studio Session Protocol and Etiquette 

Advanced Studio Signal Flow 

Advanced Recording Practices 

and Procedures 

Advanced Recording Techniques 

Recording Projects and Problem 

Solving Techniques 



REC 1801 

Audio File 

Management and 

Documentation* 

The Audio File Management and 

Documentation Course provides students 

with a comprehensive understanding of many 

different audio file formats and the proper 

management and documentation of these files. 

Additional topics addressed in this course 

include professional management standards 

for audio files and file documentation standards 

for various audio production applications. This 

course helps to develop students’ professional 

demeanor through careful examination of 

industry standards, workflow, protocol, 

etiquette, and vocabulary. 


Overview Audio File Formats 

Understanding Audio File 

Format Management 

Audio Session Documentation 

Development of Audio File 

Problem Solving Skills 

Professional Etiquette and Protocol 



REC 2803 

Audio Postproduction 

The Audio Postproduction Course provides 

students with an overview of the creation 

and recording of production sound and audio 

postproduction sound design for feature film and 

television. Subjects include the history of the 

audio postproduction process, the recording of 

production sound, timecode and synchronization, 

the feature film audio postproduction process, 

and the television audio postproduction process. 


History of Audio Postproduction 

Recording Production Audio for 

Film and Video 

Timecode and Synchronization 

Feature Film Audio 

Postproduction Process 

Television Audio Postproduction Process 



REC 2413 

Audio Workstations 

The Audio Workstations Course explores 

the digital audio workstation environment 

through an overview of digital audio concepts 

and practices. Students receive instruction and 

practical experience with powerful computerbased 

recording systems typically found in the 

modern recording and show production industry. 


Workstation Hardware and Software 

Workstation Techniques and Procedures 


Digital Audio Theory and Practice 



REC 2141 

Audiotronics 

The Audiotronics Course provides an 

understanding of the proper maintenance 

and utilization of equipment found in music 

production studios and live event production 

venues. It begins with fundamental electronics 

and teaches the use of electronic test equipment, 

soldering skills, and cable maintenance. Students 

also explore maintenance and troubleshooting of 

electronic circuits and media systems. Emphasis 

is placed on the application of course information 

through individual lab projects and classroom 

demonstrations. Students are challenged to 

solve a variety of real-world technical problems 

that often arise in the audio industry. 


Electronics and Test Equipment 

Computer Maintenance 

Audio Systems Maintenance 

and Troubleshooting 

Lighting Fixture Maintenance 



ART HISTORY 







Program Core 

REC 2513 

Critical Listening 

The Critical Listening Course focuses on 

developing critical listening skills through an 

engineering perspective that uses recorded 

music from studio sessions, live concert material, 

and audio postproduction mixes as the subject of 

analysis. Course topics include psychoacoustics 

of various audio environments, critical 

listening and the identification of engineering 

techniques such as balance, panning, EQ, reverb, 

compression, delay, and time-based effects, and 

instrument identification. Students also hone 

their critical listening skills by examining stylistic 

comparisons of engineering and mix techniques 

from several accomplished producers, studio 

engineers, and live engineers. 


Critical Listening and Engineering Analysis 

Psychoacoustics of Critical 

Listening Environments 

Engineering Techniques and 


Critical Listening Techniques for Various 

Audio Applications 

Case Studies 



REC 1751 

Digital Audio and Theory 

In the audio engineering field, it is vital that 

today’s student has a solid understanding of 

digital audio and the theories associated with this 

technology. The Digital Audio and Theory 

Course examines digital audio in various audio 

applications, preparing students for working in 

the digital audio realm. 

REC 2223 

Digital Consoles 

The Digital Consoles Course introduces the 

theory and operation of digital audio consoles in 

the music production and live event production 

environments. Students in this course explore 

the audio signal flow of digital consoles as well 

as the computer automation and recall systems 

they employ. Additional course topics include 

signal routing and processing, digital console 

design, audio signal paths, digital plug-ins, audio 

file management, live audio digital consoles, 

music production digital consoles, and digital 

console automation and recall. 


Digital Console Overview and Applications 


Automation and Recall Systems 

Studio Concepts and Practices 



REC 4935 

Digital Mastering 

In this final course of the Recording Arts 

Bachelor’s Degree Program, the Digital 

Mastering Course, students participate in an 

in-depth, project-oriented class that addresses 

the creative and technical issues involved in 

advanced music mastering, editing, and delivery. 

Additional course topics include CD and DVD 

mastering, multichannel audio formats, and the 

standards and practices of digital mastering. 


REC 2623 


The Interactive Audio Course introduces 

students to the importance of high-quality 

audio for all applications of interactive media. 

Students delve into specific examples of 

audio and explore how they apply to the final 

product. The course provides a survey of audio, 

computer, and synthesis fundamentals as 

applied to streaming audio, video games, and 

other interactive content. 


Fundamentals of Audio for Interactive 

Media Applications 

Sound Design and Postproduction for 

Various Interactive Media 

Multichannel Surround Sound Formats and 

Applications 

Digital Audio Theories and Interactive 

Media Issues 



REC 1111 

Introduction to Media Arts 

The Introduction to Media Arts Course 

introduces students to the film, television, 

sound, live event, and digital media industries. 

The course provides fundamental terminology 

and the necessary understanding of the history, 

personnel, and production processes of the 

different media fields. Students explore how 

sound, visuals, and writing are all essential 

elements of successful media production. 

MUB 2011 



The Introduction to Music Business 

Course takes students through the overall 

business structures of various types of music 

businesses. The music industry is comprised of 

various players, companies, unions, not-for-profit 

associations, and other bodies that influence 

the music production and live event industries. 

It is important for any individual to understand 

all of the different components that impact this 

industry. Course topics address the following 

positions within the studio and live event 

industries: record producer, music publisher, 

booking agent, promoter, and tour manager. 

Additional topics include copyright collectives, 

performance rights organizations, music 

business deal structures, music distribution, and 

the tour industry model. 


Music Business Structures 

Understanding of the Various Job Titles in 

the Studio and Live Event Industries 

Performance Rights and 

Organization Overviews 

Overview of Deal Structures and 

Distribution Agreements 

Case Studies 



SHP 2031 

Introduction to Show 

Production Systems 

The Introduction to Show Production 

Systems Course introduces students to the 

basic concepts of live event terminology and 

technical systems. Console overviews and basic 

interfacing are introduced in preparation for 

future lab sessions, and additional emphasis is 

placed on defining live audio components and the 

system interface. 

REC 1630 

Microphones and Theory 

The Microphones and Theory Course 

explores the application, placement, and 

creative usage of microphones in music 

production environments. The course includes 

the evaluation of various environments both in 

studio and live-location production along with 

recommended microphone applications for each 

setting. Students in this course learn about 

microphone design theory, microphone polar 

patterns, and the recording process. 


Overview of Microphones Architecture 

and Varieties 

Microphone Polar Patterns 

Microphones and Measurements/ 

Specifications 

Creative Microphone Applications 

Microphone Selection and Music Genres 



REC 1731 

MIDI 

Musical Instrument Digital Interface 

(MIDI) is the electronic marriage of music and 

computer technology that revolutionized music 

composition, recording, and arrangement. 

Students are introduced to the history of the 

MIDI concept, its principles and theory, and 

MIDI production techniques as well as MIDI 

control, synchronization, troubleshooting, and 

the design of MIDI systems. Students also survey 

the effect of MIDI on the modern recording 

studio environment and examine live audio MIDI 

applications. Finally, students learn how to 

interface computers with musical instruments for 

recording and live performance applications. 

MUM 3308 

Music Copyright 

and Publishing † 

The Music Copyright and Publishing 

Course teaches students how to protect their 

creative works and provides an overview of 

the business mechanisms that can affect the 

use of their songs and those of their clients. 

Along with the global topics of copyright and 

music publishing, this course also covers 

the history of the music publishing industry, 

royalties, the songwriter’s contract, and 

publishing options, and provides an overview 

of publishing companies. 


Historical Overview of the Music 

Publishing Industry 

Music Publishing Overview and Concepts 

Copyright Law 

Copyright Requirements and Regulations 

Copyright Protection 

Copyright and Digital Technology 

Royalties 



MUH 2051 

Music History I* 


hits and new style combinations through 

every decade. The Music History I 

Course surveys this rich evolution from its 

roots through modern times in two classes, 

examining each musical style’s respective 

sociological and technological precedents. 

Music History I explores the unique historical 

and cultural conditions that serve to make 

American music distinctly original. 

MUH 3051 

Music History II* 

While Bob Dylan, The Beatles, and James 

Brown led popular music into its most creative 

period, the baby boomer generation developed 

a political awareness. Their revolutionary 

movements later settled into apathy in the late 

‘70s, and the music business took a profitable 

turn by developing a business model of selection 

and promotion. With a basis in the origin 

of American Music from the Music History 

I Course, the Music History II Course 

illustrates how the music industry continued 

to evolve. From 1975 through recent decades, 

the convergence of film, magazines, MTV, and 

the Internet in the promotion of new acts has 

cultivated a broad array of career paths for 

today’s student amid every facet of 

the music industry. 


The Popular Music Revolution 1965–1970 

Big Business Music, Promotion 

Convergence vs. the Fringe 1970–1990 



REC 4511 

Music Producing 

and Arrangement 

The Music Producing and Arrangement 

Course addresses musical concepts of melody, 

rhythm, harmony, and the arrangement of a 

rhythm section, solo instruments, or voice. 

Learning will focus on grasping the conceptual 

process of combining individual components 

to complete a musically sound arrangement. 

Students will be led through an exploration of 

the use and integration of MIDI technology and 

sequencing as it relates to rhythm section and 

lead-line writing. Various contemporary music 

styles and the music concepts comprising 

them will be examined. Additional course 

topics will address music production from an 

engineering perspective, demonstrating how 

knowledge of compositional elements such as 

melody, harmony, arranging, and orchestration 

help provide the foundation and focus of 

contemporary styles and techniques. Great 

producers and musicians will be analyzed for 

study, including George Martin, Quincy Jones, 

Phil Spector, Daniel Lanois, Peter Gabriel, Prince, 

Brian Eno and Jeff “Mutt” Lange. 


Arranging 

Creativity 

Budgets and Management 

Development of an Engineering Style 

Psychology and Creative Development 



Critical Listening Skills and 

Final Project Development 


Creative Structure in Media 

MUT 1023 

Music Theory 


Fundamentals of Digital Audio 

Digital Audio Recording 

Digital Audio Reproduction and 

Error Correction 

Digital Audio and Media Formats 

Music Mastering Skills 

CD and DVD Mastering 

Multi-audio Formats 

Digital Mastering Process 

Problem Solving 

Case Studies 

Media Physics 

Visual Media 

Sound in Media and Show Production 

Digital Arts and Technology in Media 

Media History 

Course Specific Labs 


Industry Study 


MIDI Concepts 

Sequencing 

MIDI Hardware and Software 



Roots of American Music: European- 

American Folk, and Blues/Gospel 

Urban and Rural Popular Forms of the Early 

20th Century: Jazz Age Pop, Country 

The Music Theory Course encompasses 

a thorough study of the workings of music 

and sound. Students will study music theory, 

song form, and notation as well as develop 

ear-training skills. The focus of the course 

lies in understanding the construction of 

music and gaining the ability to communicate 

effectively with musicians, composers, directors, 

programmers, and producers in the professional 

audio production environment. 

Digital Signal Processing 


Course length 

3.20 

4 weeks 


Course length 

4.00 

4 weeks 


Course length 

4.27 

4 weeks 

Audio Components and Terminology 

Technical Systems Interface and Layout 

Small System Setup and Engineering 



Course length 

4.27 

4 weeks 

The Pop Music for Youth Explosion 1945 

to 1965 




Music Theory and Construction 

Song Form and Instrumentation 

Music Notation 




Ear-Training 








Program Core 

REC 2131 

Principles and 

Applications of Electricity 

The Principles and Applications of 

Electricity Course is designed to teach 

principles and applications of electricity needed 

by the entertainment industry professional. 

With an emphasis placed on safety procedures, 

students gain knowledge of electrical systems 

as they apply to studio and live event production. 

Areas of study include: DC theory, Ohm’s Law, 

introduction to AC, single-phase and threephase 

power, motor systems, electrical test 

equipment and measurement, live event power 

distribution systems, wire and cabling types 

for power systems, portable generator power 

applications, and grounding schemes. Students 

will design, build, and test a basic electrical 

distribution system. This course also provides 

the fundamental concepts required to better 

understand the electronic circuits found within 

audio, video, and lighting equipment. 


Electrical Theory 

Study of Ohm’s Law: 

Resistance/Voltage/Current 

Introduction to AC Electrical Systems 

Motor Control 

Electrical Distribution Project 



MUM 1608 

Recording Consoles 

The Recording Consoles Course explores 

the fundamental concepts of audio theory and 

practice. Students will learn recording console 

signal flow, multitrack recorder operation, 

signal processing, microphone technology, 

and professional audio techniques as the basic 

building blocks of their audio education. 


Studio Signal Flow 

Multitrack Recording 

Audio Hardware and Processing 

Audio Theory and Techniques 



REC 2901 


The Session Recording Course provides 

overall experience in the theory, philosophy, and 

practice of contemporary music production in a 

world-class studio facility. The course introduces 

the theory and operation of large-format audio 

consoles. Emphasis will be placed on how to 

conduct a music session and how to work with 

a band in a studio setting. Additional topics 

of study will be studio signal flow, recording 

techniques, and synchronization. Students utilize 

cutting-edge audio recording technology for 

advanced study in order to gain expertise in the 

art and science of music production. 



Recording Practices and Procedures 


Recording Projects 



REC 3011 

Songwriting and 

Development 

In the Songwriting and Development 

Course, basic songwriting techniques will 

be addressed; students will develop a strong 

sense of form, melody, harmony, bass line 

development, and rhythm. An introduction to 

lyric considerations for various musical genres 

will be explored, and all of these course topics 

will be connected and related to the standpoint 

of the audio engineer. Additional topics will 

include modulation and modality, transitional 

bridge and primary bridge, rhythm, rhyme and 

form, compositional decision-making, effective 

arrangements for lead vocals, and supporting 

the style and structure of a song with 

appropriate instruments. The over-arching goal 

of this course is convey to audio engineers the 

significance of songwriting in the production 

process and to assist audio engineers in making 

appropriate technical decisions based on the 

song and the artist. 


Basic Songwriting Techniques 

Engineering and Lyrical Considerations 

Engineering and Music 

Genre Considerations 

Compositional Decision Making 

Songwriting and the Production Process 

Technology Decisions Based 

on Songwriting 



REC 3123 

Vocal Production 

The Vocal Production Course will 

specifically address the production of vocal 

tracks and voice-overs for various media and 

musical applications. The creative component 

of this course will explore techniques and 

strategies for capturing the best vocal 

performance. Other topics of study will include 

preproduction with vocalists, establishing 

producer/vocalist rapport, conducting a vocal 

session, vocal compilation and background 

vocals, microphone selections, signal processing 

for vocals and voice-overs, and mixing for vocals 

and voice-overs. 


Technical and Strategic Applications for 

Vocal Performances 

Conducting a Vocal Session 

Microphone Selection for Vocals 

and Voice-overs 

Signal Processing for Vocals 

and Voice-overs 

Mixing for Vocals and Voice-overs 




ART 2007 

Art History* 















Art History 


Modern Art 





CLP 1006 









organization, active listening, and creating 

effective presentations. 




Motivation 

Empathy 

Social Skills 



MGF 1213 
















Graphing 







CGS 1000 


















Web 2.0 Tools 







ENC 1101 















Grammar 





PHY 1000 

Fundamentals of Physics † 










Kinematics 

Motion 








ENC 326 

Professional Writing* 

The Professional Writing Course is designed 

to further develop the rational/logical functions 

of the brain while cultivating intellectual prowess 

to master multiple genres of writing. Students 

identify and practice different writing styles 

while exploring the purposes of writing vital to 

their success as professionals. 


Multi-Disciplinary Writing 

Strategies for Drafting, Revising, and 

Proofreading Professional Documents 

Manuscripts and Adaptations 

Reports and Proposal Writing 



SPC 1606 



























Recording 

Engineering 


Understanding the nuances of recording a voice or 

instrument requires a broad-based approach that 

combines art and science. From dramatic instrumental 

scores to hard-driving rock and roll, all genres and 

media require an attention to detail and a respect for 

the integrity of the fi nished product. If your dream 

career is to be involved in the making of memorable 

recordings, Full Sail University’s Recording 

Engineering Associate’s Degree Program can give you 

the building blocks to pursue a career working behind 

the scenes in professional audio. 

Quality recorded audio is not only needed for great 

albums, but for the media that shapes our lives. To 

address the need for skilled recording professionals, 

Full Sail University’s Recording Engineering 

Associate’s Degree teaches students the core 

fundamentals of what it takes to record and master 

high-caliber music and soundtracks. 





CAMPUS ONLINE CAMPUS ONLINE 


PROGRAM PROGRAM PROGRAM PROGRAM 




CAMPUS ONLINE 

RECORDING ENGINEERING | Associate Associate of Science Science Degree Program 221 


PROGRAM 

PROGRAM 





Postproduction

NG 


ORDING ENGINEERING 

ND FUNDAMENTALS 

RDING AND MIXING/ 

IC PRODUCTION 


SOUND FUNDAMENTALS 


In the studio, you need to know much more than 

how to run the controls. You’ll need to have the ear 

OF SOUND 

to determine if a guitar’s A string is fl at, or whether 

a vocal needs to be brightened up. When a signal or 

microphone RECORDING fails, you’ll need to AND know MIXING/ how to effectively 

troubleshoot and fi x the problem as soon as possible. 

MUSIC PRODUCTION 

Your curriculum in the Recording Engineering program 

introduces you to all of the elements of sound – from 

music basics, to mastering 

ear training and critical listening. You’ll 

also study audiotronics to learn how to properly use 

and maintain industry-standard recording hardware 

and software, POSTPRODUCTION 

as well as hands-on electronics 

knowledge so that you can wire, solder, and test 

equipment. Your coursework also includes industry- 

audio 

specifi c topics such EFFECTS 

as microphone theory and audio 

workfl ow, as well as the essential communication skills 

needed in the music business. 


TPRODUCTION 

SOUND FUNDAMENTALS 

RECORDING AND MIXING/ 


elements 

OF SOUND 

recording& 

mastering 

music& audio 

cal audiotronics microphone 

NG ENGINEERING 


elements 

OF SOUND 

recording& 

mastering 

audio 

EFFECTS 

LISTENING 

critical audiotronics microphone 

LISTENING 

THEORY 

SOUND 

design 

music& 

sound 

IN MEDIA 

THEORY 

flawless 

PROFESSIONAL 

workflow 

vocal 

PROFESSIONAL 

D flawless 

recording 

LISTENING 

THEORY workflow 

n 

&mastering 

ARTIST 

PRODUCTION 


tracks 

collaboration 


RECORDING ENGINEERING | Associate Associate of Science Science Degree Program 

SOUND 

TECHNIQUES vocal 

222 223 

recording& 

recording 

ARTIST 

DAMENTALS 

AND MIXING/ 

elements 

recording& 

elements 

OF SOUND 


LISTENING 

SOUND 

design 

EFFECTS 

sound 

IN MEDIA 

tracks 


SOUND 

design 

music& 

sound 

IN MEDIA 

flawless 

tracks 

flawless 

tracks 


flawless 

THEORY 

vocal 

PRODUCTION 

TECHNIQUES 

PROFESSIONAL 

recording 

&mastering 

THEORY 

vocal 

PRODUCTION 

TECHNIQUES 

workflow 

vocal 

PRODUCTION 

TECHNIQUES 

ARTIST 

collaboration 

PROFESSIONAL 

workflow 

recording 

&mastering 

PROFE 

wo 

recor 

&mas

G 


elements 

recording& 

mastering 

SOUND FUNDAMENTALSRECORDING 

AND MIXING/ 


OF SOUND 

SOUND flawless 


design 


Whether the goal is a polished pop single, a bare-bones 

audio 

RECORDING AND MIXING/ tracks recording&EFFECTS 

rock track, or an intricate soundtrack to a game or fi lm, 


a recording session can demand a diverse range of skill 

mastering 

and knowledge. The Recording Engineering degree 

program is developed to prepare you for a variety of 

recording situations – teaching you how to create a 

music& 

sound 

professional-caliber recording from the fi rst track POSTPRODUCTION 

to 

the fi nal mixed master. 

audio 

elements 

EFFECTS 

Your coursework includes classes in session recording, 

IN audio workstations MEDIA and interactive audio. Within Full 

Sail’s state-of-the-art studios, you’ll learn the theory 

OF SOUND 

and operation of recording and mixing equipment, LISTENING 

and apply your knowledge of engineering standards 

by working with live musicians in real-world recording 

scenarios. In turn, you develop creative production 

skills in sound design and artist collaboration, as well 

as the personal skills needed to work with real people 

recording& 

in studio situations. 


SOUND 

mastering 

Your vision of becoming a professional recording design 

engineer isn’t driven by a desire to push buttons – 

it’s the idea of taking part in making a quality piece 

of music. A solid understanding of what goes into 


good music is essential for an engineer to get the 

most out of a musician or instrument’s sound and 

ultimately deliver a powerful fi nal product. 

music& 

SOUND FUNDAMENTALS In the Recording Engineering degree program, you’ll 

elements 

learn the processes and techniques used by top music 

producers to create fl awless tracks. From fi nding the 

audio sound 

OF SOUND 

LISTENING 

sweet spot for microphone placement to working with 

EFFECTS 

an artist on song structure, your coursework in music 

theory gives you insight into the music recording IN MEDIA 

RECORDING AND MIXING/ recording& 

SOUND 

process. The fundamentals of melody, harmony, 


rhythm and tone are mastering 

design flawless 

all part of working successfully 

tracks 

with musicians. You’ll study music history to analyze 

music styles and musical milestones to diversify and 

enrich your awareness of the requirements of today’s 

POSTPRODUCTION studio environment. audio 

EFFECTS 

critical audiotronics flawless vocal 

PRODUCTION microphone 

SOUND 

vocal 

design 

LISTENING 

music& 

PRODUCTION sound 

TECHNIQUES 

SOUND IN MEDIA 

design 

music& 

sound 

IN MEDIA 

flawless 

tracks 

TECHNIQUES THEORY 

vocal 

PRODUCTION 

TECHNIQUES 

PROFESSIONAL 

workflow 

recording 

&mastering 



music& 

sound 

IN MEDIA 

flawless 

tracks 

workflow 

recording 

&mastering 

THEORY 

vocal 

PRODUCTION 

TECHNIQUES 

ARTIST 

collaboration 



THEORY 

vocal 

PRODUCTION 

TECHNIQUES 

tracks 

PROFESSIONAL 

workflow 

recording 

&mastering 

workflow 

recording 

&mastering 

ARTIST 

collaboration 

ARTIST 

collaboration 

c


audio 

EFFECTS 

RECORDING AND MIXING/ 



music& 

soundaudio 

EFFECTS 

IN MEDIA 

recording& 

mastering 


Producers of fi lm, video games, and television 

all agree: sound is half the experience. The audio 

postproduction focus in Full Sail’s Recording 

Engineering degree explores the creation of sound 

effects, music, and dialogue for today’s media. 

You’ll learn how the soundtrack surrounds the 

audience and brings the onscreen world to life. 

tracks TECHNIQUES 



SOUND 

design 

music& 

sound 

IN MEDIA 

flawless 

tracks 

vocal 

PRODUCTION 

TECHNIQUES

228 

Overview 

Full Sail University’s Recording Engineering 

curriculum is designed to provide you with the 

fundamental knowledge and technical skills you’ll 

need to make the fi rst step into a career in the audio 

industry. With more than 30 years of experience 

educating people in the art and science of recording 

audio, Full Sail has evolved alongside the industry, and 

has developed a curriculum that addresses the basics 

not just of recording music, but also how analog and 

digital recording skills can be used in video games, 

fi lm, live music production, and more. 

You’ll study the use and maintenance of studio 

equipment, the operation of digital workstations, the 

fundamentals of how to effectively run a studio session, 

music production processes, and the postproduction 

implementation of dialog and special effects. By 

working with the same technology and workfl ows 

found in the professional audio industry, you’ll master 

the basics of recording during live sessions with 

musicians playing a variety of genres. 

Since a passion for music is what ultimately drives 

those who want careers in recording, your coursework 

includes topics such as music theory and critical 

listening. You’ll also learn the basics of electronics and 

work with all types of recording equipment to develop 

your understanding of the underlying technology that 

makes it all happen. 

Additionally, courses in communications, the music 

industry, plus relevant math and computer science 

deliver the essentials needed to thrive in real-world 

business scenarios and prepare you for that fi rst 

step into the audio industry. To help you make that 

transition, we’ve also got a team of Career Development 

professionals that can help you polish your interviewing 

skills and get you ready to enter the job market. 

In addition, our Career Development services and 

advisors will be available for support and assistance 

throughout the length of your professional career. 

Objective 


knowledge and understanding of audio needed 

to qualify for entry-level industry positions as 

assistant engineers, music recording engineers, 

postproduction audio engineers, MIDI/digital audio 

workstation operators and programmers, music/ 

effects/dialogue editors, production engineers for 

broadcast, assistant maintenance technicians, and 

a variety of other positions in the audio industry. 










RECORDING ENGINEERING | Associate Associate of Science Science Degree Program 


Recording Engineering 


PROGRAM CORE 






REC 2513 Critical Listening 2.67 

REC 1751 Digital Audio and Theory 3.20 

REC 2223 Digital Consoles 4.27 

REC 2623 Interactive Audio 3.73 

REC 1111 Introduction to Media Arts 4.27 

MUB 2011 Introduction to Music Business 2.13 

SHP 2031 Introduction to Show Production Systems 4.27 

REC 1630 Microphones and Theory 3.20 

REC 1731 MIDI 4.27 

MUH 2051 Music History I* 2.13 





Totals: 64.01 


1 2 3 4 5 6 


MEDIA ARTS 

BEHAVIORAL 

SCIENCE 


& INTERNET 

COLLEGE 

MATHEMATICS 

MUSIC 

THEORY 

FUNDAMENTALS 

OF PHYSICS 

RECORDING 

CONSOLES 

MICROPHONES 

& THEORY 

MIDI 

DIGITAL AUDIO 

& THEORY 

INTRODUCTION TO SHOW 

PRODUCTION SYSTEMS 

AUDIO FILE MANAGEMENT 


7 8 9 10 11 12 

AUDIOTRONICS 

PRINCIPLES & APPLICATIONS 


DIGITAL 

CONSOLES 

ENGLISH 

COMPOSITION I 

AUDIO 

WORKSTATIONS 

CRITICAL 

LISTENING 









Totals: 24.00 

INTERACTIVE 

AUDIO 

PUBLIC 

SPEAKING 

AUDIO 


MUSIC 

HISTORY I 





SESSION 

RECORDING 




Program Core 

REC 1801 

Audio File 




Documentation Course provides students 

with a comprehensive understanding of many 

different audio file formats and the proper 

management and documentation of these files. 

Additional topics addressed in this course 

include professional management standards for 

audio files and file documentation standards 

for various audio production applications. This 

course helps to develop students’ professional 

demeanor through careful examination of 

industry standards, workflow, protocol, 

etiquette, and vocabulary. 











Development of Audio File Problem 

Solving Skills 




REC 2803 


The Audio Postproduction Course provides 

students with an overview of the creation 

and recording of production sound and audio 

postproduction sound design for feature film 

and television. Subjects include the history 

of the audio postproduction process, the 

recording of production sound, timecode 

and synchronization, the feature film audio 

postproduction process, and the television 

audio postproduction process. 






Feature Film Audio Postproduction Process 




REC 2413 




through an overview of digital audio concepts 

and practices. Students receive instruction and 

practical experience with powerful computerbased 


modern recording and show production industry. 





Digital Audio Theory and Practice 



REC 2141 

Audiotronics 




















Lighting Fixture Maintenance 



REC 2513 





music from studio sessions, live concert 

material, and audio postproduction mixes 

as the subject of analysis. Course topics 

include psychoacoustics of various audio 

environments, critical listening and the 

identification of engineering techniques such 

as balance, panning, EQ, reverb, compression, 

delay, and time-based effects, and instrument 

identification. Students also hone their 

critical listening skills by examining stylistic 










Critical Listening Techniques for Various 

Audio Applications 

Case Studies 



REC 1751 



today’s student has a solid understanding 

of digital audio and the theories associated 

with this technology. The Digital Audio and 

Theory Course examines digital audio in 

various audio applications, preparing students 

for working in the digital audio realm. 










REC 2223 


The Digital Consoles Course introduces 

the theory and operation of digital audio 

consoles in the music production and live event 

production environments. Students in this 

course explore the audio signal flow of digital 

consoles as well as the computer automation 

and recall systems they employ. Additional 

course topics include signal routing and 

processing, digital console design, audio signal 

paths, digital plug-ins, audio file management, 

live audio digital consoles, music production 

digital consoles, and digital console automation 

and recall. 


Digital Console Overview and Applications 






REC 2623 





Students delve into specific examples of 

audio and explore how they apply to the final 

product. The course provides a survey of audio, 

computer, and synthesis fundamentals as 

applied to streaming audio, video games, and 

other interactive content. 




Sound Design and Postproduction for 


Multichannel Surround Sound Formats 

and Applications 


Media Issues 




Program Core 

REC 1111 



introduces students to the film, television, 

sound, live event, and digital media industries. 

The course provides fundamental terminology 

and the necessary understanding of the history, 

personnel, and production processes of the 

different media fields. Students explore how 

sound, visuals, and writing are all essential 

elements of successful media production. 



Media Physics 

Visual Media 



Media History 




MUB 2011 




Course takes students through the overall 


businesses. The music industry is comprised 

of various players, companies, unions, notfor-profit 

associations, and other bodies that 

influence the music production and live event 

industries. It is important for any individual to 

understand all of the different components that 

impact this industry. Course topics address 

the following positions within the studio and 

live event industries: record producer, music 

publisher, booking agent, promoter, and tour 

manager. Additional topics include copyright 

collectives, performance rights organizations, 

music business deal structures, music 

distribution, and the tour industry model. 









Case Studies 



SHP 2031 




Systems Course introduces students to the 

basic concepts of live event terminology and 

technical systems. Console overviews and 

basic interfacing are introduced in preparation 

for future lab sessions, and additional emphasis 

is placed on defining live audio components and 

the system interface. 








REC 1630 


The Microphones and Theory Course 

explores the application, placement, and 

creative usage of microphones in music 

production environments. The course includes 

the evaluation of various environments both 

in studio and live-location production along 

with recommended microphone applications 

for each setting. Students in this course learn 

about microphone design theory, microphone 

polar patterns, and the recording process. 



and Varieties 


Microphones and 

Measurements/Specifications 





REC 1731 

MIDI 








control, synchronization, troubleshooting, and 

the design of MIDI systems. Students also survey 

the effect of MIDI on the modern recording 

studio environment and examine live audio MIDI 

applications. Finally, students learn how to 

interface computers with musical instruments for 

recording and live performance applications. 


MIDI Concepts 

Sequencing 





MUH 2051 




every decade. The Music History I Course 

surveys this rich evolution from its roots 

through modern times, examining each 

musical style’s respective sociological and 

technological precedents. Music History I 

explores the unique historical and cultural 

conditions that serve to make American music 

distinctly original. 







to 1965 



MUT 1023 

Music Theory 








effectively with musicians, composers, 

directors, programmers, and producers in the 

professional audio production environment. 





Ear-Training 



REC 2131 

Principles and 

Applications of Electricity 



principles and applications of electricity 

needed by the entertainment industry 

professional. With an emphasis placed on 

safety procedures, students gain knowledge 

of electrical systems as they apply to studio 

and live event production. Areas of study 

include: DC theory, Ohm’s Law, introduction 

to AC, single-phase and three-phase power, 

motor systems, electrical test equipment and 

measurement, live event power distribution 

systems, wire and cabling types for 

power systems, portable generator power 
















Motor Control 




MUM 2608 











Multitrack Recording 



REC 2901 



























CLP 1006 














Motivation 

Empathy 

Social Skills 



MGF 1213 
















Graphing 







CGS 1000 


















Web 2.0 Tools 




ENC 1101 

English Composition* † 

The English Composition Course is 

designed to help students refine their own 

writing processes while developing an 

in-depth personal and intellectual inquiry 

into a subject of their choosing. The course 

connects personal reflection with critical 

analysis, providing varied opportunities for 

writing and strengthening language skills. As 

the course unfolds, a series of assignments will 

lead students through a continually deepening 

creative research process, which then 

culminates in the delivery of a complex and 

detailed written project. 


Composition and Revision 


Literary Devices 

Grammar and Structure 

Portfolio 





PHY 1000 











Kinematics 

Motion 








SPC 1606 




















Creation and Delivery of Expository and 

Demonstrative Speeches 








RECORDING ENGINEERING | Associate Associate of Science Science Degree Program 235

Show 

Production 


From rock concerts and performing arts to corporate 

presentations and theme park events, the buzz that fi lls 

the air while watching live entertainment is undeniable 

and unmistakable – it’s a rush of emotion that leaves 

an impression on a crowd unlike any other experience. 

And while the audience’s focus may be directed toward 

the performers in the spotlight, none of them would be 

presented at their best without the hard work, planning, 

and technical skill of the people working behind the 

scenes – the technicians who build the stages, program 

and run the lights, set up microphones and balance the 

audio, and make sure everything looks and sounds just 

right for the audience. 

Those technical artists possess a unique set of skills 

that are separate from, but just as important as the 

talents of the performers on stage. Full Sail’s Show 

Production Bachelor’s Degree Program is designed 

to help you develop the skills you need to transform 

a night (or day) at a show, gig, or convention into an 

unforgettable experience, whether you’re running 

sound, directing or controlling the lights, shooting video 

for projection imagery, or any other of the roles it takes 

to produce a memorable live event. 


Live Event Production 

Audio and 

Lighting Systems 

Audio Visual Technologies 

Concert Media Design 






CAMPUS ONLINE CAMPUS 




ONLINE 

PROGRAM 

SHOW PRODUCTION | Bachelor Bachelor of Science Science Degree Program 237


AUDIO 

lighting 

AUDIO & LIGHTING 

flow 

SYSTEMS DESIGN 

SIGNAL 

flow 

show 

Live Event Production 

The lights dim and the crowd goes wild – it’s show 

ACOUSTIC 

PRODUCTION 

time, and there’s no shortage of action going on 

MEASUREMENT/ 

behind the scenes, from running audio SYSTEMS 

and lighting SOUNDquality 

to shooting the event on video. In this area of the 

PRODUCTION ARTS 

optimization 

Show Production program, you’ll learn all about the 

MASTER production LABS details of live events, handling the same environment 

gear that’s used in the industry every day. You’ll 

SOUNDquality monitor 

do this in real live sound environments integrated 

optimization throughout our campus, ENGINEERING 

where you’ll cut your 

teeth and put your skills to the test in multiple 

performance settings. 

ulated 

E-PRODUCTION 

ENVIRONMENTS 

show 

PRODUCTION 

SYSTEMS 

From mixing the sound on stage at the front-of-house 

console, to executing a multi-camera shoot of the 

show, to recording and mixing the event in our 

production suites, it’s your chance to learn by doing 

in a fast-paced, exciting work space. 

simulated 

LIVE-PRODUCTION 

SIGNAL 

ENVIRONMENTS 

monitor 

ENGINEERING 

LIVE 

production 

VIDEO environment 

RECORDING 

MIXING 

SPECIFICATION visualization 

PROGRAMS 

AUDIO 

visual 

SYSTEMS 

ACOUSTIC 

MEASUREMENT/ 

RECORDING 


MASTER LABS 

MIXING 

AUDIO 

visual 

SYSTEMS 

audio 

ANALY SIS 

SYSTEMS 

home 

THEATER 

SET-UP 

home 

THEATER 

SET-UPaudio 

FULL SAIL UNIVERSITY audio live 

FULL SAIL UNIVERSITY SHOW PRODUCTION | Bachelor Bachelor of Science Science Degree Program 

nvironment 

SHOW PRO & TOUR 

LIVE EVENT 

PRODUCTION 

LIVE 

production 

VIDEO 

PECIFICATION visualization 

PROGRAMS 

AUDIO 

lighting 

ANALY SIS 

simulated 


ENVIRONMENTS 

live 

MEDIA 

concert 

VISUALS 

show 

PRODUCTION 

SYSTEMS 


LIVE EVENT 

PRODUCTION 



monitor 

ENGINEERING 

LIVEHD 

VIDEO 

production 


PROGRAMS 

LIVE 

production 

VIDEO 

AUDIO 

lighting 

live 

SIGNAL 

flow 

SOUNDquality 

optimization 

EVENT 

PRODUCTIONS 

RECORDING 

MIXING 

AUDIO 

visual 

SYSTEMS 

ANALY SIS 

SYSTEMS 

simulated 


ENVIRONMENTS 

live 

MEDIA 

concert 

VISUALS 

environment 

SPECIFICATION 

show 

PRODUCTION 

SYSTEMS 

p 

home 

THEATE 

SET-U 

238 239 

live 

EVEN 

PRODUCTIO

N 

TS 


monitor 

LIVE EVENT 

PRODUCTION 

ENGINEERING 

LIVEHD 

VIDEO 

production 



visualization 

ACOUSTIC 

PROGRAMS 

MEASUREMENT/ 



MASTER LABS 

MASTER LABS 

LIVE EVENT 

PRODUCTION 

LIVE 

production 

AUDIO VIDEO 

lighting 



SIGNAL 

flow 

AUDIO 

RECORDING 

MIXING 

lighting 

AUDIO 


visual SIGNAL 

SYSTEMS 

flow 

flow 

audio 

ANALY SIS 

SOUNDquality 

SYSTEMS 

SOUNDquality 

optimization 

optimization 

simulated 


ENVIRONMENTS 

live 

MEDIA 

concert 

ACOUSTIC 

VISUALS 

MEASUREMENT/ 


SOUNDquality MASTER LABS 

optimization Audio & Lighting Systems 

environment 

Running a live event is more than just working the 

boards; it’s important to understand the concepts 

that can really drive a production and enhance the 

live experience. To that end, you’ll study signal flow 

and learn all about the construction show 

and interface 

of show production systems, from PRODUCTION 

their use and 

capabilities in a live forum all the SYSTEMS 

way down to the 

wiring and how these machines operate. You’ll also 

learn in-ear monitor system set-up and hone your 

AUDIO 

simulated simulated 


home 

THEATER 

live 

ENVIRONMENTS 

SET-UP 

EVENT environment 

SPECIFICATION 

SPECIFICATION visualization visualization 

PRODUCTIONS 

lighting 

monitor 

SIGNAL 

flow 

SOUNDquality 

optimization 

live live 

MEDIA MEDIA 

concert concert 

VISUALS VISUALS 

show show 

PRODUCTION 

ENGINEERING 

SYSTEMS PRODUCTION 

SYSTEMS 

LIVEHD 

VIDEO 

production 

monitor monitor 

audio 

ANALY SIS 

PROGRAMS 

SYSTEMS 

live engineering skills by mixing live multitrack 

recordings. In addition to audio, you’ll also 

show 

immerse 

yourself in the realm of lighting, learning color 

theory, photometrics, conventional fi xtures, dimmers, 

and other equipment LIVE that you’ll encounter when PRODUCTION 

illuminating the production 

stage. You’ll later be asked to apply 

these concepts to programming and designing your 

VIDEO 

SYSTEMS 

own lighting systems using both stationary and 

moving light fi xtures. 


ENGINEERING 

ENGINEERING 

LIVE LIVE HD HD 

VIDEO VIDEO 

production 

simulated 


ENVIRONMENTS 

PROGRAMS 

PROGRAMS 

RECORDING LIVE 

MIXING production LIVE 

live production VIDEO LIVEHD 

MEDIA 

VIDEO 

VIDEO 

concert 

AUDIO production home 

VISUALS 

visual 

SYSTEMS 

environment 

RECORDING 

RECORDING 

MIXING MIXING 

AUDIO AUDIO 

THEATER 

SET-UP 


visual visual 

SYSTEMS SYSTEMS 

audio audio 

ANALY SIS 

ANALY SIS 

SYSTEMS 

SYSTEMS 

monitor 

ENGINEERING 

home home 

THEATER THEATER 

SET-UP SET-UP 


live 

PROGRAMS 

EVENT 

Audio Visual Technologies 

PRODUCTIONS 

You’ll encounter all types of venues in the live 

production industry, from sports arenas and stadiums 

to smaller and less-conventional environments like 

courtrooms LIVE and classrooms. However big or small, 

each of these facilities production 

relies on installers to ensure 

that the audio and video components are optimized 

for the acoustic and visual VIDEO 

dynamics of the structure. 

In this area of the Show Production program, 

you’ll learn about the professional installation of 

live 

EVENT EVENT 

RECORDING 

PRODUCTIONS 

PRODUCTIONS 

MIXING 

AUDIO 

visual 

SYSTEMS 

audio 

ANALY SIS 

SYSTEMS 

live 

multimedia systems in a variety of settings. We’ll take 

you through layouts, wiring, equipment, and control 

programming of various installation systems, giving 

you comprehensive knowledge of career options in 

this rapidly expanding industry. Whether it’s a home 

theater or a performing arts theater, you’ll know how 

to assess a room, design the proper specifi cations to 

match the location, and set up the system to meet the 

needs of its audience. 

home 

THEATER 

SET-UP 

live 

EVENT 

PRODUCTIONS 

240 241

ng 

SIGNAL 

ENGINEERING 


ACOUSTIC 

MEASUREMENT/ 


MASTER LABS 

flow 

SOUNDquality 

optimization 

simulated 


ENVIRONMENTS 

NAL show 

UCTION 

NMENTS 

uality 

tion 

A 

rt 

S 

monitor 

LIVE 

production 

VIDEO 

visualization 

PROGRAMS 

monitor 

PRODUCTION ENGINEERING 

SYSTEMS 

environment 

LIVE 

RECORDING 

MIXING 

show 

PRODUCTION 

SOUNDquality 

optimization SYSTEMS 

AUDIO 

environment 

home 

SPECIFICATION THEATER visualization 

visual 

SYSTEMS 

audio 

ANALY SIS 

monitor 

SYSTEMS 

ENGINEERING 

Concert Media RECORDING 

Design 

LIVE 

Concert tours allow artists to add a powerful visual 

element production MIXING 

to their music, and the latest technologies 

in lighting, video displays, and stage effects offer 

expansive possibilities VIDEO for heightening the impact of 

a live performance. The Show Production program 

features courses that take you from introductory to 

advanced concepts in concert media design, where 

you’ll learn to blend standard live audio and visual 

production theory AUDIO 

with new approaches in concept 

development, stage design, and execution – including 

PROGRAMS 

integrated media server technology visual and LED display 

systems. Finally, you’ll pull all of these techniques 

together to produce your own SYSTEMS 

live music event, 

where you’ll design, manage, and engineer a fullscale 

multimedia concert in Full Sail Live, our stateof-the-art 

performance hall. 

SPECIFICATION HD visualization 

VIDEO 

production 

ent 

TION visualization 

PROGRAMS 

live 

audio 

ANALY SIS 

SYSTEMS 

LIVE 

AUDIO 

environment production 

visual 


SET-UP 

EVENT 

VIDEO 

show 

PRODUCTION 

PROGRAMS 

SYSTEMS 

RECORDING 

PRODUCTIONS 

MIXING 

AUDIO 

visual 

SYSTEMS 

audio 

ANALY SIS 

SYSTEMS 

home 

THEATER 

live 

SET-UP 

EVENT 

PRODUCTIONS 

SYSTEMS 

audio 

ANALY SIS 

SYSTEMS 

home 

THEATER 

SET-UP 

live 

PROGRAMS 

LIVE 

production 

VIDEO 

EVENT 

PRODUCTIONS 

home 

THEATER audio 

ANALY SET-UP SIS 

SYSTEMS 

live 

EVENT 

PRODUCTIONS 

242 243 

FULL SAIL UNIVERSITY SHOW PRODUCTION | Bachelor Bachelor of Science Science Degree Program

244 

Overview 

Our Show Production curriculum provides you with 

practical and technical skills to prepare for a career 

in the live event fi eld of your choice – whether it’s the 

concert and touring market, corporate productions, 

conventions, audio/visual installations, or other 

disciplines. You’ll become immersed in the world 

of contemporary audio, lighting, and concert media 

design, learning the theories and principles behind 

these components, and getting extensive and 

immersive experience with a wide assortment of 

gear used by professionals in the industry. 

Once you’ve gotten a grasp of production concepts in 

a classroom setting, you’ll be able to put your skills 

to the test in real world scenarios by collaborating 

with a live band to design, produce, and manage a 

full-scale show. You’ll know how to ensure that things 

run smoothly, and how to maintain order when both 

technical and creative issues arise. 

In addition to show production-specifi c skills, 

you’ll also have courses focusing on studio recording, 

communication, professional presentation, 

entertainment business and law, and how to prepare 

yourself for that fi rst step into live event production. 

To help you make that transition, we’ve also got a team 


you polish your interviewing skills and résumé and get 





Objective 


and understanding of live event production needed 

to qualify for entry-level, industry positions in sound 

reinforcement, lighting, live video and multimedia, 

computerized lighting, concert touring, and 

measurement system analysis. Additional skills you 

acquire in live event production will broaden your 

opportunities in related media fi elds. 









FULL SAIL UNIVERSITY SHOW PRODUCTION | Bachelor of Science Degree Program 

Bachelor of Science Degree Program 245

Show Production 


PROGRAM CORE 


SHP 4935 Advanced Concert Media Design 2.13 

SHP 4123 Advanced Show Production Systems 4.80 

SHP 4783 Advanced Video Production 4.80 

SHP 3213 Audio and Visual Technologies 4.80 


SHP 4563 Audio Measurement Systems 4.80 








SHP 3633 Show Light Engineering 4.80 

SHP 3423 Show Production Systems 4.80 



Program Core 

SHP 4935 

Advanced Concert 

Media Design 

The Advanced Concert Media Design 

Course is the culmination of all elements of 

concert audio, lighting, media server, and video 

technologies. As a final project course to the 

degree program, students produce their Final 

Concert Series. During this course, participants 

design, manage, and engineer all elements of the 

show. Members of the crew function in various 

production positions, including show marketing, 

production management, stage management, 

visual media, audio, video, and lighting 

technicians and engineers. A team of students is 

responsible for the final audio and visual product. 

SHP 4783 

Advanced Video Production 

The Advanced Video Production Course 

employs technologies used to produce highdefinition 

live concert video productions. 

Students hone their skills utilizing broadcastquality 

HD production equipment. The course 

addresses lighting for video, advanced camera 

operation, directing, and advanced switching 

concepts. Students focus on proper lighting 

procedure, shot composition, and switching 

techniques to prepare them to direct and 

produce their future final concert series labs. 


REC 1801 

Audio File 




Documentation Course provides the 

students with a comprehensive understanding 

of all of the different audio file formats and 

the proper management and documentation 

of these files. Additional topics that will be 

addressed in this course will be professional 

management standards for audio files and file 

documentation standards for various audio 

production applications. Overall goals of 

the curriculum are to develop the student’s 

professional demeanor through careful 

examination of industry standards, workflow, 

protocol, etiquette, and vocabulary. 

REC 2803 


The Audio Postproduction Course 

provides the student with an overview of the 

creation and recording of production sound and 

audio postproduction sound design for feature 

films and television. Subjects include the 

history of the audio postproduction process, 

the recording of production sound, timecode 

and synchronization, the feature film audio 

postproduction process, and the television 

audio postproduction process. 

SHP 4725 

REC 2513 

REC 1751 

REC 2223 

SHP 4343 

REC 2623 

REC 1111 





Installation Technologies 



2.13 

2.67 

3.20 

4.27 

3.20 

3.73 

4.27 


Code Course 

ART 2007 Art History* 

CLP 1006 Behavioral Science 

Credit Hours 

4.00 

MUB 2011 Introduction to Music Business 

SHP 2031 Introduction to Show Production Systems 

TPA 3011 Lighting Concepts and Design 

REC 1630 Microphones and Theory 

REC 1731 MIDI 

MUH 2051 Music History I* 


2.13 

4.27 

3.73 

3.20 

4.27 

2.13 



† MGF 1213 College Mathematics 

4.00 

† CGS 1000 Computer Science and Internet * 

4.00 

† ENC 1101 English Composition I* 

4.00 

† 4.00 


ENC 326 Professional Writing* 4.00 

SPC 1606 Public Speaking † Course Outline 

Preproduction 

Media Server Content Development 

Lighting & Media Programming 

System Interface Labs 

Lighting for Live Concert Video Production 

Advanced Camera Techniques 

Advanced Video Switching 

Production Procedures 

Live Production Labs 










Feature Film Audio 

Postproduction Process 


1 2 



MEDIA ARTS 

& INTERNET 

BEHAVIORAL 

COLLEGE 

SCIENCE 

MATHEMATICS 

8 9 

3 

MUSIC 

THEORY 

FUNDAMENTALS 

OF PHYSICS 

10 

4 

RECORDING 

CONSOLES 

MICROPHONES 

& THEORY 

11 

4.00 

Totals: 32.00 



5 6 7 

INTRODUCTION TO SHOW 

MIDI 

AUDIOTRONICS 

PRODUCTION SYSTEMS 

PRINCIPLES & 

DIGITAL AUDIO AUDIO FILE MANAGEMENT 

APPLICATIONS 

& THEORY 



12 13 14 

Final Production Labs 



SHP 4123 

Advanced Show 


Sound reinforcement concepts and technical 

skills related to live event production are finetuned 

in the Advanced Show Production 

Systems Course. This course also seeks 

to broaden the students’ perception of career 

opportunities by training the students in 

audio system design, system gain structure, 

networking, and installation. Students learn 

in-ear monitor system setup and mixing 

techniques and develop listening skills for 

engineering. Students then apply these skills in 

labs by mixing live multitrack recordings made by 

previous show production program students. Live 

performance labs where students interact with 

performers are scheduled throughout the course. 



SHP 3213 

Audio and Visual 

Technologies 

Students are introduced to the rapidly growing 

field of Audio and Visual Technologies 

for the live production field. This course is 

dedicated to building confidence in the area 

of multimedia conference meetings and 

corporate presentation skills. The course 

will familiarize students with basic audio, 

lighting, and video technology used by today’s 

A/V event technician. Areas of study include 

breakout room set-ups, video display systems, 

intercom communications, and video switching 

procedures. Students apply these skills in 

lab while setting up a simulated corporate 

multimedia event. 


Corporate Event Audio Signal Flow 

Video Display Presentation Technology 

Lighting Fixtures and Control Systems 


Development of Audio File 

Problem-solving Skills 




SHP 4563 

Audio Measurement 

Systems 

This course provides students with training in 

the analysis of room acoustics. Visualization 

programs for real-time audio analysis are 

studied. Sound system tuning, diagnostics 

interface programs, and computer-aided 

analysis systems are all featured elements 

of the Audio Measurement Systems 

Course. During the Show Production program, 

students will use software and hardware 

for real-time sound system measurement, 

optimization, and control to analyze audio in 

real-time to assist in maximizing the quality of 

sound in different engineering environments. 



REC 2413 




through an extensive study of digital audio 

concepts and practices. Students receive 

detailed instruction and hands-on practical 

experience with cutting-edge, computerbased 


recording and show production industries. 




File Management for Audio Workstations 



DIGITAL 

CONSOLES 

ENGLISH 

COMPOSITION I 

15 

AUDIO 

WORKSTATIONS 

CRITICAL 

LISTENING 

16 

INTERACTIVE 

AUDIO 

PUBLIC 

SPEAKING 

17 

AUDIO 


MUSIC 

HISTORY I 

18 

SESSION 

RECORDING 



19 

LIGHTING 

CONCEPTS & DESIGN 

PROFESSIONAL 

WRITING 

20 

AUDIO & VISUAL 

TECHNOLOGIES 

21 

Live Production 

System Design 

Front of House Engineering 

Monitor Engineering 

Advanced Technical Systems 

Communication Systems 

Video Switching and Set-up Labs 


Course length 

4.80 

4 weeks 


Acoustic Measurement Systems 

Audio Design Interconnections 

Audio System Tuning 

Data Analysis 

SHOW 

PRODUCTION 

SYSTEMS 

SHOW LIGHT 

ENGINEERING 

ADVANCED 

SHOW 

PRODUCTION 

SYSTEMS 

INSTALLATION 

TECHNOLOGIES 

ART HISTORY 

AUDIO 

MEASUREMENT 

SYSTEMS 

ADVANCED VIDEO 

PRODUCTION 

CONCERT 

MEDIA DESIGN 

ADVANCED 

CONCERT 

MEDIA DESIGN 







Course length 

4.80 

4 weeks 


246 247 

Course Outline


Program Core 

REC 2141 

Audiotronics 















REC 2513 





music from studio sessions, live concert material, 

and audio postproduction mixes as the subject of 

analysis. Course topics include psychoacoustics 

of various audio environments, critical 

listening and the identification of engineering 

techniques such as balance, panning, EQ, reverb, 

compression, delay, and time-based effects, and 

instrument identification. Students also hone 

their critical listening skills by examining stylistic 




REC 2223 


The Digital Consoles Course introduces the 

theory and operation of digital audio consoles in 

the music production and live event production 

environments. Students in this course explore 

the audio signal flow of digital consoles as well 

as the computer automation and recall systems 

they employ. Additional course topics include 

signal routing and processing, digital console 

design, audio signal paths, digital plug-ins, audio 

file management, live audio digital consoles, 

music production digital consoles, and digital 

console automation and recall. 

REC 2623 





Students delve into specific examples of audio 

and how they apply to the final product. The 

course provides a survey of audio, computer, 

and synthesis fundamentals as applied to 

streaming audio, video games, and other 

interactive content. 

MUB 2011 




Course takes the student through the overall 


businesses. The music industry is comprised 

of various players, companies, unions, notfor-profit 

associations, and other bodies that 

influence the music production and live event 

industries. It is important for any individual to 

understand all of the different components that 

impact this industry. Course topics will address 

the following positions within the studio and 

live event industries: record producer, music 

publisher, booking agent, promoter, and tour 

manager. Additional topics that will be covered 

include copyright collectives, performance 

rights organizations, music business deal 

structures, music distribution, and the tour 

industry model. 

TPA 3011 

Lighting Concepts 

and Design 

The Lighting Concepts and Design 

Course is dedicated to conventional lighting 

system concepts and designed to introduce 

students to color theory, photometrics, truss 

systems, conventional fixtures, dimmers, and 

terminology. Emphasis is placed on defining live 

lighting components and system interface. 

REC 1731 

MIDI 








control, synchronization, troubleshooting, 

and the design of MIDI systems. Students will 

also survey the effect of MIDI on the modern 

recording studio environment and examine 

live audio MIDI applications. Students will 

learn how to interface computers with 

musical instruments for recording and live 

performance applications. 

MUT 1023 

Music Theory 








effectively with musicians, composers, 

directors, programmers, and producers in the 

professional audio production environment. 




Lighting Theory 




Lighting Components and Terminology 



Digital Console Overview and Applications Sound Design and Postproduction for 

Technical Systems and Layout 






Lighting Fixture and Live 

Production Maintenance 



SHP 4725 


The field of the visual artist has taken a major 

step into the live event industry. The Concert 

Media Design Course is designed to 

teach students visual media server concepts, 

integration, programming, and operation for live 

productions. The course covers media servers, 

technical systems interface, and content 

development. Students design and prepare 

content for upcoming live productions using 

integrated media server technology. 


Advanced Editing and Mixing 

Data Compression and Encoding 


Visual Content Development 

Technical Systems and Programming 

Display Systems 

Live Event Labs 

Case Studies 







Critical Listening Techniques for 

Various Audio Applications 

Case Studies 



REC 1751 



today’s student has a solid understanding of 

digital audio and the theories associated with this 

technology. The Digital Audio and Theory 

Course examines digital audio in various audio 

applications, preparing students for working in 

the digital audio realm. 















SHP 4343 

Installation Technologies 

The Installation Technologies Course 

provides students with the ability to assess, 

design, and execute professional installation 

plans for a wide variety of possible settings, 

including corporate boardrooms, conventions, 

house of worship audio and video systems, and 

home theater setups. Students are introduced 

to layouts, wiring, equipment, and control 

programming of various installation systems to 

provide them comprehensive knowledge of the 

options within the ever-expanding installation 

services industry. 


Installation Concepts 

Control Systems 

Components and Wiring 

System Production 




Multi-channel Surround Sound Formats 

and Applications 


Media Issues 



REC 1111 



is designed to introduce students to the film, 

television, sound, live event, and digital media 

industries. The course provides fundamental 

terminology and the necessary understanding 

of the history, personnel, and production 

processes of the different media fields. 

Students will explore how sound, visuals, and 

writing are all essential elements of successful 

media production. 



Media Physics 

Visual Media 



Media History 












Case Studies 



SHP 2031 




Systems Course is designed to introduce 

students to the basic concepts of live event 

terminology and technical systems. Console 

overviews and basic interfacing are introduced 

in preparation for future lab sessions, and 

additional emphasis is placed on defining live 

audio components and the system interface. 





Setup and Engineering 



REC 1630 


The Microphones and Theory Course will 

discuss the application, placement, and creative 

usage of microphones in music production 

environments. The course will include the 

evaluation of various environments both in 

studio and live-location production along with 

recommended microphone applications for each 

setting. Students will learn about microphone 

design theory, microphone polar patterns, and 

the recording process. 



and Varieties 


Microphones and 

Measurements/Specifications 






MIDI Concepts 

Sequencing 





MUH 2051 




every decade. The Music History I Course 

surveys this rich evolution from its roots 

through modern times, examining each 

musical style’s respective sociological and 

technological precedents. Music History I 

explores the unique historical and cultural 

conditions that serve to make American music 

distinctly original. 







to 1965 




Ear-Training 



REC 2131 

Principles and Applications 

of Electricity 



principles and applications of electricity 

needed by the entertainment industry 

professional. With an emphasis placed on 

safety procedures, students gain knowledge 

of electrical systems as they apply to studio 

and live event production. Areas of study 

include: DC theory, Ohm’s Law, introduction 

to AC, single-phase and three-phase power, 

motor systems, electrical test equipment and 

measurement, live event power distribution 

systems, wire and cabling types for 

power systems, portable generator power 












Motor Control 






Course length 

4.27 

4 weeks 


Course length 

2.67 

4 weeks 





SHOW PRODUCTION | Bachelor Bachelor of Science Science Degree Program 249


Program Core 

MUM 1608 











Multitrack recording 





REC 2901 






















SHP 3633 

Show Light Engineering 

In the Show Light Engineering Course, 

students are immersed in the virtual world 

of lighting design and programming. The 

course focuses on meeting the needs of 

current industry trends with an emphasis on 

programming, design layouts, and control of 

automated lighting systems. Multiple lighting 

systems, ranging from stationary lighting to 

moving fixtures, are covered in lectures and 

labs. Students learn to operate programmable 

fixtures and design lighting cues while working 

at consoles and computer programming 

workstations. The cues may be loaded and 

used during future live labs. 


Fixtures and Control 

Design and Programming 

Troubleshooting and Maintenance 



SHP 3423 

Show Production Systems 

The Show Production Systems Course 

covers intermediate technical concepts as 

well as the skills required of today’s live event 

production teams. Classroom overviews of 

the equipment and of the signal flow within 

systems prepare the student for future labs 

and productions. Curriculum content will focus 

on the construction and interface of show 

production systems, which will reveal the 

wiring and internal parts found inside each 

major system component. This curriculum will 

serve as a foundational element that will assist 

students in future courses. 


Console Overview and Signal Flow 

Design Concepts 

Technical Systems 

Production and Engineering 




ART 2007 

Art History* 












Art History 


Modern Art 





CLP 1006 














Motivation 

Empathy 

Social Skills 



MGF 1213 
















Graphing 







CGS 1000 


















Web 2.0 Tools 




ENC 1101 














SHOW PRODUCTION | Bachelor Bachelor of Science Science Degree Program 251 




Grammar 





PHY 1000 











Kinematics 

Motion 








ENC 326 

Professional Writing* 

The Professional Writing Course is designed 

to further develop the rational/logical functions 

of the brain while cultivating intellectual prowess 

to master multiple genres of writing. Students 

identify and practice different writing styles 

while exploring the purposes of writing vital to 

their success as professionals. 


Multi-Disciplinary Writing 

Strategies for Drafting, Revising, and 

Proofreading Professional Documents 

Manuscripts and Adaptations 

Reports and Proposal Writing 



SPC 1606 





























Internet. Completion of the course is based on participation and successful completion of assignments.

Sports 

Marketing 

Media 

& 


Today’s sports fans are connected to their favorite 

games, teams, and athletes more than ever before, 

as technology has brought athletes and their fans 

even closer together. Through new media and digital 

distribution efforts, sports organizations now have 

a wide range of opportunities to connect to their 

biggest supporters while reaching out to new and 

casual fans. 

Our Sports Marketing & Media Bachelor of Science 

online degree program helps you gain the skills 

needed to become the kind of professional who 

is able to understand both the creative process 

and the marketing considerations involved with 

the development of video, website content, and 

social media campaigns for sports organizations. 

As you learn about the business principles, content 

creation, and legal and ethical issues of the sports 

industry, you’ll develop the skills necessary to 

position yourself as a valuable player in the everevolving 

world of sports and media. 



Game Design 


Media Design 


CAMPUS 

PROGRAM 

ONLINE 

PROGRAM 


New Media Marketing 

Content Creation 

Distribution Channels 

& Social Media Presence 




SPORTS MARKETING & MEDIA | Bachelor Bachelor of Science Science Degree Program 253

ing 

GY 

ILE 

LEADERSHIP 


NEGOTIATING 

skills 

CONTENT 

creation 

maximize 

FAN TEAM 

CONNECTION 

DIGITAL 

CONTENT 

marketing 

TECHNOLOGY 

social 

MOBILE 

DIGITAL SPACES 

CREATE 

engaging 

CONTENT 

multiple 

PLATFORM 

DEVELOPMENT 

BUSINESS 

DEVELOPMENT 

NETWORKING 


DEVELOPMENT 

DIGITAL 

CONTENT 


FOUNDATION 


SPORTS MARKETING & MEDIA | Bachelor Bachelor of Science Science Degree Program 255 

SPACES 


DEVELOPMENT 

skills 

CONTENT 

creation 

maximize 

FAN TEAM 

CONNECTION 

New Media Marketing 

TECHNOLOGY 

social 

MOBILE 


CREATE 

engaging 

CONTENT 

multiple 

PLATFORM 

DEVELOPMENT 

Technology has changed the way that sports fans 

connect with teams, leagues, BUSINESS 

franchises, and athletes, 

as well as how they interact 

THEORY 

with one another. As a 

result, team owners, venue owners, and other sports 

organizations are relying more and more on new 

media marketing techniques to foster fan loyalty and 

grow support. In exploring the strategies that are 

most effective for a sports-related business, you’ll 

develop client marketing plans, learn about sports 

sales and sponsorships and how they can aid you in 

your marketing efforts, and explore how the digital 

and mobile platforms specifi c to the sports industry 

can help you bring your message to the masses. 

NETWORKING


marketing 

TECHNOLOGY 

social 

MOBILE 


CREATE 

engaging 

CONTENT 

multiple 

PLATFORM 

DEVELOPMENT 

LEADERSHIP 

NEGOTIATING 

CONTENT 

creation 

maximize 

FAN TEAM 

CONNECTION 


DEVELOPMENT 

skills 

DIGITAL 

CONTENT 


FOUNDATION 

LEADERSHIP 

NEGOTIATING 

skills 

CONTENT 

creation 

maximize 

marketing 

FAN TEAM 

TECHNOLOGY 

CONNECTION 

social 

MOBILE 


CREATE 

engaging 

CONTENT 


DEVELOPMENT 

DIGITAL 

CONTENT 


FOUNDATION 

marketing 

TECHNOLOGY 

DIGITAL 

CONTENT 


SPORTS MARKETING & MEDIA | Bachelor Bachelor of Science Science Degree Program 257 

social 

MOBILE 


Distribution Channels 

& Social Media Presence 

Throughout the program, you’ll learn about the 

new media distribution channels that sports 

organizations are using to connect with fans 

CREATE 

engaging 

and consumers, and determine which channels 

best suit the product or service. You’ll study 

the opportunities found in channels such as 

web 2.0, mobile devices, video games, virtual 

worlds, web mash-ups, blogs and wikis, email, 

CONTENT 

interactive TV, and podcasting. You’ll also gain 

a better understanding of how social networks 

can be employed to create and maintain an online 

multiple 

connection with fans, connecting events, branding 

campaigns, and the media you’ve created. 

PLATFORM 

DEVELOPMENT 

BUSINESS 

DEVELOPMENT 


LEADERSHIP 

NEGOTIATING 

skills 

CONTENT 

creation 

DEVELOPMENT 

maximize 

FAN TEAM 

CONNECTION 


FOUNDATION

maximize 

CONTENT 


FAN TEAM 

CONNECTION 

multiple 

PLATFORM 

DEVELOPMENT 

BUSINESS 

THEORY 

NETWORKING 

Content Creation 

CREATE 

engaging 

CONTENT 

multiple 

Checking the score of the game or fi nding out the 

latest information about your favorite team is no 

longer about watching a ticker scroll by or checking 

the sports pages – today, you can access all of 

that information from a device that can fi t in your 

pocket. In the Sports Marketing & Media degree 

program, you’ll learn how to craft compelling 

and engaging content for multiple platforms, 

including television, mobile devices, and the web. 

You’ll conceptualize, create, and edit advertising 

materials, video elements, feature stories, 

podcasts, and business presentations, while 

learning about the process that goes into making 

mobile applications, video games, television 

broadcasts, and more. 

PLATFORM 

DEVELOPMENT 

BUSINESS 

THEORY 

NETWORKING 


FOUNDATION 

maximize 

FAN TEAM 

CONNECTION 

CREATE 

engaging 

CONTENT 

multiple 

PLATFORM 

DEVELOPMENT 

BUSINESS 

DEVELOPMENT 

NETWORKING 


SPORTS MARKETING & MEDIA | Bachelor Bachelor of Science Science Degree Program 259

260 

Overview 

Teams, companies, and organizations in the fi eld of 

sports business are rapidly moving into social, mobile, 

and digital spaces, while targeting opportunities 

to create content, control their messages, generate 

revenue, and create fan branding. These businesses 

are realizing that as the digital universe expands, 

they can connect with their respective clients and fan 

bases in a much more intimate way than has ever 

been possible. Because of this, the sports business 

has a universal need for creative minds who don’t just 

understand and utilize technology, but who are able 

to communicate the information derived from it. 

In Full Sail’s Sports Marketing & Media Bachelor 

of Science online degree program, you’ll have the 

opportunity to contribute to the new demands of the 

evolving fi eld of sports business, particularly from a 

position where digital art, design, communication, 

distribution, and marketing intersect. This online 

degree program will provide you with a fundamental 

understanding of how marketing and content creation 

are becoming much more integrated into the everyday 

operations of sports businesses. The degree program 

also provides practical, real-time opportunities for 

students to create, distribute, and market content and 

includes topics such as social media marketing, new 

media distribution, and intellectual property, public 

relations, and leadership. 

The collaborative, project-based program culminates 

in the Sports Marketing Final Project course, which 

requires students to create and produce a targeted 

sports business marketing campaign for a selfselected 

company (i.e., team, league, university, 

or marketer). 

To help you move toward your desired career, we’ve 

got a team of Career Development professionals 

that will help you polish your interviewing skills 

and résumé. In addition, our Career Development 

services and advisors will be available for support 

and assistance throughout your career – not just 

during your education. 

Objective 

The objective of the Sports Marketing & Media 

Bachelor of Science degree program is to help 

students develop and refi ne skills in marketing and 

technology, which will be valuable for communication, 

revenue generation, event operations, marketing, 

and business development within the fi eld of sports 

business. The degree program focuses on ways 

that students can maximize the connection between 

fans, teams, and athletes, and students will learn 

how to utilize the principles of marketing in a sportsspecifi 

c context, while implementing original content 

on multiple platforms. Completion of the Sports 

Marketing & Media bachelor’s degree program 

will enable graduates to pursue new and emerging 

professional pathways in the fi eld of sports business. 




SPORTS MARKETING & MEDIA | Bachelor Bachelor of Science Science Degree Program 


Sports Marketing and Media 


PROGRAM CORE 


SMM 4111 Business Project Management 4.00 


SMM 4751 Global Sports Marketing Strategies 4.00 

SMM 1201 History of Sports Media 4.00 

PGY 1106 Introduction to Digital Photography † 3.07 



PGY 2146 Introduction to Video 4.00 

WEB 2601 Introduction to Web Basics 4.00 

SMM 4833 Marketing Plans and Campaign Development 4.00 

SMM 3933 Mobility Technology and Marketing 4.00 

IMK 221 New Media Distribution Channels* 3.73 

SMM 3751 Public Relations in Sports 4.00 

SMM 3561 Social Media and Sports Marketing 4.00 

SMM 3111 Sports Business Models 4.00 

SMM 3621 Sports Events and Entertainment 4.00 

SMM 4231 Sports Law and Contracts 4.00 

SMM 4413 Sports Licensing and Intellectual Property 4.00 

SMM 3231 Sports Marketing 4.00 

SMM 4951 Sports Marketing Final Project 4.00 

SMM 3413 Sports Marketing Research 4.00 

SMM 2201 Sports Media 4.00 

SMM 4561 Sports Sales and Sponsorships 4.00 

WEB 2703 Website Design and Editing 4.00 

Totals: 94.93 


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 

DIGITAL 

LITERACY 

BEHAVIORAL 

SCIENCE 

HISTORY OF 

SPORTS MEDIA 

ENGLISH 

COMPOSITION I 

INTRODUCTION 

TO MARKETING 


& INTERNET 

INTRODUCTION 

TO MANAGEMENT 

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 

ART 

HISTORY 

17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 

WEBSITE DESIGN 

& EDITING 

COLLEGE 

MATHEMATICS 

SPORTS 

BUSINESS MODELS 

INTRODUCTION 

TO DIGITAL 

PHOTOGRAPHY 

SPORTS 

MARKETING 

SPORTS 

MEDIA 

SPORTS 

MARKETING 

RESEARCH 

INTRODUCTION 

TO STATISTICS 

SOCIAL MEDIA & 

SPORTS MARKETING 

INTRODUCTION 

TO VIDEO 

SPORTS EVENTS & 

ENTERTAINMENT 

ETHICS & 

PSYCHOLOGY 

PUBLIC RELATIONS 

IN SPORTS 

PUBLIC 

SPEAKING 

INTRODUCTION 

TO WEB BASICS 

25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 

MOBILITY 

TECHNOLOGY & 

MARKETING 

BUSINESS PROJECT 

MANAGEMENT 

SPORTS LAW & 

CONTRACTS 

SPORTS 

LICENSING & 

INTELLECTUAL 

PROPERTY 









STA 2026 Introduction to Statistics † 2.67 


Totals: 30.67 

SPORTS SALES & 

SPONSORSHIPS 

GLOBAL SPORTS 

MARKETING 

STRATEGIES 

TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: 125.5 




MARKETING PLANS 

& CAMPAIGN 

DEVELOPMENT 

NEW MEDIA 

DISTRIBUTION 

CHANNELS 

SPORTS 

MARKETING 

FINAL PROJECT 


Program Core 

SMM 4111 

Business Project 

Management 

The Business Project Management Course 

is a direct study of business management 

organizational structures through the creation of 

a project that allows an interactive examination 

of the principles of organizing, operating, 

financing, and employing single- and mixed-use 

projects from the perspectives of a business 

executive. Students construct strategic plans in 

the selection and development of sports business 

initiatives and strengthen their understanding 

of analytical tools and strategic analysis of the 

industry. Students also begin developing their 

individual business proposal for their Final Project 

course and are challenged to pull together ideas 

and information from their program of study 

as they develop their proposal and explore its 

potential for becoming a viable business. 


Excel Data Reporting 

Organizational Principles 

Project Finance 

Business Plan Development 



DGL 101 




software programs and web tools that will prepare 

students with digital skills for online learning. In 

addition, students will also learn the professional 

demands of their chosen fields and create plans 

that will help guide them to successful completion 

of their Program. Students will use various tools to 

complete their roadmap projects, conduct Internet 

research, collaborate with other students, and 

communicate with instructors. 


Mac OS and the FSO Learning Platform 

Connecting Your Passion to Your 

Chosen Industry 

Planning for Your Goals and Collaborating 

with Peers 




SMM 4751 

Global Sports 

Marketing Strategies 

The Global Sports Marketing Strategies 

Course focuses on the development of 

international sports marketing as well as the 

global impact of sports organizations. Students 

learn about international business and how sports 

business functions within that environment. The 

course also explores how social issues impact 

sports and international society, and how these 

issues affect sponsorship, marketing campaigns, 

and global pursuits. 


Global Sports Bodies, Governance, 

and Structures 

Global Sports Sponsorship Dynamics 

Integrated Marketing Plans 

Marketing Planning Process 



SMM 1201 

History of Sports Media 

The History of Sports Media Course serves 

as an introduction to the cultural relationship 

between sports and media. The course 

provides an overview of sports media including 

influences, influential people, and moments. 

Students learn about the history of research, 

ethics, practices, and the societal impact of 

sports media both past and present. Special 

attention is given to traditional sports media 

outlets such as newspapers, magazines, radio, 

and television, as well as the impact of historical 

and cultural influences. 


Sports Organizations and Mass Media 

Print, Radio, and Television 

Sports Media Culture 

Sports Content and Programming 

Sports Journalism Ethics and Evolution 



PGY 1106 


Digital Photography † 

The Digital Photography Course introduces 

students to the basic elements of still 

photography, to electronic, digitally realized and 

manipulated photography, and to multi-image 

sequencing. Students learn the skills required of 

professional photographers and picture editors in 

creating photographic and multimedia packages 

for publication in print and on the Internet. These 

experiences lead to the practice of learning 

camera functions in the interrelationship between 

photography and cinematography and allow 

students to begin training their critical eye. 


Basic Lighting Management 

Computer-Related Input/ 

Output for Imaging 

Digital Photo Technology 

Narrative Structure and Composition 



MAN 2020 


Management 


analyzes the management principles that lead 

to a successful company, as well as the nature 

of business decisions. Students learn about 

creating and maintaining different types of 

organizational structures within relationship, 

leadership, and legal contexts, while examining 

how to harness knowledge, resources, 

and ingenuity. The course also contains an 

introduction to risk management principles 

and practices and provides different types of 

risks and the strategies used to minimize them 

in relation to physical assets, legal liability, 

employee benefit programs, taxes, 

and retirement costs. 


Creating and Maintaining 

Organizational Structure 




Sports Business Management 

Case Studies 



MKT 210 

Introduction to Marketing 

The Introduction to Marketing Course 


relate to the nuances of business. Students 

construct strategic plans in the selection 

and development of media products and are 

introduced to entertainment licensing concepts 

and promotional avenues, such as trade shows, 

trade publications, and the Internet. In addition, 

this course strengthens students’ understanding 

of analytical tools and strategic analysis of the 

entertainment business, knowledge that can 

facilitate the success of their creative work. 

Consumer behavior and its effect on the success 

of entertainment products are also examined. 





Branding 

Advertising 



PGY 2146 

Introduction to Video 

The Introduction to Video Course is 

designed to expose students to the basics of 

video production for the purpose of content 

creation. Students study field-producing 

techniques and methods for reporting, 

messaging, and storytelling through video. The 

interactive course teaches students how to 

identify stories best told in video and how to 

best structure these stories for their audiences. 

Students develop skills shooting video using 

personal handheld cameras and editing video on 

their MacBook Pros. 


Storytelling 

Field Production Techniques 

Camera Techniques 






SPORTS MARKETING & MEDIA | Bachelor of Science Degree Program 263


Program Core 

WEB 2601 

Introduction to Web Basics 

The Introduction to Web Basics Course 

aims to help students develop the fundamentals 

of writing and producing functional content 

for the World Wide Web. The course explores 

both the mechanics of storytelling as well as 

how marketers and content developers convey 

themes through their writing. Students learn 

the techniques and methods for researching, 

reporting, messaging, and storytelling through 

the Web. The course helps students learn how to 

identify stories best told on the Web and how to 

best structure those stories for their audiences 

via different delivery systems, including 

interactive web pages. 


Interactive Storytelling 

Thematic Narrative Development 

Design Proposals 

Multimedia Element Integration 



SMM 4833 

Marketing Plans and 

Campaign Development 

The Marketing Plans and Campaign 

Development Course is designed to give 

students an interactive opportunity to develop a 

client marketing plan and/or business activation 

campaign from start to finish. Students research 

and analyze case studies and formulate a project 

that enables them to create their own campaigns, 

beginning with the creative process and then 

moving into the managerial and process-making 

role involved in communication or marketing 

plans. This course teaches students about 

the tools they need to develop messaging and 

branding through design, technology, and 

presentation on a for-performance basis. 


SMM 3933 

Mobility Technology 

and Marketing 

The Mobility Technology and Marketing 

Course introduces students to mobility 

technology through sports marketing concepts. 

Students learn the necessary fundamentals for 

mobile applications along with an overview of 

mobile phone content development. The majority 

of the course focuses on strategic marketing 

possibilities for mobile platforms, including 

applications and their use, activation, and 

revenue generating opportunities. The course 

encourages students to utilize their earlier 

instruction and knowledge in design, research, 

entrepreneurship, and business development. 


Mobile Marketing Techniques 

Mobile Demographics 

Search Engine Optimization 

Mobile Application Development 

Brand Awareness 



IMK 221 

New Media 

Distribution Channels* 

The New Media Distribution Channels 

Course teaches students how to analyze new 

media distribution channels to determine how to 

market and deploy their products/services over 

a multitude of platforms. Students examine a 

variety of advanced media components; assess 

which distribution channels can best help 

them to accomplish their marketing goals, and 

then integrate their product/service into those 

channels, making alterations as needed. The 

course takes students through the following new 

media distribution channels: Web 2.0, mobile 

devices, video games, virtual worlds, Web 

mash-ups, blogs and wikis, email, social media, 

interactive TV, and podcasting. 


SMM 3751 

Public Relations in Sports 

The Public Relations in Sports Course 

provides students with an understanding of 

sports communications. The primary focus 

is on professional and corporate levels with 

an emphasis on the use of content creation, 

technology, distribution, and new media. 

Students learn how teams, organizations, and 

marketing companies use traditional and new 

media to align their business objectives with 

their communications strategies and how 

organizations can manage various forms of media 

to communicate specific messages to distinct 

audiences designed for particular subjects. This 

course allows students to learn how to employ 

new technologies to reach fans creatively and 

shows them how to become the creative bridges 

between the sports business, the on-field and offfield 

content, and its consumers. 


Public Relations Ethics 

Reputation Management 

Information Services and 

Organizational Media 

Crisis Communications 



SMM 3561 

Social Media 

and Sports Marketing 

The Social Media and Sports Marketing 

Course examines the methodology inherent in 

viral marketing through social media applications 

and applies social media to situations for revenue 

generation and brand awareness in the sports 

business. Students explore the avenues by which 

teams and organizations can use social media 

to inspire consumers to tell others about their 

products or services to grow brand awareness 

and fan/consumer loyalty. Students learn how 

to evaluate if and when specific marketing 

approaches are appropriate for their product 

and/or brand and are tasked with creating and 

producing their own social media and viral 

marketing campaign. 


SMM 3111 

Sports Business Models 

The Sports Business Models Course is 

designed to help students develop a basic 

understanding of the principles of economics 

that influence individual decision-makers, both 

consumers and producers, within an economic 

system, as well as a basic understanding of the 

function of product markets as they relate to 

sports. Students also learn about the different 

types of relationships forged between sports 

organizations, their business partners and 

consumers, and how industry businesses 

develop and nurture streams of revenue 

through those relationships. 


Sports Business Leadership 

Sports Properties and Marketplaces 

Revenue Management 

Financial Data 

Management Disciplines 



SMM 3621 

Sports Events 

and Entertainment 

The Sports Events and Entertainment 

Course serves as an examination of the 

sports business event management, as well 

as the strategies used to market conferences, 

meetings, and special events, and the necessary 

components for marketing and packaging sports 

and entertainment events. Students cover a 

wide range of topics including event planning, 

promotion, and production over a variety of 

different types of events and conferences, with 

a targeted focus on the role technology and 

design play in contributing to the successful 

development of such events. The course guides 

students through budgeting, planning, staff 

and equipment management, video and graphic 

production, interactive marketing, signage, and 

strategic partnerships development, and covers 

the application of project management tools for 

successful event planning and management. 


SMM 4231 

Sports Law and Contracts 

The Sports Law and Contracts Course 

provides an overview of general sports 

business practices, including entity formation, 

insurance, taxes, accounting, and contracts and 

negotiations. Students explore the theories of 

negotiation and strategy in developing solutionoriented 

processes for achieving results in the 

sports business. Through integrative techniques 

and game theory, students investigate the 

relationships between organizations, sponsors, 

vendors, and distribution outlets. Students also 

explore a variety of topics including content 

creation, conflict and dispute resolution and 

remedy, theoretical processes and strategies, 

creativity in contract writing, and enforcement 

of terms. 


Management Functions of Legal Theory 

Human Resource Management 

Strategic Governance 

Marketing Management 



SMM 4413 

Sports Licensing and 


The Sports Licensing and Intellectual 

Property Course examines trade secrets, 

trademarks, patents, and copyrights in 

connection with methods of protecting creative 

works, logos, images and representations, 

especially in regard to the democratization 

of the creation of content and the ability of 

noncontracted individuals to acquire, distribute, 

and share content. Students explore acquisition, 

licensing, sale, and transfer of rights as they 

relate to teams, leagues, music, digital media, 

animation, gaming, film, and show production. 

Concepts are examined through case studies and 

applied business properties. 


SMM 3231 

Sports Marketing 

The Sports Marketing Course introduces 

students to the specific properties of marketing 

for sports. The course reviews the revenuegeneration 

aspects of sports business and will 

help students learn how to identify different 

types of sports business consumers, as well as 

a variety of marketing and media strategies and 

applications to engage consumers. Within their 

course of study, students create sports marketing 

initiatives for implementation on traditional and 

digital media platforms. 


History of Sports Marketing 

Sports Marketing Concepts and Strategies 

Proper Market Research 

Consumer Identification 

Multiplatform Distribution 



SMM 4951 

Sports Marketing 

Final Project 

The Sports Marketing Final Project Course 

gives students an opportunity to research, develop, 

and write a proposal for a sports business concept 

and/or sports marketing plan and execute the 

concept. Students are expected to incorporate the 

comprehensive elements of their entire academic 

experience, including the application of proper 

research methodologies, business writing skills, 

and proposal preparation to concepts such as 

content creation, branding, distribution, design 

and technology, and sales and marketing. 


Sports Marketing Proposal Writing 


Market Analysis 

Venture Description 

Marketing Plan and Budget 

Management Plan 

SMM 3413 

Sports Marketing Research 

The Sports Marketing Research 

Course compares and contrasts the various 

research methodologies utilized in marketing 

research most commonly practiced in sports 

marketing settings. Within the context of the 

sports industry, students explore marketing 

strategies and tactics and the roles that design, 

implementation, analysis, interpretation, and 

reporting of research that influence marketing 

decisions. Students undertake individual research 

projects and are responsible for selecting 

an appropriate research design, conducting 

research, and interpreting data for conclusions. 


Sports Marketing Research Strategies 

Demographic and Consumer 

Research Strategies 

Primary and Secondary Targeting 

Individual Project Development 



SMM 2201 

Sports Media 

The Sports Media Course is an exploration 

of the relationship between sports, sports 

businesses, and the media, both advanced and 

traditional. The course examines a wide scope of 

media platforms and their historical and current 

roles in sports business and marketing strategy, 

including broadcast, cable, satellite, interactive 

TV (including regional sports networks and 

their territorial rights), radio (all formats), social 

media, mobile media, the role of conglomerates 

(Comcast/Universal, Disney/ABC/, Newscorp, 

etc.), online media (blogs, podcasts, web 2.0); and 

location-based media (retail signage). Students 

examine the methods used to collect and process 

information and apply it to marketing sports 

services and products, with a focus on direct 

marketing and indirect public relations. 


SMM 4561 

Sports Sales 

and Sponsorships 

The Sports Sales and Sponsorship Course 

provides students with an overview of current 

factors and issues related to sports sponsorship, 

including sponsorship planning, sales and 

negotiations, and sponsorship proposals and 

evaluations. Students explore the relationship 

between sports organizations and businesses, 

universities, corporate sponsors, advertising 

agencies, individual ticket consumers, and 

the development of their respective marketing 

campaigns. The course concentrates on the 

notions of communication and branding through 

sales, the value of sponsorship, and the alignment 

of marketing concepts. 


Sales Force Creation, Strategies, 

and Negotiation 

Sports Consumer Behavior 

Sponsorship Rights 

Sports Segmentation and Pricing 

Branding and Activation 



WEB 2703 

Website Design 

and Editing 

The Website Design and Editing Course 

provides students with the tools they need to 

develop website branding and messaging through 

design, technology, and presentation. Students 

learn how to structure applications and prepare 

media for different types of delivery platforms, 

with an emphasis on creating opportunities for 

the Web. Outcomes include the creation of video 

elements, feature stories, business presentations, 

advertising and signage, and other industry uses of 

content for presentation and distribution. 


Campaign Development Process 

Marketing Plan Architecture 

and Integration 

Effective Campaign Management 

Customer Acquisition and Alignment 



New Media Distribution Channels Defined 

New Media Distribution 

Strategic Development 

New Media Distribution 

Channel Evaluation 



Social Media Campaign Development 

Social Web Participation 

Social Media Measurement Tools 

and Metrics 

Interruptive Advertising 

Overview of Sports Event Management 

Sports Event Concept Design 

Project Plan Management 


Target Audience Research 

Intellectual Property Rights 

Acquisition, Licensing, Sale, and Transfer 

of Rights 

E-Commerce and Technological Innovation 

Litigation Case Studies 




Course length 

4.00 

4 weeks 

Broadcast Media Rights and Ownership 

Sports Network Relationships 

Revenue Generation through 

Content Development 

Location-Based Media 




Web Editing Applications 

Dialogue, Video, and Audio 

Computerized Editing Techniques 



Social Media Channels 

Location Scouting and Logistics 


Course length 

4.00 

4 weeks 

Technical Sports Event Development 










ART 2007 

Art History* 












Art History 


Modern Art 





CLP 1006 














Motivation 

Empathy 

Social Skills 



MGF 1213 






















CGS 1000 



The Computer Science and Internet Course 

introduces students to the basics of computer 

operating systems and software, web 2.0 tools, 

and multimedia applications as they relate to 

everyday experiences of the computer user. 

Students initiate online collaboration as well as 

utilize the tools to successfully navigate common 

issues associated with online collaboration. 

Additionally, students evaluate and demonstrate 

knowledge of specific software applications and 





Web 2.0 Tools 




ENC 1101 















Grammar 





PPE 2110 



blends the study of ethics with the study of the 

psychology of personality to examine the nature 

of personal character, gender differences, 

behavioral styles, and cognitive theories. 

Students will study the unique organization of 

the characteristics that set individuals apart from 

each other and also how individuals and groups of 

individuals respond to the differences of others. 














STA 2026 




The first part of this course reviews 

how to collect, present, and organize data. It 

explores measures of central tendency and 

dispersion and how to calculate them. The course 

concentrates on representing data visually by 

creating and interpreting charts and graphs, 

exploring relationships found in data through 

correlation analysis, and assigning probability 

and calculating the likelihood of the occurrence 

of events. This knowledge is applied in solving 

problems and making decisions based on 

quantifiable data. 


Overview of Business Statistics 

Business Statistics Terminology 

Collecting and Organizing Data 

Presentation of Statistical Data 

Problem-solving Using Statistics 



SPC 1606 


The Public Speaking Course is designed to 

train students in understanding and implementing 

oral communication skills. Learning is centered 

on student participation in a variety of speaking/ 

listening situations, which are designed to increase 

the understanding of the interpersonal nature 

of all speech communication. Students study 

and participate in the creation and delivery of at 

least three types of speeches. Target-audience 


speaking techniques, and pre-speech planning are 

investigated and used to create speeches. 




Creation and Delivery of Persuasive and 

Demonstrative Speeches 


Audience Surveys and Evaluation 









Web 

Design Design && 

Development 


Advancing at a faster pace than perhaps any other 

technological achievement in our society’s history, 

the Internet is now at the epicenter of our culture. 

In today’s world, the ability to share ideas, information, 

and concepts with a global audience is something 

we almost take for granted - life without the Internet 

is nearly unthinkable! That reality makes the skills 

needed to help develop the applications and sites 

that drive the web a powerful commodity in today’s 

Internet-centric market. 

REFERENCE PG. 270 FOR MORE INFORMATION ABOUT ONLINE EDUCATION. 

Just think of how many different websites you visit 

on a daily basis – if it’s a public entity, it probably has 

a website. Each site stems from an idea and specifi c 

goals, and is designed and developed by people who 

are dedicated to maintaining our most prevalent 

source of information. When you enter Full Sail’s Web 

Design & Development Program, you prepare to join 

the ranks of those who create the way we live and 

connect with others online. 



Media Design 


Game Design 


CAMPUS 

PROGRAM 

ONLINE 

PROGRAM 


Interface Design & Usability 

Web Standards 

Flash/ActionScript 3.0 

Dynamic Back-end 

Development 

Website 

Development Project 

CAMPUS ONLINE 




PROGRAM 

| Bachelor Bachelor of Science Science Degree Program 269 


friendly RIENCE 

EDIA 

OYMENT 

TICATION 

security 


INTERFACE DESIGN 

& USABILITY 

WEB STANDARDS/FLASH/ 

ACTIONSCRIPT 3.0 

DYNAMIC BACK-END 

DEVELOPMENT/WEBSITE 

DEVELOPMENT PROJECT 

intuitive 

INTERFACE 

DESIGN 

object- 

ORIENTED 

PROGRAMMING 

WEB DESIGN 

& DEVELOPMENT 

database tables 


& USABILITY 

indexes 



user 

INTERFACE 

document 

OBJECT 

MODEL 

information DATA 

ARCHITECTURE 

WEB DESIGN 

& DEVELOPMENT 

optimization 

TECHNIQUES 


& USABILITY 

database 


SERVERS 





WEB DESIGN 

& DEVELOPMENT 


& USABILITY 



ORGANIZATION 

ENGAGING 

INTERACTIVE 

EXPERIENCE 

ARCHITECTURE 

web 

APPLICATIONS 

userfriendly 

us 

A INTERFACE 

CREATING 


optimization 

TECHNIQUES 

database 

SERVERS 





ARCHITECTURE 

ORGANIZATION 

optimization 

TECHNIQUES 

ENGAGING 

INTERACTIVE 

EXPERIENCE 

EXPERIENCE 

richMEDIA 

user 

DEPLOYMENT 

ORGANIZATION 

ENGAGING 

INTERACTIVE AUTHENTICATION 

EXPERIENCE 

information security DATA 

ARCHITECTURE 

Interface Design & Usability 

web 

Today we depend on interfaces and websites more 

than ever in our day-to-day lives, whether it’s fi nding 

directions, optimization 

checking our APPLICATIONS 

bank statements, shopping 

online, TECHNIQUES 

or any of a thousand other tasks made easier 

by the Internet. Regardless of why we fi nd ourselves 

browsing a website, what’s most important is how 

accessible and user-friendly our experience is – 

after all, it’s these factors that infl uence whether we 

choose to visit a website more than once. 

database 

Understanding how to construct a website that 

will strike users as SERVERS both intuitive and easy to use 

is crucial to the success of sites you design. In 

this phase CREATING 

of the program, you’ll work on creating 

logical, intuitive, user and clear friendly 

interfaces by learning 

how users interact with different types of sites, and 

EXPERIENCE 

you’ll examine proven design patterns. You’ll also 

learn Information Architecture (IA), the process of 

organizing and presenting data to users in a clear 

and meaningful way. 

friendly 

intuitive 

DESIGN 

object- 

u A ORIENTED 

INTERFACE 

EXPERIENCE PROGRAMMING M 

I 

database 

intuitive 

DESIGN 

object- 

tables 

ORIENTED 

PROGRAMMING 

indexes friendly 


WEB DESIGN & DEVELOPMENT | Bachelor Bachelor of Science Science Degree Program 271 

CREATING 

richMEDIA 

DEPLOYMENT 

ORGANIZATION 

AUTHENTICATION 

ENGAGING 

INTERACTIVE 

EXPERIENCE 

web 

APPLICATIONS 

security 

intuitive 

CREATING 

user 

A 

EXPERIENCE 

database 

richMEDIA 

DEPLOYMENT 

tables 

indexes 


security 

user 

A INTERFACE 

richMEDIA 

DEPLOYMENT 

DESIGN 

object- 

ORIENTED 

PROGRAMMING 

INTERFACE 

document 

OBJECT 

MODEL 

INT 

do 

OB


n DATA 

RE 

on 

ES 

e 

RS 


ARCHITECTURE 

intuitive 

ORGANIZATION 

optimization 

INTERFACE 

ENGAGING 

DESIGN 

TECHNIQUES 

INTERACTIVE 

EXPERIENCE 

object- 

database 

web 

APPLICATIONS 

SERVERS ORIENTED 

PROGRAMMING 

Web Standards 

database 

tables 

WEB DESIGN 

& DEVELOPMENT 


& USABILITY INTERACTIVE 

EXPERIENCE 


ACTIONSCRIPT document 

web 

3.0 

AUTHENTICATION OBJECT 

MODEL 

security 

APPLICATIONS 

Have you ever accessed a website from different 

computers 

indexes 

and noticed that its appearance and use 

were inconsistent from one platform to the next? That 

might be because whoever developed the site did 

not follow the guidelines set by the World Wide Web 

Consortium (W3C). 

The W3C standards exist to allow websites to look 

and function the same on as many different operating 

systems (Windows, Macintosh, Unix/Linux) and 

delivery platforms (multiple web browsers, mobile 

devices) as possible. Our web standards courses help 

you learn how to design, code, and deploy websites 

so that your content is the same regardless of where 

and how it’s being viewed. As you learn the proper 

graphic optimization techniques and understand how 

the validators developed by the W3C work, you’ll be 

able to make sure your (or your company’s) message 

gets across loud and clear. 

ORGANIZATION 

EXPERIENCE 

A userfriendly 

user 

INTERFACE 

CREATING 

EXPERIENCE 

user 

ENGAGING 

INTERFACE 

richMEDIA 

DEPLOYMENT 


ARCHITECTURE 

object- richMEDIA document 

optimization 

TECHNIQUES 

database 



Flash/ActionScript 3.0 


intuitive 

DESIGN 

ORIENTED 

PROGRAMMING 

tables security 

database AUTHENTICATION 

indexes 

WEB DESIGN 

& DEVELOPMENT 

SERVERS 

A compelling website is more than just some words 

thrown on a page. Truly stunning websites draw you 

in, offering an interactive experience that comes to 

life when your fi ngertips hit the keyboard. Adding 

music, sound effects, movies, and cartoons to a site 

can transport a user from their desk into your world. 


& USABILITY 

Flash is one of the most popular and powerful 

applications in web design. From interactive games 

and features to animated images and video, a website 

with great Flash components can truly wow users 

and make their experience that much more engaging. 

In this degree program, you’ll study ActionScript 3.0, 

the latest object-oriented programming-based Flash 

scripting language, giving you the ability to add 

complex interactivity that will give your sites visual 

fl air. Once you’re fl uent in Flash, you’ll be able to 

draw, design, animate, and code while implementing 

audio and video through both buffered and 

streaming deployment. 

userfriendly 

user 

A INTERFACE 

CREATING 

DEPLOYMENT 

INTERFACE 

OBJECT 

MODEL 




ARCHITECTURE 

ORGANIZATION 

optimization 

TECHNIQUES 

ENGAGING 

INTERACTIVE 

EXPERIENCE 


database web 



SERVERS 



ORGANIZATION 

ENGAGING 

INTERACTIVE database 

EXPERIENCE 

web 

APPLICATIONS 

intuitive 

DESIGN 

object- 

ORIENTED 

PROGRAMMING 

userfriendly 

user 

A document 

INTERFACE 

CREATING 

EXPERIENCE OBJECT 

MODEL 

tables 

richMEDIA 

indexes 

INTERFACE 

DEPLOYMENT 


security 

intuitive 

DESIGN 

object- 

ORIENTED 

PROGRAMMING 


indexes 

APPLICATIONS 

INTERFACE 

document 

OBJECT 

MODEL 

CREAT 

A 

u 

E 

ri 

D 

AU

ion 

e 

RS 

ES 

ARCHITECTURE EXPERIENCE 

ORGANIZATION DEPLOYMENT EXPERIENCE PROGRAMMING MODEL 

DESIGN 


& DEVELOPMENT 

ENGAGING 

optimization database 

INTERACTIVE 

INTERFACE DESIGN EXPERIENCE 

& USABILITY 

SERVERS 

TECHNIQUES 

web 

APPLICATIONS 



database 

SERVERS 




Dynamic Back-end 

Development 

Organization is key to any website, but it’s not 

limited to what your site’s visitors see. You’ll need 

to develop a solid and robust back-end system that 

will deploy content from a database server and allow 

interaction between the hosting server and the user’s 

web browser. 

From logging into a secure area of a website, to 

searching for specifi c info on a web search engine 

like Google, to creating robust user search functions, 

dynamic back-end development plays an important 

role in developing web applications, particularly 

for mid-to-large-sized corporations. You’ll gain 

experience setting up thorough user-friendly systems 

while learning concepts like sessions and cookies, 

querying, authentication, security, and database 

tables with indexes. 

web 

richMEDIA 


ENGAGING 

INTERACTIVE 

DEPLOYMENT 

ARCHITECTURE 

APPLICATIONS 

EXPERIENCE 


security 

optimization 

TECHNIQUES 

database 

SERVERS 

web 

APPLICATIONS 

DESIGN 

object- 


ORIENTED 

PROGRAMMING 

ORGANIZATION 

database 

ENGAGING 

security 

INTERACTIVE 


EXPERIENCE 

web 

APPLICATIONS 

Website Development Project 

Once you’ve mastered the design and coding 

concepts you need to build any kind of website, we’ll 

ask you to do just that. In the fi nal stage of the Web 

Design & Development program, you’ll need to use 

all your web development skills and techniques to 

defi ne your goals for an advanced website, plan its 

functionality and design, and then enter a production 

phase where you’ll create the entire site from start 

to fi nish. 

Our instructors will guide you throughout the 

process, critiquing your work and helping you create 

a fi nal project that utilizes your skills to the fullest. 

You’ll document every step of your work, and when 

it’s completed, you’ll present your fi nished website 

to your peers and instructors as an example of 

exactly what you’re capable of. 

richMEDIA 

DEPLOYMENT 

tables 

indexes 

INTERFACE 

document database 

OBJECT CREATING 

userfriendly 

intuitive 

object- user 

MODEL A indexes 

INTERFACEdocument 

EXPERIENCE ORIENTED DESIGN 

OBJECT 

PROGRAMMING MODEL 

richMEDIA 

DEPLOYMENT 

security 

tables 


security 

database 

objecttables 

indexes 

ORIENTED 

PROGRAMMING 


indexes 

INTERFACE 

INTERFACE 

document 

OBJECT 

MODEL 


WEB DESIGN & DEVELOPMENT | Bachelor Bachelor of Science Science Degree Program 275

276 

Overview 

Full Sail’s Web Design & Development degree is 

a program equally divided between the artistic 

and aesthetic concerns of creating websites and 

the coding and programming needed to make them 

work. You’ll begin to unlock the secrets of web 

development in all of its forms by designing, coding, 

and publishing standards-based web content for 

a variety of formats. To make websites that are at 

their most dynamic and engaging, you’ll be using 

the most current tools of the trade, including XHTML, 

CSS, XML, Flash and ActionScript, server-side 

languages, database structures, and JavaScript. 

You’ll also learn to develop content for cell phones, 

PDAs, and other branches of the expanding realm 

of mobile devices. Each of your acquired skills will 

be used to create real-world projects and develop 

a well-rounded portfolio. 

In addition to giving you experience and assignments 

aimed at making you a well-rounded web designer, 

you’ll also have courses focusing on communication 

skills, English composition, professional presentation, 

art history, and how to prepare yourself for that fi rst 

step into the web design and development industry. 

To help you make that transition, we’ve also got a 

team of Career Development professionals that can 

help you polish your interviewing skills and résumé 





Objective 


knowledge and understanding of web development 

production needed to qualify for entry-level 

industry positions as web designers, developers, 

and programmers. Additional skills you acquire in 

customer relations, copyright law, and corporate 

branding will broaden your opportunities for a variety 

of positions in the industry. 










WEB DESIGN & DEVELOPMENT | Bachelor Bachelor of Science Science Degree Program 


Web Design & Development 


PROGRAM CORE 



WDD 432 Advanced Database Structures 3.00 

WDD 442 Advanced Server-side Languages 4.00 

WDD 211 Applied Design Tools and Interfaces 4.00 

WDD 212 Concepts of Object-oriented Programming 3.00 

WDD 331 Database Structures 3.00 

WDD 462 Deployment of Flash Projects 7.00 


WDD 221 Designing for Web Standards 3.00 

WDD 332 Flash ActionScript Techniques 4.00 

WDD 231 Flash Design and Animation 4.00 

WDD 111 Flash Fundamentals 4.00 

WDD 471 Flex Frameworks 3.00 


WDD 342 Mobile Device Deployment 4.00 

WDD 121 Networks and Server Structures 4.00 

WDD 131 Principles of Production Process 3.00 

WDD 232 Rich Media Optimization 4.00 

WDD 343 Scripting for Web Applications I 4.00 

WDD 443 Scripting for Web Applications II 4.00 

WDD 353 Server-side Languages 4.00 

WDD 241 Streaming Media Servers 3.00 

WDD 142 Web Design Fundamentals 4.00 


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 

ART HISTORY 

DESIGNING COMPUTER 

GRAPHICS 

ENGLISH COMPOSITION I COLLEGE MATHEMATICS 


GRAPHICS 

GEOMETRY & 

MEASUREMENT 

NETWORKS & SERVER 

STRUCTURES 

WEB INTERFACE 

& USABILITY 

APPLIED DESIGN TOOLS 

& INTERFACES 

PRINCIPLES OF 

PRODUCTION PROCESS 

WEB DESIGN 

FUNDAMENTALS WEB 

DESIGNING FOR 

WEB STANDARDS 

8 9 10 11 12 13 14 

FLASH FUNDAMENTALS 

FUNDAMENTALS 

OF PHYSICS 

FLASH DESIGN 

& ANIMATION 

CONCEPTS OF OBJECT- 

ORIENTED PROGRAMMING 

FLASH 

ACTIONSCRIPT 

TECHNIQUES DEPLOYMENT OF 

INTELLECTUAL 


FLASH PROJECTS 

SCRIPTING FOR WEB 

APPLICATIONS I 

FLEX 

FRAMEWORKS 

SCRIPTING FOR WEB 

APPLICATIONS II 

15 16 17 18 19 20 21 

ADVANCED SERVER-SIDE 

LANGUAGES 

ADVANCED DATABASE 

STRUCTURES 

RICH MEDIA 

OPTIMIZATION 

INTERPERSONAL 


HISTORY OF VISUAL 


STREAMING 

MEDIA SERVERS 

MOBILE DEVICE 

DEPLOYMENT WEB 

PSYCHOLOGY OF HUMAN 

INTERACTION 

WDD 482 Web Final Project I 3.00 

WDD 483 Web Final Project II 3.00 

WDD 141 Web Interface and Usability 3.00 

WDD 481 Web Project Preproduction 4.00 

WDD 354 Web Standards Project 4.00 









VIC 2003 History of Visual Communications † 4.00 


COM 2041 Psychology of Human Interaction † 4.00 

Totals: 32.00 

PROJECT 

PREPRODUCTION 





STANDARDS 

PROJECT 

SERVER-SIDE 

LANGUAGES 

DATABASE 

STRUCTURES 

WEB FINAL PROJECT I WEB FINAL PROJECT II 


Program Core 

DGT 241 

Advanced Computer 

Graphics 

Advanced Computer Graphics is designed 

to teach students advanced levels of graphics 

creation through the use of software programs 

that are used by design, animation, and 

interactive media companies worldwide. This 

course emphasizes raster graphic design from 

a web-specific point of view, and expands the 

knowledge of digital color models and image 

compositing techniques. 





Advanced Color Models 



Image Optimization 



WDD 432 

Advanced Database 

Structures 

The Advanced Database Structures 

Course continues instruction in database 

table structures and expands on the concepts 

taught in the Database Structures course. 

Students examine advanced database design in 

order to gain a full understanding of its nature 

and scope. This course emphasizes designing 

databases to create web applications that are 

frequently used within the industry. 


Advanced Database Concepts 

Designing Advanced Database Structures 

Optimizing Techniques for 

Advanced Databases 

Integrating Databases with 

Server-side Applications 



WDD 442 

Advanced Server-side 

Languages 

Advanced Server-side Languages 

reinforces and builds upon concepts and 

principles outlined in the Server-side 

Languages course. Students expand on the 

foundation concepts taught in that class by 

developing even more robust dynamic content 

and applications. This course teaches students 

how to write advanced code that will be used 

to create dynamic web applications that are 

frequently used within the industry. 


Writing Organized and Readable Code 

Scripting Server-side Applications 

Integrating Applications with 

Database Structures 

Presentation of Application 



WDD 211 

Applied Design 

Tools and Interfaces 

The Applied Design Tools and Interfaces 

Course focuses on combining the knowledge 

of graphic design software with the theories 

of web usability and interface creation. 

Students use industry-standard graphic design 

applications and prototype interface designs 

while adhering to interface usability guidelines. 

This course explores functional interface 

theory and design principles for the web. 


Design Concepts for Interfaces 

Creating Interface Graphics 

Working with Color 

Screen Design and Layout 

Web Accessibility 



WDD 212 

Concepts of Object-oriented 

Programming 

The Concepts of Object-oriented 

Programming Course explores techniques 

used in Object-oriented Programming 

(OOP) languages. Students are introduced 

to the core OOP concepts of inheritance, 

encapsulation, and polymorphism. Students 

will also learn object model implementation 

of industry-standard techniques such as 

reusability and efficiency. This course looks 

at the principal advantages of object-oriented 

programming compared to procedural 

programming techniques. 


Introduction to Objects 

Inheritance 

Polymorphism 

Encapsulation 



WDD 331 

Database Structures 

The Database Structures Course 

focuses on the creation of databases and 

their comprising table structures. In this 

class students learn the benefits of creating 

database structures with regard to such 

concepts as storage anomalies and table 

normalization. Students also learn a Data 

Definition Language used to create their 

database structures. Developing a database 

for use with a server-side scripting language 

allows students to develop more robust web 

applications, as they are an integral part of 

deploying dynamic web content for mid-tolarge-sized 

corporations. 


Multi-tier Architectures 

Database Tables and Indexes 

Validation 

Authentication and Security 



WDD 462 

Deployment of 

Flash Projects 

In the Deployment of Flash Projects 

Course, all of the elements of Flash 

development come together, with an emphasis 

on the design and production of complex, 

interactive products. Students go through the 

process of producing an interactive media 

project from initial concept to final distribution. 

This course teaches skills required to produce 

an intricate Flash product and deliver it on 

multiple platforms, including the web and 

disc-based media. 


Conceptualizing and Storyboarding 

Interface Design and Structure 


Asset Integration and Testing 

Final Publishing and Archiving 



DGT 112 

Designing Computer 

Graphics 

The Designing Computer Graphics Course 

is designed to teach students basic levels of 


programs that are used by design, animation, 

and interactive media companies worldwide. 

This course emphasizes vector graphic design 

from a web-specific point of view, as students 

receive a thorough understanding of input/output 

techniques, color theory, and tools for graphic 

design, and image creation. 


Vector Graphics Tools 

Color Models 

Vector Shading Techniques 

Designing with Vector Graphics 




Program Core 

WDD 221 

Designing for 

Web Standards 

The Designing for Web Standards 

Course examines the process of creating 

functional standards-based content for the 

Internet. Students learn how to use CSS 

combined with XHTML and other standards 

to lay out web pages easily and effectively. 

This course explores web standards-based 

design for a slimmer, faster, and more flexible 

approach to designing for the web. 


CSS Basics 

Selectors and Properties 

CSS and XHTML Elements 

Positioning and Graphics 



WDD 332 

Flash ActionScript 

Techniques 

The Flash ActionScript Techniques 

Course focuses on extending the Flash 

application and production process 

for Internet-based content. Advanced 

programming techniques utilizing ActionScript, 

the Flash scripting language, are taught to 

facilitate Flash content delivery. Students will 

explore advanced interactivity by implementing 

complex scripting language constructs of the 

Flash authoring environment. 


Extending the Flash ActionScript 

Object Model 

Advanced Programming Concepts 

in ActionScript 

Applying OOP for ActionScript 

Creating Applications with ActionScript 



WDD 231 

Flash Design 

and Animation 

The Flash Design and Animation Course 

examines the process of designing and creating 

animated content for the web. Students receive 

extensive training using Flash software and 

techniques related to the development of 2D 

design and animation. This course helps to 

develop students’ overall knowledge of the 

animation process including storyboards, 

design, animation, and output. Students also 

learn animation techniques that enable them to 

simulate real life motion and physics. 


Project Workflow 

Flash Design Techniques 

Animation Techniques 

Final Output 



WDD 111 

Flash Fundamentals 

The Flash Fundamentals Course explores 

basic techniques and concepts used in creating 

powerful, compelling, and highly interactive 

digital content for the Web. Students are 

introduced to the core concepts of Flash 

including the interface, drawing tools, and 

symbol creation. This course also examines 

basic ActionScript techniques such as 

variables, functions, and conditionals. 


Flash Interface 

The Flash Timeline 

Symbols and Instances 

Importing into Flash 

ActionScript Basics and Movie Clips 

Publishing and Exporting 



WDD 471 

Flex Frameworks 

The Flex Frameworks Course reinforces 

and builds upon ActionScript knowledge 

presented in the previous Flash platform 

courses. Students will explore the Flex SDK and 

will be introduced to the concepts of MXML 

including layout containers, data binding, and 

flash remoting. This course teaches students 

how to architect, develop, and deploy rich 

internet applications utilizing the open-source 

Flex Framework. 


ActionScript and Flex Frameworks 

Flex Component Life-cycle 

Rich Internet Application Development 

MXML Syntax 



PLA 2412 


and Law † 

The Intellectual Property and Law Course 

is designed to introduce the student to general 

business practices including finance, accounting, 

insurance, taxes, management, marketing, and 

negotiation. Students are provided a foundation 

that addresses the complexities of intellectual 

property, copyright, and basic business and 

contract law. The impact and ways in which law 

has shaped our society are explored through the 

use of case studies. 





Contracts 

Business Law 



WDD 342 

Mobile Device Deployment 

The Mobile Device Deployment Course 

examines the practice of creating and 

delivering web content for mobile devices, 

including cell phones and PDA’s. Students 

go through the process of producing and 

optimizing Internet-based content that 

is compatible with various mobile device 

operating systems and mobile browsers. This 

course also explores current techniques for 

mobile web authoring including XHTML, CSS, 

DOM, and FlashLite. 


Mobile Device Overview 

Using Web Standards for Mobile Devices 

FlashLite and Mobile Devices 

Optimizing for Mobile Devices 



WDD 121 

Networks and 

Server Structures 

The Networks and Server Structures 

Course explores computer operations, 

networking, and storage options. Students 

examine various operating systems, CPU and 

peripheral uses, and networked computer 

environments and their protocols. This course 

presents knowledge about communications 

within single and multiple computers, network 

communications, and communication protocols. 

A history of both computers and the Internet is 

also explored. 


Computer and Internet History 

Computers and Peripherals 

Operating Systems 

Networks and Protocols 

Network Management 



WDD 131 


Production Process 

The Principles of Production Process 

Course mirrors the workflow model used in 

professional web development. Students work 

to define the scope of a project, including the 

range of assets needed to complete it, the 

technologies that will be used, and the time 

required to develop it to completion. This course 

presents the framework for a cohesive web 

workflow plan that will ensure the efficient and 

effective delivery of web development projects. 





Production Process Phases 

Creating Production Documentation 

Production Prototyping 

Delivery, Archiving, and Maintenance 



WDD 232 

Rich Media Optimization 

The Rich Media Optimization Course 

teaches students current industry methods 

and techniques used to improve loading 

efficiency of bandwidth-intensive content for 

web delivery. Students explore optimizing highbandwidth 

content, such as digital video and 

audio, for deployment within a non-streaming 

server environment. In this course, students 

gain a thorough understanding of digital video 

and audio CODECs, along with target encoding 

rates, for optimal playback on the web. 


Digital Audio and Video File Formats 

Digital Audio CODECs 

Digital Video CODECs 

Rich Media and Flash 

Optimization Settings and Buffering 



WDD 343 

Scripting for 

Web Applications I 

The Scripting for Web Applications I 

Course trains students in the technologies 

used to create dynamic content for the Web 

using client-side scripting. Along with a clientside 

scripting language (JavaScript), students 

will explore using a combination of a valid 

markup language (XHTML), the presentation 

definition language (CSS), and the Document 

Object Model (DOM) to add dynamic behavior 

to a website using DHTML. This course focuses 

on the use of JavaScript to write functions that 

are embedded in or included from HTML pages 

and interact with the Document Object Model 

of the page to perform tasks not possible in 

HTML alone. 


DHTML Technologies 

Document Object Model 

Detecting Browser Features 

Animation with DHTML 

Forms and Validation 



WDD 443 

Scripting for 

Web Applications II 

The Scripting for Web Applications II 

Course continues teaching the client-side 

technologies used for creating dynamic 

content for the Web. Students in this course 

expand upon the knowledge they received in 

the Scripting for Web Applications I course by 

learning more advanced concepts of scripting 

languages such as JavaScript. Students will 

also explore new technologies to control the 

behavior of a web page that will not require 

client requests or hosting server interaction. 


DHTML Technologies 

Document Object Model 

Detecting Browser Features 

Extending Browser Behavior 



WDD 353 

Server-side Languages 

The Server-side Languages Course 

will examine the benefits of a server-side 

scripting language to heighten human computer 

interaction with web content. In this class 

students will learn how to take their existing 

knowledge of static-based web content and 

implement a server-side scripting language 

to develop a more robust web application. By 

implementing server-side languages within 

standards compliant XHTML web pages, 

students will be able to deploy dynamic content 

to further the level of interaction between 

client and server communication. 


Control Structures 

Variables 

Object-oriented Programming 

Querying 

Sessions and Cookies 



WDD 241 

Streaming Media Servers 

The Streaming Media Servers Course 

explores the technologies used to deliver media 

data over a network as a steady continuous 

stream, allowing playback to proceed while 

it is being received. Emphasis is placed on 

understanding the delivery system properties 

and protocols. Using current industry 

techniques, students learn how to deliver live 

or prerecorded rich media content in real time 

over the Internet. This course covers streaming 

media file formats, streaming media server 

protocols, and streaming media clients. 


Streaming Media File Formats 

Streaming Media Protocols 

Streaming Media Clients 

Deploying Streaming Media 



WDD 142 

Web Design 

Fundamentals 

The Web Design Fundamentals Course 

examines the process of creating functional, 

standards-based content for the Internet. 

Students learn how to use XML and XHTML 

along with other standards to develop websites. 

This course explores using eXtensible 

HyperText Markup Language (XHTML) elements 

correctly to ensure that web page markup is 

compact and more easily understood. 


HTML 

Graphics and the Web 

Validation and Doc Types 

XML and XHTML 



WDD 482 

Web Final Project I 

The Web Final Project I Course is the first 

of two courses that serve as the culmination 

of skills developed during the Web Design & 

Development Program. Students are tasked 

with creating an advanced website, which 

was defined within the Web Final Project 

Preproduction course. During the independent 

study component of the course, faculty 

evaluate the completeness of each student’s 

progress. Evaluation of each student’s 

successful completion of the course is 

based on completed milestones, the website 

production, and the website documentation. 






Milestone Delivery 





WDD 483 

Web Final Project II 

The Web Final Project II Course is 

the second of two courses that serve as 

the culmination of skills developed during 

the Web Design & Development Program. 

Students continue creating an advanced 

website, which was defined within the Web 

Final Project Preproduction course. During 

the independent study component of the 

course, faculty evaluate the completeness of 

each student’s progress. Evaluation of each 

student’s successful completion of the course 

is based on the completed website, the website 

presentation, and the website documentation. 






Final Publishing and Archiving 

Project Presentation 



WDD 141 

Web Interface 

and Usability 

The Web Interface and Usability 

Course teaches students the concepts 

and strategies needed to create successful 

web interfaces. In this course, students 

examine the foundation of creating logical, 

intuitive, and clear web interfaces used by 

companies worldwide. This course examines 

design principles relating from usability, 

visualization, and functionality constructs. 


Interface Usability Concepts 

Interface Visualization Elements 

Interface Functionality 

Interface Accessibility 



WDD 481 

Web Project 

Preproduction 

In the Web Project Preproduction Course, 

students identify and plan the scope of their 

final project, including the concept, design, 

and production pace. Students expand on the 

preproduction methods learned in the Principles 

of Production Process course by creating 

the necessary preproduction documentation 

to ensure a successful delivery of their final 

project. By the end of the course, students will 

have an intimate knowledge of the requirements 

needed to complete their final project. 


Creating the Project Treatment 

Developing the Production Timeline 

Creating the Flowchart 

Storyboarding 

Identifying Assets 

Setting Design Standards 



WDD 354 

Web Standards Project 

The Web Standards Project Course 

examines the process of implementing 

applications to create a functional, standardsbased 

project for the Internet. Students build 

upon concepts introduced in the Web Design 

Fundamentals, Designing for Web Standards, 

and Principles of Production Process courses 

related to the production process and 

standards-based web deployment. Students 

learn how to utilize Web Standards-based 

design, including CSS and XHTML, combined 

with a professional web development workflow 

model to create an efficient and effective web 

project. This course explores developing a 

Web Standards-based project while following 

a proven production process to ensure 

successful delivery. 


Preproduction 


Asset Optimization 


Project Delivery and Archiving 



ART 2006 

Art History 


to selected monuments of art and architecture in 

the Western tradition – from the Greco-Roman 

era to the 20th Century – studied in relation 

to the intellectual background of the ages and 

civilizations that produced them. Lectures 

accompanied by various visual mediums will 

propagate discussions of assigned readings 

in philosophical, religious, scientific, political, 

literary, and artistic contexts. 


Ancient Art 


Modern Art 




MGF 1213 
















Graphing 







ENC 1101 















Grammar 





PHY 1000 











Kinematics 

Motion 








MTG 1205 

Geometry and 























Triangles 



Similar Triangles and the Pythagorean 

Theorem 

Circles 




Trigonometry 




VIC 2003 

History of Visual 

Communications † 

The History of Visual Communications 

Course presents an historic account of 

humanity’s communicating life events though 

visual arts. Starting with cave drawings, 

stories and ideas have been presented and 

told using visual techniques. As time passes 

and society changes, avant-garde artists and 

scientists have pushed the envelope of their 

respective disciplines and brought about the 

dissolution of boundaries that traditionally exist 

between the artistic and media. In the past 

25 years, the intersection of art and humancomputer 

interactivity has emerged as a mass 

medium, triggering new forms of artistic, 

entertainment, and educational content. The 

student will follow the evolution of the various 

convergent disciplines, setting up a forum for 

informed discussions about the implications for 

the future. 


Art as a Communication Tool 

Human Interfaces 

Historical References 

Artist Tools 

Future Applications and Implications 






SPC 2140 

Interpersonal 






















COM 2041 

Psychology of 

Human Interaction † 

The Psychology of Human Interaction 

Course studies the dynamics of interpersonal 

relationships. This involves working with, and 

hopefully getting along with other people. In 

this course, students explore the different 

types of relationships and the problems that 

can occur when working with others, and 

learn tools to help manage those relationships 

and activities. 


Teams and Teamwork 

Communication 

Power 


Leadership 



Extended 

Studies in the 

Media 

Arts 

The program is offered in addition to the Degree Programs and 

is available to any Full Sail graduate in good standing. Upon 

successful completion of the Extended Studies in the Media 

Arts program, a certifi cate is issued. These studies represent 

Full Sail’s effort to continue the expansion of educational services 

to our students and the industry. 


INTERNSHIP 285 

Internship 

The Internship Course, combined with 

Full Sail’s Career Development Department, is 

specifically tailored to further prepare degree 

students for the careers of their choice. Full 

Sail works with numerous entertainment media 

facilities that participate in the Internship Course 

and a Career Development Advisor works directly 

with host facilities to make sure participants gain 

practical experience and on-the-job training. 

Besides the many obvious advantages of gaining 

working experience in a real world situation, 

a successful internship gives graduates a 

professional reference which can be very 

beneficial when seeking employment. 


Career Consultation and 

Interview Techniques 

Résumé Review and Employment Tactics 

Internship 



Internship 

Course Objective 

To give students the opportunity to put all 

that they have learned into practice during 

a six-week, comprehensive, hands-on 

working experience in a real world production 

environment. Graduates gain a solid 

understanding of their chosen field in the 

media industry. 

Note: Students must graduate from a Full Sail 

Degree Program before applying for an 

Internship. A certificate is awarded upon 

successful completion of the Extended Studies 

in the Media Arts program.

Degree 

Programs 

Online 

At Full Sail University, we’ve taken our decades of 

experience in providing innovative and immersive 

education and created an intuitive and engaging online 

education platform that’s based on three fundamentals: 

A Human Approach 

One of the foundations of our approach is to keep you 

connected to people, so you’ll have one-click access 

to instructors, exclusive guest lectures, and intuitive, 

collaborative tools that enable you to meet, share, 

and receive feedback from your fellow students. 

Innovative Curriculum 

From video, animation, and podcasts to more 

traditional lectures and essay assignments, we’ve 

developed extensive original and engaging content 

that allows us to challenge and inspire students. 

Your Mac 

All Full Sail Online students are provided with an 

Apple MacBook Pro notebook computer loaded with 

powerful software, all at a deep institutional discount. 

Your Mac is integrated into your curriculum, allowing 

you to utilize the power of Apple technology to create 

music, fi lm, games, animation, design, and more. 

Bachelor’s 



Students in the Computer Animation Bachelor’s Degree Program learn 

the technical and creative processes used to develop content for games, 

television, feature films, and more. The curriculum blends traditional art with 

the latest technology in specialized classes that cover 2D and 3D animation, 

lighting and shading for games, production modeling, character animation 

and rigging, and portfolio creation. 



Students in the Creative Writing for Entertainment bachelor’s degree program 

explore the integral role that writing plays in a variety of different media in the 

entertainment industry, including film, television, gaming, animation, and 

more. The program’s courses focus on essential creative writing concepts 

such as storyboarding and scriptwriting, the exploration of genres and literary 

devices, and transmedia storytelling. 

DIGITAL CINEMATOGRAPHY 


The Digital Cinematography bachelor’s degree program is designed to give 

students the tools and skills needed to become digital asset creators for 

media such as broadcast, web design, independent film, and other forms 

of production that utilize visual components. Throughout the course of 

the program, students learn to shoot and edit digital films, commercials, 

documentaries, webcasts, and more. 



The Entertainment Business Bachelor’s Degree is a comprehensive business 

program that combines core courses in subjects like management, marketing, 

and statistics, with more advanced topics like data analysis, as well as 

entertainment specific courses like artist management, entertainment media 

distribution, and intellectual property. The program also requires students 

to develop a business proposal unique to their interests and develop it from 

start to finish. 

GAME ART 


Artists in the video game industry require a unique set of design skills, 

and our online Game Art Bachelor’s Degree Program teaches students 

the same processes used to create high-resolution graphics for consoles 

and computers. Through our online platform you’ll learn such production 

fundamentals as character animation, rigging, shading and lighting, texturing, 

and modeling – giving you the focused knowledge to start a professional 

career developing assets for the next generation of video games. 

GAME DESIGN 


The online Game Design Bachelor’s Degree Program develops a student’s 

skills as a creative storyteller by teaching the production processes and design 

tools used to produce content for consoles, cell phones, and other emerging 

gaming platforms. The curriculum recreates the same kind of production 

methods used at professional gaming studios, with students collaborating 

with their peers on character sketches, level design, story development, 

gameplay mechanics, and other creative elements that they’ll apply to a 

complete game prototype based on their original designs. 



The Graphic Design Bachelor’s Degree gives students an in-depth look at 

the design industry, including print publishing, package design, and website 

interfaces. This degree program prepares students to enter the industry with 

the ability to meet client demands and work under hard deadlines while still 

producing creative results. 

INTERNET MARKETING 


The Internet Marketing Bachelor’s Degree Program explores the constantly 

evolving world of integrated multi-channel marketing and its impact on the 

21st century’s most successful businesses. Students in this program study 

online branding, e-commerce, search engine optimization, social media, 

and the psychology of the online consumer. 

MOBILE DEVELOPMENT 


The Mobile Development bachelor’s degree program teaches the 

programming and design fundamentals needed to develop interactive content 

for a variety of different mobile platforms. Students in the program learn 

programming languages used throughout the industry, including JavaScript, 

PHP, and XHTML, as well as specialized development kits for mobile platforms 

like iOS and Android. 



The Music Business Bachelor’s Degree combines a sound business 

education with the specific skills necessary to find success in the unique 

world of the music industry. In addition to fundamental business courses 

like marketing, finance, and accounting, students will also learn about 

artist development, music distribution, record label development, contract 

negotiations, and more. 



The Music Production Bachelor of Science Degree Program gives students the 

tools needed to pursue a career writing and producing music for all types of 

media. Classes focus on music composition, arranging, theory, history, and 

ear training, as well as the technical recording process. Students develop a 

Digital Portfolio showcasing their work and learn to effectively market their 

talents to the entertainment and media industry. 



Students in the Sports Marketing & Media bachelor’s degree program develop 

an understanding of content creation and marketing principles as they relate 

to the world of sports within the entertainment industry. The program’s 

courses cover concepts such as global sports marketing strategies, sales 

and sponsorships, law and contracts, and licensing. 



Full Sail’s Web Design & Development Bachelor’s degree program 

immerses students in one of the most rapidly developing industries in 

our society. The program delivers a holistic look at website production 

by balancing the aesthetic and usability concerns of web design with the 

programming fundamentals necessary to create an engaging and 

effective Internet presence. 



The Creative Writing Master of Fine Arts Degree Program teaches students 

how to develop compelling narratives for entertainment media. Concepts 

explored include visual storytelling, character development, screenwriting 

and storyboarding for a variety of media, including film, video games, 

television, animation, and gaming. Graduates leave the program with 

compelling, diverse portfolios – and the knowledge and skills needed to 

enter the exciting field of entertainment media. 

EDUCATION MEDIA DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY 


The Education Media Design & Technology Master’s Degree Program 

is designed to provide teachers and corporate trainers with 21st century 

skills to reach 21st century learners. Innovative courses teach students 

in this program how to inspire their learners through the implementation 

of entertainment media concepts and tools – from podcasts to video content 

to innovative online learning systems and more. 



The Entertainment Business Master’s Degree Program is designed to give 

students flexibility to take their careers to new heights. This comprehensive 

program will take students through high-level business courses in 

leadership, brand development, negotiation, Internet marketing, and more, 

culminating in the completion of two academic capstone projects – a 

professional Leadership Portfolio and a Business Plan Thesis. 

The Entertainment Business Master’s Program may also be taken with an 

optional Sports Management Elective Track, designed to address specific 

issues encountered in the business side of the sports world. 

INTERNET MARKETING 


The Internet Marketing Master’s Degree Program provides an advanced 

look at the strategic power and numerous opportunities found within 

the field of multi-channel marketing by taking students through in-depth 

research projects, advanced academic studies, and a Final Project/Thesis 

that will prepare them to strategically implement their own cohesive and 

comprehensive Internet marketing campaign. 

MEDIA DESIGN 


The Media Design Master of Fine Arts program prepares students for the 

world of visual design and the role that it plays in delivering a company’s 

message. Students learn the creative production and project management 

skills used at successful studios – covering everything from print and graphic 

design to television and the web. Students also study concepts such as 

brand development, design strategy, and production workflow, as they learn 

how to utilize artistic design skills and channel them into different projects. 

NEW MEDIA JOURNALISM 

Master of Arts Degree Program 

The New Media Journalism master’s degree program provides students with 

a curriculum that combines the concepts of traditional journalism with the 

new opportunities afforded by advances in communication technology. Over 

the course of the program, students explore the advanced skills required for 

reporting in the digital era. 


DEGREE PROGRAMS PROGRAMS ONLINE 287 

Master’s 

Visit online.fullsail.edu 

for more information

General 

Information 


GENERAL DEGREE INFORMATION 

PROGRAMS 289

Admissions 

Requirements for Admission 

Applicants must submit the following to be considered for admission: 

• Application for Admission—Applicants must submit the 

completed application and fulfi ll all the requirements therein. 

• $75.00 application fee—The application fee must be 

submitted with the application. The application and application 

fee may be submitted prior to submission of the following 

supporting documents. 

• Offi cial Final High School Transcript, or GED—GED must be 

approved by your state’s Department of Education. 

» Full Sail requires that all applicants have completed high 

school and received a standard high school diploma or have 

passed the GED. High school seniors may still apply with 

a copy of their offi cial high school transcripts. Accepted 

applicants must provide a copy of their offi cial fi nal high school 

transcripts or GED before beginning any degree program. 

• Two Letters of Recommendation— It is strongly recommended 

that you provide two letters. They may be written by a teacher, 

guidance counselor, employer, community leader, family member, 

or friend. These letters should address the applicant’s character, 

motivation, creativity, and academic achievement. 

NOTE: ALL REQUIRED DOCUMENTATION THAT IS NOT IN ENGLISH MUST BE ACCOMPANIED BY 

A CERTIFIED ENGLISH TRANSLATION. IF NATIVE LANGUAGE IS OTHER THAN ENGLISH, 

VERIFICATION OF LANGUAGE PROFICIENCY IS REQUIRED. 

Computer Animation and Game Art Bachelor of Science Degree 

Program applicants should possess artistic skills. Traditional art classes 

are recommended prior to entering the program. A foundation of 

sketching, sculpting, and painting are important for the animation 

industry and are essential in developing the 3D artist. 

Game Development Bachelor of Science Degree Program applicants 

must meet specifi c eligibility requirements by demonstrating a 

minimum foundation in Algebra II. Advanced math classes such 

as precalculus and trigonometry are strongly recommended. 

Introductory programming classes are also recommended. 

Acceptance into the Degree Program is based upon successful 

completion of a skills assessment test covering advanced 

mathematical concepts, administered prior to beginning class. 

Applicants may request a Math Self-Evaluation from the Admissions 

Department to help them prepare for the skills assessment test. 

Applicants wishing to transfer credits toward the completion of the 

Entertainment Business and Music Business Bachelor of Science 

Degree Program must possess one of the following to be eligible: 

• An associate’s, or higher level degree from another accredited 

postsecondary educational institution recognized by the U.S. 

Department of Education, which is related to the educational 

program objectives of the Entertainment Business and Music 

Business Bachelor of Science Degree, with a transfer academic 

average of 2.0 minimum GPA. A copy of offi cial transcripts is 

required. Transcripts are required to include graduation date, fi nal 

GPA, and degree earned. Eligible applicants will be required to 

complete three additional Full Sail courses: College Mathematics, 

Computer Science and Internet, and Introduction to Media Arts. 

• A Full Sail Associate or Bachelor of Science Degree with a 

minimum cumulative GPA of 2.0. 

Graduate School applicants must possess one of the following to 

be eligible: 

• A Full Sail Bachelor of Science Degree with a minimum 

cumulative GPA of 2.5. 

• A baccalaureate or higher level degree from another accredited 


Department of Education. Degree held must be of similar scope 

and subject matter as to prepare applicants for the educational 

program objectives of the Graduate School Degree Program, with 

a transfer academic average of 2.5. Applicants who meet these 

criteria will be considered for admission pending an evaluation 

of a copy of offi cial transcripts. Transcripts are required to include 

graduation date, fi nal GPA and degree earned. A copy of offi cial 

high school transcripts or GED is not required. 

International Applicants 

International applicants must meet the standard admission 

requirements and provide the following: 

• Language Profi ciency - Applicants whose native language is 

not English must demonstrate the required level of language 

profi ciency by providing documentation of one of the following: 

TOEFL (Test of English as a Foreign Language) 

» Paper and pencil test: minimum score accepted is 550 

» Computer-based test; minimum score accepted is 213 

» New internet-based test; minimum score accepted is 79 

IELTS (International English Language Testing System) 

» The minimum required score is 6 

• Financial Guarantee - must be provided to verify available funding 

for tuition and related expenses for the duration of the chosen 

degree program. 

• Foreign School Credentials - must be submitted to an outside 

evaluation service for determination of U.S. equivalency. Please 

contact your Admissions Representative or an International 

Liaison for recommended evaluation services. 

• English Translation - any documentation not in English must be 

accompanied by a certifi ed English translation. 

• Obtain Visa - applicants for a campus-based degree program 

are required to obtain the proper student visa. (not required for 

online-based degree programs) 

In an effort to minimize costs due to international currency exchange 

and bank surcharges, a wire transfer or a credit card is recommended 

for payment of all fees, deposits and tuition for International applicants 

and students. Regardless of payment method, all fees must be paid in 

United States currency. Please contact Full Sail’s International Liaison 

for details. 

NOTE: REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION APPLY EQUALLY TO ALL APPLICANTS WITHOUT REGARD 

TO RACE, COLOR, NATIONAL ORIGIN, SEX, DISABILITY, AGE, SEXUAL ORIENTATION, OR 

MARITAL STATUS. 

Information regarding Services for Students with Disabilities in the 

classroom can be found in the student services section of the catalog. 

Admission Application Process 

The Admissions Department is prepared to assist with completing the 

application process. To apply simply: 

• Complete an interview with your Admissions Representative. 

• Complete the Application for Admission. 

• Submit completed application along with $75 application fee. 

• To reserve a seat for a campus degree start date, a $200 deposit 

is required. 

• If applying for additional degree programs, a $200 deposit is 

required for each additional program. 

Applicants will be notifi ed in writing in regards to acceptance upon 

completion and review of all required documents. The application fee 

and deposit(s) are credited to the cost of tuition but are not covered by 

fi nancial aid. All deposits are fully refundable. 

Transfer Credit 

Students who have applied to Full Sail may request credit for 

previous education. To be eligible for transfer credit, applicants 

must have successfully completed courses from another accredited 


Department of Education similar in scope and content to Full Sail 

courses, and received a grade of C or better. 

For the Entertainment Business and Music Business Bachelor of 

Science Degree Programs, graduates with an associate’s degree or 

higher from another accredited postsecondary educational institution 

recognized by the U.S. Department of Education may be eligible to 

transfer credits toward the completion of this degree. To be eligible, 

the previous degree should be related to the educational program 

objectives of the Entertainment Business Bachelor’s Degree. 

Procedure 

• Submit copy of offi cial transcript to the Admissions Department. 

• Transcripts will be reviewed by the Registrar’s offi ce. 

• Applicants will be notifi ed of transfer credit approval or denial 

approximately 30 days prior to their expected start date. 

Individual Courses 

Some courses may be taken on an individual basis. A $200 deposit 

for each individual course must be included with the application. The 

balance of tuition is due on or before the fi rst day of class. Individual 

course students are not eligible for fi nancial aid. 

Most individual courses have prerequisites. Acceptance into a 

course is determined by the respective Program Director and/or 

the Director of Student Affairs. Contact an Admissions 

Representative for more information. 

Full Sail Prepaid Tuition Program 

Full Sail offers a Prepaid Tuition Program to applicants who have not 

yet graduated from high school. This plan allows early applicants to 

secure a future Full Sail education at current tuition prices. 

Tuition pre-payment is only available to applicants who: 

1. have not completed high school, 

2. apply for the pre-payment plan, 

3. begin the pre-payment plan prior to completing 

high school, 

4. upon acceptance of the pre-payment plan, pay the 

tuition either in a lump sum or begin making equal 

monthly installments, 

5. start a Full Sail education by December 31 of their high 

school graduation year, and 

6. pay the tuition in full prior to the fi rst day of class. 

Seven and one-half percent simple interest will be charged for the 

on-going tuition balance each year. Should the plan be canceled at any 

time, a full refund will be made within 30 days. Interest will not be paid 

on money deposited with Full Sail. Financial aid, for those who qualify, 

is available for living expenses to those participating in the Prepaid 

Tuition Program. 

ADMISSIONS 

ADMISSIONS 

ADMISSIONS 

ADMISSIONS 

290 291

Financial Aid 

Financial Aid 

Full Sail’s Financial Aid Department is here to provide assistance with 

tuition and/or living expenses for those who qualify. As a fi nancial 

aid student you need to make informed decisions regarding the types 

and amounts of fi nancial aid available. The Financial Aid Department is 

staffed and organized with our students’ needs in mind, dedicated to 

making the fi nancial aid process understandable and valuable. 

The Financial Aid Department encourages all applicants who apply 

for fi nancial aid to begin the process early. Those seeking “federal” 

fi nancial aid are required to complete a Free Application for Federal 

Student Aid (FAFSA). You may request a FAFSA from Full Sail’s 

Financial Aid Department or you may fi ll one out online by going to 

www.fafsa.ed.gov. The federal school code for Full Sail is 016812. 

Eligibility for Federal Financial Aid Programs requires that a student 

be a U.S. citizen or eligible non-citizen [Alien Registration Receipt Card 

(Form I-151) or Permanent Resident Card (Form I-551), commonly 

known as a green card]. 

Financial aid is only available to a student considering one or more 

Degree Programs. Individual course students are not eligible for 

fi nancial aid. 

Once you complete the FAFSA, the Department of Education will send 

you the results and you can discuss your available options with one 

of Full Sail’s fi nancial aid professionals. This discussion will assist in 

determining the best federal and non-federal aid resources that are 

available to you. 

Additional fi nancial aid and loan applications as well as other 

pertinent information on sources of funding are available through the 

Full Sail Financial Aid Department. 

While attending Full Sail, students must maintain Satisfactory Progress 

and meet specifi c credit hour and weeks of instruction requirements in 

order to receive their fi nancial aid. Students not actively attending due 

to a Interruption of Training, Suspension, Termination or Withdrawal 

may not receive award disbursements. 

Grants and Scholarships 

Grants are forms of aid that do not have to be repaid. Full Sail can 

assist you in determining your eligibility for available grant programs. 

Like grants, scholarships do not require repayment. Scholarship 

requirements and application procedures vary depending upon the 

criteria set by the scholarship provider. 

FEDERAL PELL GRANT 

The Federal Pell Grant Program is designed to assist undergraduates 

with education expenses. Under this program, an undergraduate is 

one who has not earned a bachelor’s or fi rst professional degree. 

Awards for the 2011-2012 year range up to $5550. The U.S. Department 

of Education uses a standard formula, established by Congress, to 

determine eligibility. 

FEDERAL SUPPLEMENTAL EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITY GRANT 

The Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant (FSEOG) 

is also designed to assist undergraduates with education expenses. 

Under this program, an undergraduate is one who has not earned 

a bachelor’s or fi rst professional degree. Amounts are determined 

by application of the federal formula regarding a student’s need as 

determined by the information provided on the Free Application 

for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) and Pell Grant eligibility. Awards 

for the 2011-2012 year range up to $500. 

FLORIDA STUDENT ASSISTANCE GRANT 

The Florida Student Assistance Grant (FSAG) is a need-based program 

administered by the state. This grant is awarded to students who show 

fi nancial need based upon the eligibility criteria of the grant program 

and the availability of funds. 

FLORIDA BRIGHT FUTURES SCHOLARSHIP PROGRAM 

This is a lottery-funded scholarship to reward Florida high school 

graduates who demonstrate high academic achievement. This 

program is comprised of three awards: the Florida Academic Scholars 

Award, the Florida Medallion Scholarship, and Florida Gold Seal 

Vocational Scholars Award. Each award has different criteria for 

eligibility. Applications and eligibility criteria are available from your 

high school guidance offi ce. 

Federal Loans 

Federal Loans are provided to students through the William D. Ford 

Federal Direct Loan program. To apply for a federal loan, a Free 

Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) should be completed. 

Once eligibility is determined, a Federal Master Promissory Note must 

be completed. The Financial Aid Department is available to answer 

any questions you may have regarding these forms. 

Stafford Loans 

A Stafford Loan is a low-interest loan made to a student enrolled in 

a Full Sail Undergraduate or Graduate Degree Program. Annual loan 

limits increase in subsequent years where a student has progressed to 

a higher grade level. Repayment terms and conditions are fl exible in 

order to meet the needs of students after graduation. 

Parent PLUS Loans 

A Parent PLUS Loan is a credit-based loan made to either parent 

of a dependent child enrolled in a Full Sail Undergraduate Degree 

Program. Available to credit-worthy parents, these loans provide 

funds for a student’s educational expenses and may also provide 

additional money for living expenses. The interest rate is 

determined by Congress and compares favorably to other education 

fi nancing options. 

Graduate PLUS Loans 

A Graduate PLUS Loan is a credit-based loan made to a student 

enrolled in a Full Sail Masters Degree Program. Similar to the Parent 

PLUS Loan, but only available to credit-worthy graduate students, 

Graduate PLUS loans can also provide funds for educational and 

living expenses. Students should always consider lower cost Stafford 

Loans before applying for a Graduate PLUS Loan. As with Stafford 

Loans, repayment terms and conditions are fl exible in order to meet 

the needs of students after graduation. 

Private Education Loans 

Many private lenders offer alternative education loans to supplement 

the federal programs after maximum limits are reached. These 

non-federal education loans have differing fees, interest rates and 

repayment options. They are credit-based and students may often 

secure a more favorable interest rate by using a co-signer. Private 

education loans provide funds for educational and living expenses 

up to the cost of attendance less other fi nancial aid. Students are 

strongly encouraged to maximize their eligibility for federal aid prior 

to applying for any private education loan. Contact the Financial Aid 

Department for more information. 

Special Programs 

FEDERAL WORK-STUDY 

Full Sail participates in the Federal Work-Study Program. The Federal 

Work-Study Program is designed to provide jobs to qualifi ed students 

with fi nancial need allowing them to earn money to help pay 

education-related expenses. The program encourages community 

service work and work related to the student’s course of study. 

Students are awarded Federal Work Study funds based on a federallyprescribed 

formula. Full Sail is an equal opportunity employer. 

Financial Aid on the Web 

U.S. Department of Education - www.ed.gov 

Federal Aid Programs - www.studentaid.ed.gov 

Free Application for Federal Student Aid - www.fafsa.ed.gov 

Florida Department of Education - www.fl oridastudentfi nancialaid.org 

National Student Loan Data System - www.nslds.ed.gov 

292 FINANCIAL FINANCIAL AID 

FINANCIAL AID 293

Financial Aid 

Financial Aid 

Receipt of Financial Aid Funds 

Students who receive fi nancial aid at Full Sail University must maintain 

satisfactory academic progress in an eligible degree or certifi cate 

program. The following requirements defi ne what satisfactory academic 

progress is for fi nancial aid recipients as it applies to eligibility for the 

receipt of fi nancial aid funds. 

Satisfactory academic progress is checked at the beginning of each 

Semester. Students not meeting the requirements stated in Full Sail’s 

Satisfactory Academic Progress policy will be placed on Financial Aid 

Unsatisfactory Academic Progress Warning during that semester of 

enrollment and will be notifi ed of their Financial Aid Unsatisfactory 

Academic Progress Warning status by their respective Education 

Student Advisor. 

The Education Student Advisor will develop an Academic Recovery 

Plan mandating methods of improvement and strategies for 

accomplishing Satisfactory Academic Progress by the beginning of 

the next semester. The Academic Recovery Plan will be in writing and 

reviewed and agreed to by the student. Financial Aid Unsatisfactory 

Academic Progress Warning status will not prevent the student from 

receiving fi nancial aid. The semester during which the student is in 

a Financial Aid Unsatisfactory Academic Progress Warning status is 

meant to inform the student of academic problems and provide time 

for corrective action. 

The student may continue to receive fi nancial assistance during 

this warning period. At the end of the warning period in the current 

semester and at the beginning of the next semester the student will: 

• Be removed from the warning status if student has regained 

satisfactory academic progress. 

OR 

• Lose fi nancial aid eligibility and be suspended from receiving 

assistance from federal, state, and institutional sources due to 

a failure to regain satisfactory academic progress. The student’s 

fi nancial aid will be removed and cash payments added to the 

students account. The student will receive a letter informing them 

of the loss of fi nancial aid eligibility. 

If a student loses fi nancial aid eligibility it will prevent the student from 

receiving any Title IV, state, or institutional fi nancial assistance until 

such time as the student meets all satisfactory academic progress 

standards. Students can regain fi nancial aid eligibility at the point that 

they are once again in satisfactory academic progress and may reapply 

for fi nancial aid at that time. 

Students who lose eligibility due to Unsatisfactory Academic Progress 

may choose to appeal the loss of fi nancial aid eligibility. 

The appeal process allows students who have lost their fi nancial aid 

eligibility due to unsatisfactory academic progress to appeal to have 

their eligibility temporarily reinstated due to the assertion that the 

unsatisfactory progress was as a result of unusual or extraordinary 

circumstances. 

Extraordinary circumstances that can be considered are illness, a death 

in the family, relocation or catastrophe. 

Students in an extraordinary situation may appeal their loss of eligibility 

by submitting an Appeal form to the Financial Aid Appeals Committee. 

Appeal forms can be picked up at the main Financial Aid lobby and 

accessed on Propeller. Appeal forms may be submitted in the main 

Financial Aid lobby. 

Appeal Steps – 

• Obtain and complete the Appeal form. 

• Submit an appeal form along with any additional documentation 

necessary to completion of the document including a detailed 

specifi c plan for academic recovery including timeline. 

The Committee will review the appeal and contact the student within 

three weeks. 

If the appeal is approved the student will be notifi ed in writing along 

with the requirement to meet with their Student Advisor within one 

week of receipt of approval. The student will meet with the Education 

Student Advisor to complete agreement for appeal approval based on 

agreed upon academic recovery plan. 

Student’s whose appeals are granted will be placed into a Financial Aid 

Unsatisfactory Academic Progress Probation status. Students in this 

probation status will receive their fi nancial aid funding for the current 

semester and must have met the conditions of their academic recovery 

plan in order to receive fi nancial aid in the semester that follows. 

Students are allowed to appeal the loss of eligibility for fi nancial aid 

twice while in pursuit of a degree. 

Career Development Department 

Advancing your career in your industry or a new industry is 

challenging and sometimes diffi cult. Researching, networking, 

and staying current with industry trends are all keys to unlocking a 

successful career. The services of the Career Development Department 

support the technical and professional skills gained throughout a 

student’s education. 

Full Sail’s Career Development Department governs: 

1. degree specifi c lectures and presentations designed 

to prepare students for the pursuit of internships 

and entry level employment, including instruction 

about résumé creation, interview techniques, and the 

professionalism required within the industry, 

2. a regularly updated record of potential employers in 

the industry, 

3. a well-organized industry outreach effort to promote 

awareness of Full Sail’s degree programs, as well as 

qualifi ed graduates and their successes, and 

4. an online community for all Full Sail alumni to promote 

networking and professional relationships. 

Full Sail degree program students preparing for graduation 

as well as alumni throughout their careers may utilize Career 

Development services. Those desiring assistance must register their 

requests with the Career Development Department. 

The Career Development Department requires a consistent and 

professional dialogue from each student or graduate in order to 

provide effective assistance. Flexibility is desirable with respect to 

location or type of employment and may enhance the efforts of 

our services. Relocation for specifi c types of employment may be 

necessary in order to successfully launch and maintain a career in the 

entertainment media industry. 

If specifi c, employment-related information beyond the scope of the 

Career Development Department is requested, every reasonable 

effort will be made to supply available contact information of other 

resources that may be able to further assist students and alumni. 

Full Sail educates students about the process of successfully 

marketing themselves to the industry. The Career Development 

Department is frequently approached by employers seeking the 

services of graduates. In selecting candidates, the department will 

review the graduate’s GPA, and GPS score. Graduates who meet the 

qualifi cations set forth by the Career Development Department and 

the employers are then considered. Even though Full Sail makes a 

reasonable effort to assist each graduate in seeking employment, this 

in no way constitutes a promise or guarantee of employment. Career 

assistance may be suspended in the event that a student’s fi nancial 

commitments are delinquent or in default. Completion of individual 

courses does not qualify students for career assistance. 

294 FINANCIAL FINANCIAL AID 

CAREER DEVELOPMENT 

DEVELOPMENT 295 

Career Development

Tuition Breakdown 

2011 Tuition Breakdown 

Master of Science Degree Programs 


Semester 1 $ 9, 127 


Semester 3 $ 15, 226 

Total Tuition $ 33, 780 

Cost per Credit Hour $ 768 

GAME DESIGN 

Semester 1 $ 10, 127 

Semester 2 $ 10, 127 

Semester 3 $ 10, 126 















Bachelor of Science Degree Programs 


Semester 1 $ 15, 500 

Semester 2 $ 15, 500 

Semester 3 $ 15, 500 

Semester 4 $ 15, 500 

Semester 5 $ 15, 500 




Semester 1 $ 15, 500 

Semester 2 $ 15, 500 

Semester 3 $ 15, 500 

Semester 4 $ 15, 500 

Semester 5 $ 15, 500 




Semester 1 $ 10, 900 

Semester 2 $ 10, 900 

Semester 3 $ 10, 900 

Semester 4 $ 10, 900 

Semester 5 $ 10, 900 



FILM 

Semester 1 $ 15, 500 

Semester 2 $ 15, 500 

Semester 3 $ 15, 500 

Semester 4 $ 15, 500 

Semester 5 $ 15, 500 



GAME ART 

Semester 1 $ 15, 500 

Semester 2 $ 15, 500 

Semester 3 $ 15, 500 

Semester 4 $ 15, 500 

Semester 5 $ 15, 500 




Semester 1 $ 15, 500 

Semester 2 $ 15, 500 

Semester 3 $ 15, 500 

Semester 4 $ 15, 500 

Semester 5 $ 15, 500 




Semester 1 $ 10, 000 

Semester 2 $ 10, 000 

Semester 3 $ 11, 000 

Semester 4 $ 11, 000 

Semester 5 $ 12, 500 




Semester 1 $ 15, 000 

Semester 2 $ 15, 000 

Semester 3 $ 15, 000 

Semester 4 $ 15, 000 

Semester 5 $ 15, 000 




Semester 1 $ 15, 000 

Semester 2 $ 15, 000 

Semester 3 $ 15, 000 

Semester 4 $ 15, 000 

Semester 5 $ 15, 000 















Semester 1 $ 15, 500 

Semester 2 $ 15, 500 

Semester 3 $ 15, 500 

Semester 4 $ 15, 500 

Semester 5 $ 15, 500 



Associate of Science Degree Programs 


Semester 1 $ 12, 627 

Semester 2 $ 12, 627 

Semester 3 $ 12, 626 




Semester 1 $ 12, 000 

Semester 2 $ 12, 000 

Semester 3 $ 12, 770 



Transferring Credits into Other 

Full Sail Bachelor’s Degrees 

Those who have earned or will earn an associate’s degree from 

Full Sail may be eligible to transfer credits toward other Full Sail 

bachelor’s degrees. 

Graduates with an associate’s degree or higher from another 

accredited postsecondary educational institution recognized by the 

U.S. Department of Education may be eligible to transfer credits 

toward other Full Sail bachelor’s degrees. To be eligible, the previous 

degree should be related to the educational program objectives of 

the specifi c degree. 

To determine the cost and transfer of credit eligibility, contact 

Full Sail’s Admissions Department. 

296 TUITION BREAKDOWN 

TUITION BREAKDOWN 297

General Information 

Multiple Degrees 

Students may take any combination of Associate of Science Degree 

Programs, Bachelor of Science Degree Programs, Master of Science 

Degree Programs, and/or Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree Programs, 

based on eligibility requirements. A $200 refundable deposit is 

required to apply for each additional Associate, Bachelor, Master of 

Science, or Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree Program. An Admissions 

Representative is available to offer recommendations on Degree 

Program combinations and order. 

Degrees Awarded 

Upon completion of the degree program, the student will be awarded: 

Master of Science Degree 

• Entertainment Business 

• Game Design 

Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree 

• Creative Writing for Entertainment 

Bachelor of Science Degree 

• Computer Animation 

• Digital Arts & Design 


• Film 

• Game Art 

• Game Development 

• Music Business 

• Recording Arts 

• Show Production 

• Sports Marketing & Media 

• Web Design & Development 

Associate of Science Degree 

• Graphic Design 

• Recording Engineering 

Fees/Deposits 

A $75 application fee is required to apply for a Degree Program. 

A $200 refundable deposit is required prior to a Degree Program start 

date in order to reserve a seat. 

For those applying for a second, or multiple degrees, an additional 

$200 refundable deposit is required. 

A $200 deposit is required for each individual course. 

Availability of a course or degree start date is subject to class size 

limitations. A seat will only be reserved upon receipt of each course/ 

program’s deposit. 

The application fee and deposit(s) are not covered by fi nancial aid. 

The application fee and deposit(s) are included in the tuition 

prices listed. 

Deposits held for future Degree Programs may be credited toward any 

amount due Full Sail, for any other tuition or fees that may be due. 

Delay of Start Date 

Full Sail will charge a non-refundable fee of $100 for each revision that 

results in a delay of a student’s start date. 

Security Key Card 

To access facilities at Full Sail, each student is furnished a speciallyprogrammed, 

security-system key card. A $10 non-refundable fee is 

due on or before the fi rst day of registration for this key card. This fee 

must be paid before a card will be issued. All students are required 

to possess the card at all times and replace any lost card promptly by 

purchasing a new one. 

Non-Sufficient Funds 

A $25 fee will be charged for any check returned for non-suffi cient funds. 

Comparative Program Information 

Comparative program information related to tuition and program 

length is available from: 

» Accrediting Commission of Career Schools and Colleges 

2101 Wilson Boulevard, Suite 302 

Arlington, VA 22201 

(703) 247-4212 

What’s Included 

The cost of a Full Sail Degree Program includes expenses such as 

textbooks, manuals, media, production materials, lab fees, technology 

fees, and other associated costs except as noted. 

Institutional Fee 

All students are required to purchase a computer and software 

in addition to tuition. Technology confi gured in accordance with 

program specifi cations. 

Project LaunchBox 

The primary component of the institutional fee is 

Project LaunchBox , which is an Apple MacBook Pro computer* 

that serves as a personal workstation throughout their education. 

This notebook computer comes with degree-specifi c software that 

allows students to work on their projects on and off-campus and 

maintain their personal portfolio of work wherever they may be. 

The choice of Apple hardware has allowed Full Sail to develop our 

curriculum to a high and specifi c standard of computer capability, 

while giving students maximum fl exibility for their creativity. In 

addition, Full Sail’s Online Learning Environment, which is utilized 

by all Full Sail students, is built around the capabilities of Apple 

workstations, helping the school to provide the same high level 

of education and innovation both online and on-campus. 

* Computers for Game Development students may vary in make and model. 

LaunchBox Pricing by Degree Program 

Campus Degrees Fee Amount 

Computer Animation Bachelor of Science $2,805.00 

Computer Animation Bachelor of Science 36 month $3,025.00 

Creative Writing for Entertainment Bachelor of Fine Arts $2,670.00 

Digital Arts & Design Bachelor of Science $2,835.00 

Digital Arts & Design Bachelor of Science 36 month $3,050.00 

Entertainment Business Bachelor of Science $2,800.00 

Entertainment Business Master of Science $2,455.00 

Film Bachelor of Science $2,915.00 

Film Bachelor of Science 36 month $3,135.00 

Game Art Bachelor of Science $2,805.00 

Game Art Bachelor of Science 36 month $3,025.00 

Game Development Bachelor of Science $2,300.00 

Game Design Master of Science $2,300.00 

Graphic Design Associate of Science $2,615.00 

Music Business Bachelor of Science $2,775.00 

Recording Arts Bachelor of Science $2,530.00 

Recording Arts Bachelor of Science 36 month $2,530.00 

Recording Arts Bachelor of Science Hybrid $3,150.00 

Recording Engineering Associate of Science $2,530.00 

Show Production Bachelor of Science $2,730.00 

Show Production Bachelor of Science Hybrid $3,510.00 

Sports Marketing & Media Bachelor of Science $4,540.00 

Web Design & Development Bachelor of Science $2,650.00 

Web Design & Development Bachelor of Science 36 month $2,865.00 

298 GENERAL INFORMATION PROJECT LAUNCHBOX 299

Class Schedule 

2011-2012 Class Schedule 

Computer Animation 


REGISTRATION START GRADUATION 

October 17, 2011 October 24, 2011 August 8/9, 2013 

November 14, 2011 November 21, 2011 September 5/6, 2013 

January 3, 2012 January 5, 2012 October 3/4, 2013 

January 23, 2012 January 30, 2012 October 31/Nov 1, 2013 

February 20, 2012 February 27, 2012 November 26/27, 2013 

March 19, 2012 March 26, 2012 December 20/21, 2013 

April 23, 2012 April 30, 2012 February 6/7, 2014 

May 21, 2012 May 29, 2012 March 6/7, 2014 

June 18, 2012 June 25, 2012 April 3/4, 2014 

July 23, 2012 July 30, 2012 May 8/9, 2014 

August 20, 2012 August 27, 2012 June 5/6, 2014 

September 17, 2012 September 24, 2012 June 27/28, 2014 

Creative Writing for Entertainment 



October 17, 2011 October 24, 2011 June 27/28, 2014 

November 14, 2011 November 21, 2011 August 7/8, 2014 

January 3, 2012 January 5, 2012 September 4/5, 2014 


February 20, 2012 February 27, 2012 October 30/31, 2014 

March 19, 2012 March 26, 2012 November 25/26, 2014 

April 23, 2012 April 30, 2012 December 19/20, 2014 

May 21, 2012 May 29, 2012 February 5/6, 2015 

June 18, 2012 June 25, 2012 March 5/6, 2015 

July 23, 2012 July 30, 2012 April 2/3, 2015 

August 20, 2012 August 27, 2012 May 7/8, 2015 












May 21, 2012 May 29, 2012 March 6/7, 2014 


July 23, 2012 July 30, 2012 May 8/9, 2014 













May 21, 2012 May 29, 2012 March 6/7, 2014 


July 23, 2012 July 30, 2012 May 8/9, 2014 






October 17, 2011 October 24, 2011 October 25/26, 2012 

November 14, 2011 November 21, 2011 November 20/21, 2012 

January 3, 2012 January 5, 2012 December 14/15, 2012 

January 23, 2012 January 30, 2012 February 7/8, 2013 

February 20, 2012 February 27, 2012 March 7/8, 2013 

March 19, 2012 March 26, 2012 March 28/29, 2013 

April 23, 2012 April 30, 2012 May 9/10, 2013 

May 21, 2012 May 29, 2012 June 6/7, 2013 

June 18, 2012 June 25, 2012 June 27/28, 2013 

July 23, 2012 July 30, 2012 August 8/9, 2013 

August 20, 2012 August 27, 2012 September 5/6, 2013 

September 17, 2012 September 24, 2012 October 3/4, 2013 

Film 







February 20, 2012 February 27, 2012 October 31/Nov 1, 2013 








Game Art 










May 21, 2012 May 29, 2012 March 6/7, 2014 


July 23, 2012 July 30, 2012 May 8/9, 2014 



Game Design 










May 21, 2012 May 29, 2012 June 6/7, 2013 

June 18, 2012 June 25, 2012 June 27/28, 2013 




Game Development 










May 21, 2012 May 29, 2012 March 6/7, 2014 


July 23, 2012 July 30, 2012 May 8/9, 2014 



Graphic Design 



October 17, 2011 October 24, 2011 November 20/21, 2012 

November 14, 2011 November 21, 2011 December 14/15, 2012 


January 23, 2012 January 30, 2012 March 7/8, 2013 


March 19, 2012 March 26, 2012 May 9/10, 2013 

April 23, 2012 April 30, 2012 June 6/7, 2013 

May 21, 2012 May 29, 2012 June 27/28, 2013 

June 18, 2012 June 25, 2012 August 8/9, 2013 

July 23, 2012 July 30, 2012 September 5/6, 2013 

August 20, 2012 August 27, 2012 October 3/4, 2013 

September 17, 2012 September 24, 2012 October 31/Nov 1, 2013 













July 23, 2012 July 30, 2012 November 25/26, 2014 

August 20, 2012 August 27, 2012 December 19/20, 2014 

September 17, 2012 September 24, 2012 February 5/6, 2015 
















Recording Engineering 










May 21, 2012 May 29, 2012 June 6/7, 2013 

June 18, 2012 June 25, 2012 June 27/28, 2013 




Show Production 










May 21, 2012 May 29, 2012 March 6/7, 2014 


July 23, 2012 July 30, 2012 May 8/9, 2014 



Sports Marketing & Media 







February 20, 2012 February 27, 2012 October 30/31, 2014 








Web Design & Development 










May 21, 2012 May 29, 2012 March 6/7, 2014 


July 23, 2012 July 30, 2012 May 8/9, 2014 



300 

* ALTHOUGH THE DURATION OF PROGRAMS IS CORRECTLY REFLECTED IN THESE DATES, EXACT GRADUATION DATES ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE. 

CLASS SCHEDULE 

CLASS SCHEDULE 301

Holiday Schedule 

2011 Holiday Schedule 

Spring Break ....................................April 23 - May 1, 2011 

Memorial Day ...........................................May 30, 2011 

July 4th Break ........................................ July 2 - 10, 2011 

Labor Day Break ...................................... Sept. 4 - 6, 2011 

Thanksgiving ........................... Nov. 23 (1pm) - Nov. 27, 2011 

Winter Break .............................. Dec. 17 (1pm) - Jan. 2, 2012 

2012 Holiday Schedule 

Spring Break ................................... April 7 - April 15, 2012 

Memorial Day ...........................................May 28, 2012 

July 4th Break ...................................June 30 - July 8, 2012 

Labor Day Break ...................................... Sept. 2 - 4, 2012 

Thanksgiving ........................... Nov. 21 (1pm) - Nov. 25, 2012 

Winter Break .............................. Dec. 15 (1pm) - Jan. 6, 2013 

Online Education 

Online Education at Full Sail 

Online degree programs and courses are delivered over the Full Sail 

Online Learning Environment—a secure web-based platform that 

employs modern multimedia technologies and is accessible 24 hours 

a day via the Internet. Online students use this system to view video 

content, receive and submit project work and assignments, take 

tests and quizzes, communicate with instructors and classmates, and 

review grades and course progress. 

On-campus students also use Full Sail’s Online learning system 

for online-only courses, which are notated in their respective 

degree sections. 

Online Support 

The staff of Full Sail Online Support works together with students, 

faculty, and administration to make the student experience positive, 

reassuring, and seamless throughout our online courses 

Our mission is to provide the highest standard of technical 

support and to nurture students’ growth and development 

while allowing them to enhance the skills necessary to be 

successful in an online environment. 

Full Sail Support Specialists can assist with resolving technical 

issues associated with the functionality of the online platform. 

You can reach Online Support by phone at 877-437-6349 or by 

email at FSOSupport@fullsail.com. 

Class Times & Schedules 

Students in online courses may log in to their courses and 

assignments at any hour and day they choose provided they meet 

all assignment deadlines. Full Sail reserves the right to adjust the 

order of courses and program content, staff or materials on a courseby-course 

basis as needed. 

Attendance 

Attendance for online courses is based on participation and timely 

completion of assignments. 

Student Services 

Housing Resources 

Both long-term and short-term students may contact the Housing 

Resources Department for assistance in fi nding suitable housing 

accommodations. Information is available regarding apartments, 

roommates, local services and community programs. 

International Student Center 

International students may be assisted by the International Student 

Center in matters regarding visa status. International students are 

welcome to seek assistance with issues of daily living such as opening 

bank accounts, obtaining driver’s licenses and medical insurance. 

The International Student Center works closely with other Full Sail 

staff members to ensure a smooth transition for students from other 

countries attending Full Sail. 

Services for Students with Disabilities 

Full Sail is committed to providing equal access to all students, 

including those who qualify as persons with disabilities. While 

upholding this commitment, Full Sail also expects all students to 

maintain the high standards of academic achievement and excellence 

that are essential to the integrity of the school’s mission. By advancing 

these aims, Full Sail ensures that its policies, practices, and procedures 

conform to federal, state, and local statutes and regulations. 

Provide written documentation to the Director of Student Affairs or 

Director Student Success regarding the nature of your disability and 

any considerations/accommodations that may be necessary. Such 

documentation must: (1) be from an appropriate professional, (2) not 

be more than three years old and, (3) provide a clear understanding 

of how the student is presently functioning. Full Sail’s confi dentiality 

policy provides that only the appropriate Full Sail personnel access 

this information and it is stored in separate, confi dential fi les. Except 

in instances of health or safety, information concerning the disability, 

accommodations, or documentation will not be released without 

written consent. 

Provide ample time when requesting a special accommodation(s). 

Requests must be evaluated and arrangements made prior to the 

anticipated need for service/support. Full Sail cannot guarantee that 

appropriate accommodations/services can be put in place without 

suffi cient lead-time to make arrangements. Whenever possible, 

please provide at least 60 days advance notice. The Director of 

Student Affairs, assigned by the President, makes determinations 

of reasonable accommodations for students with disabilities. Fax 

documentation to (407) 552-2072. 

Academic Success Department 

The staff of the Academic Success Department works collaboratively 

with the students, faculty and administration to create a positive 

environment for development throughout our student’s academic 

journey. We aim to provide support and encouragement that enables 

our students to develop character and integrity while expanding their 

competency and skills. We strive to endorse learning in the classroom 

and in the community, not only through academics but through 

personal growth and maturity. 

The Academic Success Department provides services through Student 

Advising, Student Records, Student Success Seminars, Global 

Professionalism Standards, and the Library. We work closely with the 

faculty to ensure the best support services for all students. 

Student Advisors can assist with scheduling issues, leaves of absence, 

community referrals, and can act as a contact for parents. Student 

Advisors are available during regular offi ce hours Monday through 

Friday, either by appointment or on an availability basis. Some 

Student Advisors are available by phone until 9:00pm on Monday 

through Thursday evenings. 

The lobby of Full Sail 3B (FS3B) and the lobby of Full Sail Bldg. 2 is 

manned by support staff 24 hours a day. There is also a security team 

on the premises 24 hours a day for emergencies. 

The Student Success Seminars 

The Student Success Seminars, unique to Full Sail and available 

online and on campus, are offered as a service to Degree-seeking 

students. These optional classes in human performance enhancement 

are not remedial classes, but have been designed specifi cally to help 

students perform well within Full Sail’s compressed Degree Programs. 

The Student Success Seminars are designed to help students acquire 

tools for building competency, self-esteem and self-management. 

Topics covered include discussions about the brain and the learning 

process, redefi ning intelligence, managing moods and stress, 

emotional intelligence, choosing a healthy lifestyle, and mental/ 

emotional health. There are no fees for these seminars and they may 

be prescribed, when indicated by lower than expected academic 

achievement, by the Director of Student Advising. 

302 ONLINE ONLINE EDUCATION 

STUDENT SERVICES 303 

Student Services

Policies & Procedures 


Advancement 

Upon successful completion of the courses which comprise the fi rst 

academic year (the fi rst 24 credit hours/30 weeks), students advance 

to the second academic year. For programs containing more than 

two academic years, students advance to subsequent academic 

years with each 24 credit hours/30 weeks earned. They fi nish their 

Degree Programs’ advanced requirements in the latter months of 

their training. 

Anti-Hazing Policy 

Full Sail does not allow hazing for any reason whatsoever. Students 

engaging in any potentially harmful activities will be disciplined and 

may be subject to suspension or termination. 

Appeals 

Any disciplinary or administrative action taken according to Full Sail 

policies may be appealed to an Appeals Committee. Appeals must be 

submitted in writing to Student Advisors. The Appeals Committee is 

convened as required by the Director of Advising and consists of no 

less than fi ve senior Full Sail administrators including the Program 

Director for a given student’s particular program of study. 

Attendance 

For students in on-campus programs, regular class attendance and 

lab participation are two of the most signifi cant factors for success. 

Students are expected to attend classes and lab sessions unless 

prevented by illness or emergency. To satisfactorily complete a 

course, students must attend a minimum of 90 percent of the lectures, 

seminars, and lab sessions. 

If unexcused absences exceed 10 percent of a course’s total hours, 

students fail the course (see “Repeat of a Course” section on 

page 278). Tardiness is entered on class records, whether excused or 

unexcused. An accumulation of 5 “tardies” equals one unexcused 

absence. Leaving class early is considered an unexcused absence. 

The failure of a course either online or on campus can affect 

a student’s cumulative grade point average, thereby resulting 

in a probationary status. If no improvement is shown over the 

designated period, student status will then be determined by 

the Director of Student Affairs. This determination may include 

interruption of training. 

Auditing 

Graduates of Full Sail’s Degree Programs may audit (attend without 

credit) any current course in their degree program with permission 

of the Director of Student Affairs. Auditing is allowed on an availableseating 

basis. 

Changes 

Full Sail reserves the right to affect changes in tuition, textbooks, 

equipment, administration, schedules, subject matter, faculty and staff, 

and to teach courses in any order it deems necessary. 

Class Size 

Full Sail’s philosophy is to put students in environments with optimal 

student to instructor ratios. To achieve this, the student to lab specialist 

ratio in lab settings can vary from six-to-one to twenty-four-to-one, 

depending on the degree program and the needs of students in a 

specifi c lab. 

Lectures vary in size from course to course, but the maximum size 

for a degree program’s core curriculum is 85. In lectures attended by 

students from multiple degree programs, the maximum number is 

120. Although these are Full Sail’s published maximum class sizes, 

most classes within the degree programs typically range between 

36 and 85 students. 

Online course sections are limited to a maximum of 25 students 

per instructor. 

Conduct 

Students are expected to conduct themselves honorably and with 

dignity at all times. They are responsible for learning and abiding by 

state and local laws. Conviction for a criminal offense or any behavior 

refl ecting dishonor or discredit on the college is suffi cient grounds 

for termination. In addition, Full Sail reserves the right to terminate 

enrollment in the event of cheating, disruptive behavior, substance 

abuse or destruction of property at studios, offi ces, classrooms, or any 

other accommodations arranged by Full Sail. Although the mode of 

dress is casual, shoes, pants and shirts must be worn at all Full Sailrelated 

activities. Discretion, modesty, and good taste are expected 

at all times. 

Course Numbering System 

Each course is assigned a three- or four-letter course prefi x that 

identifi es the degree program the class is associated with and a threeor 

four-digit course suffi x that identifi es the level, course number, and 

course version of each course within their respective program. 

Credit for Previous Education 

Students with previous postsecondary education or work experience 

may request credit for previous education. 

TRANSFER CREDIT 

Those seeking transfer credit from another accredited postsecondary 

school while attending Full Sail must submit an offi cial transcript 

to the Transcript Registrar. To receive transfer credit, students must 

have successfully completed courses similar in scope and content 

to Full Sail courses. The submission of a copy of offi cial college 

transcripts must occur within the fi rst two weeks of attendance 

at Full Sail. For those classes that begin the fi rst week in a degree 

program, a copy of offi cial college transcripts must be received before 

class begins. The right to receive transfer credit for a course is only 

granted for successful completion of prior education in subjects that 

have received a grade of C or better. Acceptance of transfer credit may 

change a student’s eligibility for certain types of fi nancial aid. 

TEST OUT CREDIT 

Students who have work experience, or students who cannot provide 

a college transcript prior to the deadline for submission, may take the 

test out exam in each course for which credit is being sought and must 

obtain a raw score of 75 percent or better in order to receive credit. 

Test out exams must occur within the fi rst two weeks of attendance at 

Full Sail. For those classes that begin the fi rst week, the test must be 

taken before the course begins. The right to test out of a course is only 

granted for extensive experience. 

If credit is earned, the tuition and program hours are reduced 

accordingly. A minimum of 25 percent of a Degree Program’s semester 

hours or equivalent must be taken to receive a Full Sail Degree. 

Matriculation agreements with other postsecondary institutions or 

universities are handled on an individual basis and may negate the 

usual testing procedure. 

Test out exams are not available for all courses. Courses that are 

very gear specifi c may require both a written test out exam and a 

practical test out exam. Many intermediate and advanced courses in 

the program’s core curriculum are not eligible for test out exams. A 

specifi c list of courses available for test out credit may be obtained 

from the Director of Student Affairs. Credits earned by test out exam 

may change a student’s eligibility for certain types of fi nancial aid. 

TRANSFERABILITY OF CREDIT 

Questions regarding matriculation should be directed to the institution 

at which continued education is being sought. The transferability 

of credit from Full Sail to another institution is at the discretion of 

the accepting institution. It is the student’s responsibility to confi rm 

whether or not credits will be accepted by another college. 

Evaluations 

During courses, students are evaluated on their performance through 

a series of quizzes, exams, and lab evaluations. They are evaluated on 

theory, technical and practical application, and attitude. 

Global Professionalism Standards 

For over 30 years, Full Sail has built relationships within the 

Entertainment Media Industry and has learned from industry 

professionals, our alumni and Advisory Board members, those 

items that are crucial to a successful career. It is the school’s role 

to ensure that each student understands, accepts, and adheres to 

specifi c industry expectations placed upon graduates as they pursue 

their chosen fi eld. In addition to the school’s widely-respected 

education, Full Sail is a unique community that promotes the 

importance of a vital code of conduct, which will allow a student 

to transition into a successful media professional. 

The Global Professionalism Standards (GPS) program is a formal set 

of standards for professional conduct which refl ects the expectations 

of the industry. While these standards have been represented in 

the Full Sail Student Manual’s code of conduct since the school’s 

inception, this expanded program quantifi es these terms, allowing 

students to measure their progress as well as giving them a platform 

from which excellence can be gauged. These initiatives address 

the need for students and graduates alike to exhibit a desired level 

of professionalism thereby ensuring each student a respectful, 

optimized learning environment, while allowing Full Sail graduates 

to be viewed as more competitive and better qualifi ed for entering 

the industry. The GPS contains fi ve main components that will 

be evaluated throughout the education term as a student. These 

components are: 

• Timeliness 

• Evidencing Respect 

• Preparation 

• Alertness/Attentiveness 

• Compliance with Full Sail’s policies as well as local and federal laws 

Each student’s professional skills will be assessed during their tenure 

with Full Sail in three areas: Learning Environments, Education, 

and Community. 

• Learning Environments and Education: The ability to follow the 

code of conduct set forth in the Full Sail Student Manual (factors 

including: timeliness, evidencing respect, preparation, alertness/ 

attentiveness and compliance with Full Sail’s policies as well as 

local and federal laws) will ensure that each student maintains a 

GPS score of 100 percent. Failure to follow any and/or all parts of 

the Full Sail code of conduct will result in points being deducted 

from the GPS score. 

• Community: This element represents the ability to add to the GPS 

score by contributing and participating in events both within Full 

Sail and throughout the larger community. Events may include: 

volunteer work, attending designated tutorials or workshops, 

starting or participating in a community-minded group, or 

organizing a benevolent fund-raising event. 

• The Global Professionalism Standards program was 

created with the help of industry professionals and students to 

help the current student become familiar with the professional 

attributes of employment and to enhance the ability to 

successfully navigate within a professional environment. 

Grading System 

GRADE NUMERICAL GRADE GRADE POINTS 

A+ 95–100 4.0 

A 90-94 3.5 

B+ 85-89 3.0 

B 80-84 2.5 

C+ 76-79 2.0 

C 73–75 1.5 

D 70-72 1.0 

F below 70 0 

304 POLICIES & PROCEDURES 

POLICIES & PROCEDURES 305



Florida’s Statewide Course Numbering System 

Courses in this catalog are identifi ed by prefi xes and numbers that 

were assigned by Florida’s Statewide Course Numbering System 

(SCNS). This numbering system is used by all public postsecondary 

institutions in Florida and 26 participating non-public institutions. 

The major purpose of this system is to facilitate the transfer of courses 

between participating institutions. Students and administrators can 

use the online Statewide Course Numbering System to obtain course 

descriptions and specifi c information about course transfer between 

participating Florida institutions. This information is at the SCNS 

website at http://scns.fl doe.org. 

Each participating institution controls the title, credit, and content of 

its own courses and recommends the fi rst digit of the course number 

to indicate the level at which students normally take the course. 

Course prefi xes and the last three digits of the course numbers are 

assigned by members of faculty discipline committees appointed for 

that purpose by the Florida Department of Education in Tallahassee. 

Individuals nominated to serve on these committees are selected 

to maintain a representative balance as to type of institution and 

discipline fi eld or specialization. 

The course prefi x and each digit in the course number have a meaning 

in the Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). The list of course 

prefi xes and numbers, along with their generic titles, is referred to 

as the “SCNS taxonomy.” Descriptions of the content of courses are 

referred to as “statewide course profi les.” 

GENERAL RULE FOR COURSE EQUIVALENCIES 

Equivalent courses at different institutions are identifi ed by the same 

prefi xes and same last three digits of the course number and are 

guaranteed to be transferable between participating institutions that 

offer the course, with a few exceptions. (Exceptions are listed below.) 

EXAMPLE OF COURSE IDENTIFIER 

PREFIX 

LEVEL CODE 

(FIRST DIGIT) 

CENTURY DIGIT 

(SECOND DIGIT) 

For example, a freshman composition skills course is offered by 58 

different postsecondary institutions. Each institution uses “ENC_101” to 

identify its freshman composition skills course. The level code is the fi rst 

digit and represents the year in which students normally take the course 

at a specifi c institution. In the SCNS taxonomy, “ENC” means “English 

Composition,” the century digit “1” represents “Freshman Composition,” 

the decade digit “0” represents “Freshman Composition Skills,” and the 

unit digit “1” represents “Freshman Composition Skills I.” 

In the sciences and certain other areas, a “C” or “L” after the course 

number is known as a lab indicator. The “C” represents a combined 

lecture and laboratory course that meets in the same place at the same 

time. The “L” represents a laboratory course or the laboratory part of 

a course, having the same prefi x and course number without a lab 

indicator, which meets at a different time or place. 

Transfer of any successfully completed course from one participating 

institution to another is guaranteed in cases where the course to be 

transferred is equivalent to one offered by the receiving institution. 

Equivalencies are established by the same prefi x and last three digits 

and comparable faculty credentials at both institutions. For example, 

ENC 1101 is offered at a community college. The same course is offered 

at a state university as ENC 2101. A student who has successfully 

completed ENC 1101 at the community college is guaranteed to receive 

transfer credit for ENC 2101 at the state university if the student transfers. 

The student cannot be required to take ENC 2101 again since ENC 1101 is 

equivalent to ENC 2101. Transfer credit must be awarded for successfully 

completed equivalent courses and used by the receiving institution to 

determine satisfaction of requirements by transfer students on the same 

basis as credit awarded to the native students. It is the prerogative of 

the receiving institution, however, to offer transfer credit for courses 

successfully completed that have not been designated as equivalent. 

NOTE: CREDIT GENERATED AT INSTITUTIONS ON THE QUARTER-TERM SYSTEM MAY NOT TRANSFER 

THE EQUIVALENT NUMBER OF CREDITS TO INSTITUTIONS ON SEMESTER-TERM SYSTEMS. FOR 

EXAMPLE, 4.0 QUARTER HOURS OFTEN TRANSFERS AS 2.67 SEMESTER HOURS. 

DECADE DIGIT 

(THIRD DIGIT) 

UNIT DIGIT 

(FOURTH DIGIT) 

ENC 1 1 0 1 

English 

Composition 

Lower (Freshman) 

Level At This Institution 

Freshman Composition 

Freshman 

Composition Skills 

Freshman 

Composition Skills I 

LAB CODE 

No laboratory component 

in this course 

THE COURSE PREFIX 

The course prefi x is a three-letter designator for a major division of an 

academic discipline, subject matter area, or sub-category of knowledge. 

The prefi x is not intended to identify the department in which a course 

is offered. Rather, the content of a course determines the assigned prefi x 

to identify the course. 

AUTHORITY FOR ACCEPTANCE OF EQUIVALENT COURSES 

Section 1007.24(7), Florida Statutes, states: 

Any student who transfers among postsecondary institutions that are 

fully accredited by a regional or national accrediting agency recognized 

by the United States Department of Education and that participate in 

the statewide course numbering system shall be awarded credit by the 

receiving institution for courses satisfactorily completed by the student 

at the previous institutions. Credit shall be awarded if the courses 

are judged by the appropriate statewide course numbering system 

faculty committees representing school districts, public postsecondary 

educational institutions, and participating nonpublic postsecondary 

educational institutions to be academically equivalent to courses offered 

at the receiving institution, including equivalency of faculty credentials, 

regardless of the public or nonpublic control of the previous institution. 

The Department of Education shall ensure that credits to be accepted 

by a receiving institution are generated in courses for which the faculty 

possess credentials that are comparable to those required by the 

accrediting association of the receiving institution. The award of credit 

may be limited to courses that are entered in the statewide course 

numbering system. Credits awarded pursuant to this subsection shall 

satisfy institutional requirements on the same basis as credits awarded 

to native students. 

EXCEPTIONS TO THE GENERAL RULE FOR EQUIVALENCY 

Since the initial implementation of the SCNS, specifi c disciplines or 

types of courses have been excepted from the guarantee of transfer for 

equivalent courses. These include varying topics courses that must be 

evaluated individually, or applied courses in which the student must be 

evaluated for mastery of skill and technique. The following courses are 

exceptions to the general rule for course equivalencies and may not 

transfer. Transferability is at the discretion of the receiving institution. 

» Courses not offered by the receiving institution. 

» For courses at non-regionally accredited institutions, 

courses offered prior to the established transfer date 

of the course in question. 

» Courses in the _900-999 series are not automatically 

transferable, and must be evaluated individually. These 

include such courses as Special Topics, Internships, 

Practica, Study Abroad, Thesis and Dissertations. 

» College preparatory and vocational preparatory courses. 

» Graduate courses. 

» Internships, practica, clinical experiences and study abroad 

courses with numbers other than those ranging from 900-999. 

» Applied courses in the performing arts (Art, Dance, Interior 

Design, Music, and Theatre) and skills courses in Criminal 

Justice are not guaranteed as transferable. 

COURSES AT NONREGIONALLY ACCREDITED INSTITUTIONS 

The Statewide Course Numbering System makes available on its 

home page (http://scns.fl doe.org) a report entitled “Courses at 

Nonregionally Accredited Institutions” that contains a comprehensive 

listing of all nonpublic institution courses in the SCNS inventory, as 

well as each course’s transfer level and transfer effective date. This 

report is updated monthly. 

Questions about the Statewide Course Numbering System and 

appeals regarding course credit transfer decisions should be directed 

to (Name of Statewide Course Numbering System Institution 

Contact) in the (Offi ce where Institution Contact may be located) 

or the Florida Department of Education, Offi ce of Articulation, 1401 

Turlington Building, Tallahassee, Florida 32399-0400. Special reports 

and technical information may be requested by calling the Statewide 

Course Numbering System offi ce at (850) 245-0427 or via the internet 

at http://scns.fl doe.org. 

306 POLICIES & PROCEDURES POLICIES & PROCEDURES 307



Graduation Requirements 

In order to receive a degree from one of Full Sail’s undergraduate 

degree programs, a student must: 

1. Achieve a minimum GPA of 1.0 in each course and an 

attendance rate of 90 percent in each course, 

2. Complete all applicable courses within the degree, 

3. Not accrue in excess of 1.5 times the credits required to 

complete the program, 

4. Achieve an overall cumulative GPA of 2.0, and 

5. Fulfi ll all fi nancial responsibilities. 

In order to receive a degree from one of Full Sail’s graduate degree 

programs, a student must: 

1. Achieve a minimum GPA of 2.0 and a minimum 

attendance rate of 90 percent in each course, 

2. Complete all applicable courses within the degree, 

3. Not accrue in excess of 1.5 times the credits required to 

complete the program, 

4. Achieve an overall cumulative GPA of 3.0, and 

5. Fulfi ll all fi nancial responsibilities. 

Individual Courses 

Individual Courses are offered for personal benefi t and do not 

necessarily lead to employment. Retakes for attendance reasons 

are permitted for each course only if tuition is paid again. No 

consideration for a refund is given in the event of a course not being 

satisfactorily completed. The deposit submitted with an application for 

any individual course is for the purpose of reserving a seat in the class 

(based on available seating), and in the event of cancellation prior 

to the fi rst day of class, is fully refundable within 30 days of notice 

to cancel. Requirements for satisfactory progress are maintained 

for individual course students. In order to successfully complete 

each individual course taken, students must attend a minimum of 

90 percent of the lectures, seminars, and lab sessions, and achieve a 

minimum grade point average of 1.0. 

Interruption of Training 

In the event of extenuating circumstances, students may be permitted 

to interrupt their training temporarily (IOT). Students must discuss 

eligibility and ramifi cations of an IOT with a Student Advisor. An IOT 

may be granted for a limited time to students who have maintained 

satisfactory progress. Those not returning to class at the scheduled 

end of the IOT are terminated using their last actual day of attendance 

as the date for processing the termination. 

Living Expenses 

Disbursement of living expense funds due to the student may be 

withheld or delayed pending receipt of payment for any outstanding 

account balances owed by the student. Students not actively attending 

classes may not receive living expense disbursements. 

Make-up Work 

Students with an excused absence who are eligible to make up work 

should contact the appropriate Course Director(s) within seven days to 

make arrangements. 

Maximum Time Frame for Program Completion 

The credit hours attempted for any Degree Program cannot exceed 

1.5 times the credit hours required to complete the program. This 

maximum time frame requirement is a standard mandated by the 

accrediting body, and students who exceed the time frame are 

dismissed from the Degree Program. 

Probationary Status 

Students who do not meet Full Sail grading, attendance, fi nancial, 

or conduct standards may be placed on probation. During this time, 

students are advised as to the level of improvement or the action 

necessary to rectify the probationary status. Students are removed 

from probation when satisfactory progress standards have been met. 

Students who do not meet satisfactory progress requirements at the 

end of their probationary period are subject to termination. 

Progress Records and Reports 

Progress records are permanently maintained by the school. Grades 

and attendance for each course are posted on the student’s personal 

page on the Student Intranet site. Unoffi cial transcripts of student 

progress are available by completing a Transcript Request Form. 

Parents seeking access to this progress must have students sign an 

authorization to release records and, that being done, may call the 

college for a verbal check on academic progress. 

Transcript requests must be in writing from the student. To request 

a transcript, the student may either complete a Transcript Request 

Form in the Education Reception Area, on the Student Intranet site, 

or by sending a letter that includes the student’s full name, date of 

birth, program of study, and the student’s signature. Requests for 

transcripts will be processed within 14 days of receipt. Transcripts 

will be available for pick-up at the Education Reception desk unless 

instructed otherwise by the student. There is a $5.00 charge for each 

offi cial transcript. 

Re-Entry 

Students who have been dismissed and wish to return to school 

must submit a written request for re-entry. They may re-enter only 

at the discretion of the Director of Student Advising. Students who 

have been allowed to re-enter may return at their original tuition 

rate as long as the return is within one year of their dismissal. If 

more than one year has passed, students re-enter at current tuition. 

Students receive fi nancial credit for all previous Full Sail training at the 

correlated tuition. Any balance of tuition must be paid prior to re-entry. 

Upon re-entry, students are placed on probation for eight weeks and 

must maintain satisfactory progress to continue. Once satisfactory 

progress is achieved, probation is discontinued and they may continue 

their education as well as re-apply for fi nancial aid. 

Institutional Refund Policy 

REFUNDS 

Full Sail University’s Institutional Refund Policy has been established 

in accordance with current state and federal regulations and 

applicable accrediting standards. A refund to the student or fund 

source may result from the application of Full Sail University’s 

Institutional Refund Policy. 

REFUNDS DUE TO CANCELLATIONS 

Students who are rejected by the college, cancel application within 

fi ve (5) business days of Full Sail University’s receipt of the application 

fee, or cancel enrollment within fi ve (5) business days of Full Sail 

University’s receipt of a signed enrollment agreement are entitled to 

a 100% refund of tuition (0% tuition charged) and a refund of the $75 

application fee. 

Students who have not visited Full Sail University prior to enrollment 

will have the opportunity to cancel all courses without penalty (0% 

of tuition charged, excluding the application fee) within three (3) 

business days following either the regularly scheduled orientation or 

following a tour of the school. 

Under any other circumstances, the $75 application fee is retained by 

Full Sail University. 

If a student is terminated, withdraws, or otherwise fails to complete 

a semester and received fi nancial aid while enrolled, the federal 

government dictates how refunds (if applicable) are repaid. 

The return of fi nancial aid is dictated by the Return of Title IV Funds 

calculation policy. If a refund results from this calculation, federal 

policy requires that these unearned funds be returned to the 

applicable Title IV fund source. 

Funds are refunded to the Title IV fund source in the following 

federally mandated order: 

1. Unsubsidized Federal Stafford loans 

2. Subsidized Federal Stafford loans 

3. Federal PLUS loans 

4. Federal Pell grants 

5. Academic Competitiveness Grant (ACG) 

6. National Science & Mathematics Access to Retain 

Talent (SMART) 

7. Federal Supplemental Education Opportunity Grant 

(FSEOG) 

8. Other grant or loan assistance authorized by Title IV of 

the HEA, as amended 

When student withdrawal involves the repayment of Title IV funds, 

Full Sail University returns these funds based upon a federally 

recognized payment period. Full Sail University’s federally recognized 

payment period is defi ned as a semester. 

If a student withdraws on or before completing 60% of the federally 

recognized payment period (defi ned above), a portion of the total 

Title IV funds awarded will be returned. The Return of Title IV Funds 

calculation may result in a student owing a balance to the federal 

government and, in some cases, to Full Sail University. 

Refunds are made within thirty (30) days of termination or withdrawal. 

If a student is provided with living expense funds originating 

from a student fi nancial assistance program and fails to 

complete the semester for any reason, the student is required 

to return the unearned funds. Full Sail University will notify the 

student of the amount owed. If the student fails to satisfy the 

repayment, he or she will be ineligible for any further federal 

student fi nancial aid assistance. 

REFUNDS DUE TO WITHDRAWAL 

Full Sail University has an established add/drop period that is the fi rst 

week of each semester. All tuition, excluding the application fee, will 

be refunded to students who drop within the add/drop period. After 

the add/drop period, the tuition and fees for the semester will be 

charged as follows: 

PERCENTAGE OF TUITION CHARGED DROP DATE 

0% of tuition charged .......................... Prior to semester start date 

0% of tuition charged ...... During add/drop period (first week of semester) 

25% of tuition charged ....................During second week of semester 

75% of tuition charged ...................... During third week of semester 

100% of tuition charged ....................... After third week of semester 

All institutional fees will be refunded to students when unopened 

materials and equipment are returned to Full Sail University. 

The date from which the refund is calculated is the last date that 

the student attended a class. Refunds will be made within thirty 

(30) days of the date that Full Sail University determines that the 

student has withdrawn. The original source from which monies are 

received dictates the entity to which monies are to be refunded. 

Refunds due to the student that are less than one dollar are not 

issued unless the student submits a written request. In the event of 

a student’s prolonged illness, accident, death in the family, or other 

circumstances that make completion of the semester impossible or 

impractical, the school will attempt to make a fair and reasonable 

settlement. Full Sail University reserves the right to modify these 

policies in order to remain in compliance with any changes in the 

applicable laws and regulations. 

Living Expense Repayment 

If a student is provided with living expense funds originating from a 

student fi nancial assistance program and the student fails to complete the 

semester for any reason, the student is required to return the unearned 

funds. Full Sail will notify the student of the amount owed. If the student 

fails to satisfy the repayment, he or she will be ineligible for any further 

federal student fi nancial aid assistance. 





Repeat of a Course 

Students with satisfactory attendance who fail a course for academic 

reasons are permitted to retake the course. Students must maintain 

satisfactory progress throughout the second attempt and complete 

all coursework given. There is no additional charge for retakes due 

to excused absences or poor academic achievement, however, if a 

student withdraws prior to graduation, all weeks of attendance (even 

repeats for academic failure) will be counted toward the weeks of 

attendance for percentage of tuition owed. 

Students who fail a course due to poor attendance, or who retake a 

course for a third time, must repay the course tuition. 

There are some courses in degree programs that a student must 

complete within two attempts, or that student will be dismissed from 

the program. This information is provided to the students in the 

syllabus received on the fi rst day of those classes. 

Satisfactory Progress 

Satisfactory progress is evaluated at the end of each course and 

at 24 credit hours/30 weeks (which represents the end of the fi rst 

academic year). Students are graded by periodic examinations, 

both written and practical, using a standard system of percentages 

to gauge progress. To successfully complete each course, in an 

undergraduate program, a student must attain a grade of D or better, 

and attend a minimum of 90 percent of the lectures and labs. To 

successfully complete each course in a graduate program, a student 

must attain a grade of C or better, and attend a minimum of 90 percent 

of the lectures and labs. 

To maintain satisfactory progress in an undergraduate program, 

students must attain a minimum cumulative grade point average 

of 1.0 at the end of the fi rst 25 percent of their program, a 1.5 

cumulative grade point average by the mid-point of their program 

and a 2.0 cumulative grade point average by graduation. To maintain 

satisfactory progress in a graduate program, students must attain 

a minimum cumulative grade point average of 2.0 at the end of 

the fi rst 25 percent of their program, a 2.5 cumulative grade point 

average by the mid-point of their program and a 3.0 cumulative 

grade point average by graduation. Students who fail to meet these 

standards are placed on probation. This probation is usually for 

a 90-day period. Those who fail to achieve satisfactory progress 

after the probationary period may be terminated. This is left to 

the discretion of the Director of Student Advising. Mitigating 

circumstances are taken into consideration. 

Students are required to follow a predetermined program of study; 

the school does not offer noncredit remedial courses or a grade of 

incomplete for a course in an undergraduate degree program. 

The exception to this is the Game Development Bachelor of Science 

Degree Program where students may be required to complete a 

noncredit math and pre-programming preparation course prior to 

beginning the core course requirements in the Degree Program 

curriculum. Students will be scheduled for this course based upon 

results of the math assessment skills test taken before the fi rst day 

of class. 

Student Complaint/Grievance Procedure 

Students are encouraged to discuss academic progress, career goals, 

suggestions, and/or concerns with Full Sail staff members and/or 

administrators. Appointments with a Student Advisor, the Director of 

Student Affairs, and/or any other staff member may be scheduled. In 

the event of a concern, grievance or complaint that is not satisfactorily 

addressed in a meeting with the appropriate staff/faculty member, 

a student may acquire a complaint form from a Student Advisor 

and submit in writing the concern to the Director of Student Affairs. 

The Director of Student Affairs will review each complaint with all 

appropriate staff members and provide a written response to the 

student within 15 days of receiving the grievance. 

Schools accredited by the Accrediting Commission of Career Schools 

and Colleges must have a procedure and operational plan for 

handling student complaints. If a student does not feel that Full Sail 

has adequately addressed a complaint or concern, the student may 

consider contacting the Accrediting Commission. All complaints 

considered by the Commission must be in written form with 

permission by the complainant(s) for the Commission to forward a 

copy of the complaint to the school for a response. The complainant(s) 

will be kept informed as to the status of the complaint as well as the 

fi nal resolution by the Commission. Please direct all inquiries to: 

» Accrediting Commission of Career Schools and Colleges 

2101 Wilson Boulevard, Suite 302 

Arlington, VA 22201 

(703) 247-4212 

A copy of the Commission’s Complaint Form is available at the 

school and may be obtained by contacting Debbie Mills, Director 

of Student Affairs. 

Students Receiving Veterans Benefits 

CREDIT FOR PREVIOUS TRAINING FOR STUDENTS RECEIVING 

VETERANS BENEFITS 

Students receiving veterans benefi ts with previous postsecondary 

education must submit an offi cial transcript to the Transcript Registrar 

for review. Students receiving veterans benefi ts with extensive work 

experience may take the test out / fi nal exam in relevant courses to 

receive credit for previous training. If credit is given or transfer credit 

is awarded, the training time within the program may be shortened 

and the tuition reduced accordingly. 

SATISFACTORY PROGRESS FOR STUDENTS 

RECEIVING VETERANS BENEFITS 

A standard system of percentages is used for measuring progress in 

each course. Students are given periodic examinations, both written 

and practical. Those receiving veterans benefi ts are evaluated at the 

end of each class. In order to maintain satisfactory progress, students 

must have a 1.0 term GPA at the end of each evaluation period and 

have a cumulative grade point average at the 25%, mid-point and 

end of the program that meets the same graduation requirements for 

all degree program students. Those who do not achieve satisfactory 

progress at the end of each evaluation are placed on probation for 

eight weeks. Students who do not achieve satisfactory progress on or 

before the end of the eight week probation period have their veterans 

benefi ts terminated and are subject to termination from Full Sail. In 

this event, students are responsible for payment of any remaining 

tuition balance. 

Students must earn 90 percent attendance in each course in order to 

maintain veterans benefi ts. Those students not achieving 90 percent 

on the evaluation date are placed on probation for one month of 

instruction. The VA is notifi ed of unsatisfactory attendance if 90 

percent attendance is not attained. Benefi ts are terminated by the VA if 

satisfactory attendance is not maintained. 

REPORTING FOR STUDENTS RECEIVING VETERANS BENEFITS 

Students are responsible for reporting changes in their enrollment 

status to Full Sail’s certifying offi cial and to the VA. The law requires 

that education benefi ts to veterans be discontinued when students 

cease to maintain satisfactory attendance, progress, or conduct 

during training. 

RE-ENTRY FOR STUDENTS RECEIVING VETERANS BENEFITS 

Students receiving veterans benefi ts who are dismissed for 

unsatisfactory progress, poor attendance, misconduct or any other 

reason must seek re-entry through the Student Advisors in the 

Education Department. These students may be re-admitted into the 

program at the discretion of the Director of Student Advising. They 

re-enter under a probationary status and those receiving veterans 

benefi ts are evaluated one month after re-entry. A term grade point 

average of at least 1.0, satisfactory attendance and good conduct 

are required to continue training and, at that point, students are 

again eligible to apply for veterans benefi ts. Students must maintain 

satisfactory progress and attendance for the remainder of the 

program. If satisfactory progress is not maintained, veterans benefi ts 

are denied and the students are responsible for the balance of the 

tuition owed. 

Termination Policy and Borrower’s Agreement 

A student may terminate their enrollment agreement by giving 

written notice to Full Sail University, subject to the terms as outlined 

in the Institutional Refund Policy section of this catalog. 

Full Sail University reserves the right to terminate the enrollment 

agreement in the event of (i) disruptive behavior by a student, (ii) 

destruction of property by a student, (iii) nonpayment of tuition, 

(iv) unsatisfactory progress, (v) poor attendance, or (vi) failure to 

satisfactorily complete all required courses prior to attempting 150% 

of the credit hours required to complete the semester. 

A student’s dissatisfaction with or nonreceipt of educational services 

offered by Full Sail University does not excuse the student from 

repayment of any private loan, grant, federal loan, or other loan 

whatsoever made to the student for enrollment and completion of 

training at Full Sail University. 

Clock Hour-to-Credit Hour Conversion 

The expression of a clock hour-to-credit hour conversion formula is 

for convenience and information only. One “clock hour” is defi ned as 

a period of one hour comprising no less than 50 minutes of class time 

with a 10 minute break. The conversion of clock hours to credit hours 

is calculated on a semester credit hour basis which varies according 

to the content of the course. One semester credit hour is equivalent to 

any of the following: 

a) 15 clock hours of lecture time, 

b) 30 clock hours of supervised laboratory instruction plus 

the appropriate outside preparation, 

c) 30 clock hours of independent study with measured 

achieved competency relative to the required subject 

objectives, or 

d) not fewer than 45 hours of internship or the equivalent. 



Licenses & Accreditation 

Licenses & Accreditation 

Full Sail University is licensed by the Commission for Independent 

Education, Florida Department of Education. Additional information 

regarding this institution may be obtained by contacting the 

Commission at 325 West Gaines Street, Suite 1414, Tallahassee, FL 

32399-0400, toll-free telephone number (888) 224-6684. 

Full Sail University is licensed to offer Associate of Science, Bachelor 

of Science, Master of Science, Master of Fine Arts Degrees, and 

graduate certifi cates by the Commission for Independent Education. 

Full Sail is accredited by the Accrediting Commission of Career 

Schools and Colleges(ACCSC), [School # 055214]. The ACCSC is 

listed by the U.S. Department of Education as a nationally recognized 

accrediting agency under the provisions of Title 34, Chapter VI, Part 

602 of the U.S. Code of Federal Regulations. 

Full Sail offers the following degrees and certifi cates: 

Master of Science Degrees 

• Education Media Design & Technology 



• Internet Marketing 

Master of Arts Degree 

• New Media Journalism 

Master of Fine Arts Degree 

• Creative Writing 

• Media Design 

Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree 

• Creative Writing for Entertainment 

Bachelor of Science Degrees 

• Computer Animation 

• Digital Arts & Design 

• Digital Cinematography 


• Film 

• Game Art 


• Game Development 



• Mobile Development 

• Music Business 

• Music Production 

• Recording Arts 

• Show Production 

• Sports Marketing & Media 

• Web Design & Development 

Associate of Science Degrees 


• Recording Engineering 

Graduate Certifi cates 

• Education Media Design & Technology 


Full Sail qualifi es as an eligible institution under Title IV of the 

United States Department of Education, Higher Education Act 

of 1965, as amended. Financial aid is available for students 

who qualify. 

Full Sail is approved for veterans training by the Bureau of State 

Approving for Veterans Training, Florida Department of 

Veterans Affairs. 

Full Sail is authorized under federal law to enroll non-immigrant, 

alien students. 

Full Sail University is registered as a Private Institution with 

the Minnesota Offi ce of Higher Education pursuant to sections 

136A.61 to 136A.71. Registration is not an endorsement of the 

institution. Credits earned at the institution may not transfer to 

all other institutions. 

Notice of Availability of Annual Security Report 

A copy of Full Sail’s Annual Security Report is available to 

prospective students upon request. This report includes statistics 

for the previous three years concerning reported crimes that 

occurred on-campus; in certain off-campus buildings or property 

owned or controlled by Full Sail; and on public property within, 

or immediately adjacent to and accessible from, the campus. 

The report also includes institutional policies concerning campus 

security and other matters. You can obtain a copy of this report by 

contacting your Admissions Representative. 

Memberships/Affiliations 

Accrediting Commission of Career Schools and Colleges 

Association for Computing Machinery 

Association of Private Sector Colleges and Universities 

ACM SIGGRAPH 

Advanced Educational Research Association 

American Institute of Graphic Arts 

Alias Global User Association 

American Academy of Advertising 

American Bar Association 

American Counseling Association 

American Library Association 

American Management Association 

American Marketing Association 

American Society for Group Workers 

Apple Distinquished Educators 

Apple University Executive Forum 

Attention Defi cit Disorder Association 

Audio Engineering Society 

Autodesk User Group 

Autodesk Education 

Better Business Bureau 

Central Florida Teachers of English to Speakers of Other Languages 

Commission for Independent Education 

Educational Theater Association 

Educause 

Entertainment Arts and Sports Law – Florida Bar 

Enzian Theater Advisory Board 

Federal Bar Association 

Florida Association of Postsecondary Schools and Colleges 

Florida Bar Association 

Florida Film Group 

Florida Institute for Film Education 

Florida Motion Picture and Television Association 

Game Developers Conference 

Hewlett-Packard Artist and Animators of the Future Advisory Council 

iLL Clan 

Institute for Electrical and Electronics Engineers 

Instructional Technology Council 

Independent Game Developers Association 

International Advertising Association 

Maitland Art Center 

Modern Language Association 

Music and Entertainment Industry Educators Association 

National Academy of Television Arts and Sciences 

National Association of Broadcasters 

National Association of Latino Independent Producers 

National Association of Women Business Owners 

National Association of Recording Merchandisers 

National Council for Teachers of English 

National Systems Contractors Association 

New Media Consortium 

North American Council of Online Learning 

Orlando Advertising Federation 

Orlando Chamber of Commerce 

Orlando Museum of Art 

Orlando Science Center 

Otronicon 

Professional Educators Network of Florida 

Professional Photoshop User Group 

Project Management Institute 

Project Zero with Harvard University 

State Educational Technology Directors Association 

Search Engine Marketing Professional Organization 

Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers 

Society of Professional Audio Recording Studios 

Teachers of English to Speakers of Other Languages 

The National Academy of Recording Arts and Sciences 

Winter Park Chamber of Commerce 

Winter Park Hospital 

Women in Film and Television 

Governing Body 

Full Sail University is a fi ctitious name registered by Full Sail, LLC., 

organized and chartered under the laws of the State of Florida. The 

address of the governing body is the same as that of the school. 

Board of Directors 

Ed Haddock, Co-Chairman 

Bill Heavener, Co-Chairman 

Jon Phelps, Co-Chairman 


Administration 

Board of Directors 

Ed Haddock Co-Chairman/CEO 

Bill Heavener Co-Chairman/CEO 

Jon Phelps Co-Chairman/CEO 

Administration 

Garry Jones President 

Ken Goldstone Chief Operating Offi cer 

Isis Jones Chief Information Offi cer 

Debbie Magruder Chief Financial Offi cer 

Geoff Rogers Executive Vice President 

Christopher Marconi Executive Vice President 

Stella Posada Senior Vice President, Image, 

Design & Development 

Mary Beth Plank-Mezo Vice President, Admissions 

Matthew Pengra Vice President, Admissions 

Tammy Gilbert Vice President, Career Development 

Andrew Solberg Vice President, Marketing 

Mark Gilbert Vice President, Information 

& Media Technology 

Sharon Griffi th Vice President, Financial Aid 

Craig Daily Vice President & Creative Director 

Luis Garcia Vice President, Full Sail Online 

Education Directors 

Nell Thompson Vice President, Academic Affairs 

Erik Noteboom Vice President, Education Operations 

Dave Franko Vice President, Academic Success 

Jennifer Hill Director of Graduate Studies 

Debbie Mills Director of Student Affairs 

ADMINISTRATION 

LICENSES & ACCREDITATION 

ADMINISTRATION 

312 LICENSES & ACCREDITATION 

313 

Administration

Statement of Nondiscrimination Policies 

Full Sail does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, sex, disability, age, sexual orientation, or marital 

status in its programs and activities. Deborah Mills, Director of Student Affairs, has been designated the school’s Section 

504, Title IX and ADA Compliance Officer. She is responsible for handling inquiries regarding Section 504 nondiscrimination 

policies and accommodations and any Title IX and ADA compliance matters. Ms. Mills may be contacted at (407) 551-2024, 

ext. 8501, 3300 University Boulevard, Winter Park, FL 32792. 

A description of the disability services, auxiliary aids and the procedures for filing a grievance regarding disability or 

discrimination issues are available in the Student Handbook. 

This school is authorized under Federal law to enroll nonimmigrant students. 

Produced by Platinum Creative 

©2011 Full Sail, LLC. All rights reserved. 

The terms “Full Sail,” “Full Sail University,” “Full Sail Real World Education,” “If you’re serious 

about your dream, we’ll take your dream seriously,” “You Can Get There From Here,” and the 

Full Sail University Logo are either registered service marks or service marks of Full Sail, LLC. 

Other product and company names mentioned herein may be the trademarks of their respective 

owners. The appearance of these marks does not necessarily indicate a formalized sponsorship 

or affiliation with other such companies.

11/2011 

Master’s | Bachelor’s | Associate’s Degrees 


3300 University Boulevard 

Winter Park, FL 32792-7429 

Local/International: 407.679.6333 

Toll Free: 800.226.7625 

Online Programs: 888.993.7338 

fullsail.edu 

Accredited University, ACCSC. Financial Aid available to those who qualify. Career development assistance. 

The Full Sail Catalog is printed on paper that contains fi ber from forests that are carefully 

managed, independently certifi ed and adhere to strict environmental standards. The cover 

is printed on paper that contains 10% post consumer recycled fi ber.

Areas of Focus - Full Sail University

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

Delete template?

Save as template?